The First Resurrection, Part 1 – 1991, October


THE RESURRECTION OF SAINTS THAT HAVE DIED THROUGHOUT THE AGES OF TIME, HAS CAUSED AS MUCH SPECULATION, AND AS MANY ARGUMENTS AND DEBATES AS ANY BIBLE SUBJECT THAT WE COULD MENTION. PEOPLE HAVE ALL KINDS OF OPINIONS ABOUT IT; BUT YOU SELDOM HEAR ANYONE SPEAK FROM A TRUE REVELATION ON THE SUBJECT. THAT IS WHY I FEEL LED AT THIS TIME, TO PRESENT THE SCRIPTURES THAT GO HAND IN HAND TO ANSWER THOSE MANY QUESTIONS THAT HAVE BEEN ASKED OVER AND OVER BUT HAVE SELDOM EVER BEEN GIVEN SCRIPTURAL ANSWERS. I BELIEVE THE END TIME CHURCH OF THE LIVING GOD SHOULD BE ABLE TO FURNISH SOME SCRIPTURAL ANSWERS TO WELL MEANING PEOPLE WHO ASK QUESTIONS WORTHY OF AN ANSWER. WHEN WE SPEAK OF THREE PHASES OF THE FIRST RESURRECTION, SOME HAVE A HARD TIME UNDERSTANDING HOW THIS COULD BE. PEOPLE WANT TO KNOW ALSO ABOUT THE RAPTURE; WILL IT TAKE PLACE BEFORE, DURING, OR AFTER THE GREAT TRIBULATION? THE ANSWERS ARE ALL RIGHT HERE IN THIS BLESSED OLD BOOK THAT TOO MANY HAVE LAID ASIDE BELIEVING THEY CAN GET ALONG WITHOUT IT. WELL THEY CAN GO TO HELL WITHOUT IT; BUT THOSE WHO HAVE A DESIRE TO WALK WITH GOD, WILL HAVE TO DO IT BY THE INSTRUCTIONS WRITTEN SO CLEARLY WITHIN THE PAGES OF IT; AND THE ANSWERS TO YOUR QUESTIONS ABOUT WHAT IS AHEAD FOR THE BRIDE CHURCH WILL ALSO HAVE TO COME FROM IT.


LOOKING TO THE END OF GENTILE TIME ON THIS PLANET


Let us begin by reading from the 4th verse of Revelation chapter 20. We used this same scripture in our last message; but we more or less stopped in the middle of this verse; because the first part of it points to the bride church sitting upon thrones, judging the nations during the Millennium; but as we read the rest of that verse you will see a different picture altogether. We want to answer your questions in regards to the rapture, resurrection, and especially try to cover all the scriptures that refer to what we will read in a minute in our text, in what constitutes the first resurrection. As I stated some time back, someone sent me a little religious brochure. It is a publication by someone who is trying to make out like this doctrine of the translation, or the rapture of the Church, as a secret event, did not come about until about 1800 and something, and that it is a false doctrine that has been embraced by certain realms of Christendom, but that there is actually no authoritative record that the early Church ever believed it like that. Well you know these educated doctors of divinity have a very unique way of putting things in printed form to make it sound very good to a certain element of people. However as I said before, I am not educated in a way they would accept. I cannot depend on my education. I would not know a Greek word if I saw a box car load of them sitting in front of me. Neither would I know a Hebrew word. I have to look at the whole thing from an altogether different viewpoint. I do not speak Hebrew. Neither do I speak Greek. Furthermore I do not speak English as well as a lot of people; but I do try to get the job done; and by the help of God I have come this far, so bear with me. The little circle you see on the chart behind me represents the planet you and I live on, the planet Earth. The next illustration represents a little cemetery, with a few broken tombstones. This signifies or portrays a resurrection. What we are going to find out as we deal in this subject, the first resurrection, is that it has three orders, or phases to it. Can you prove that Bro. Jackson? I cannot; but the Bible will convince all who have the proper respect for what is written in it, that what we are believing is a true revelation. Let us go to the last scriptures in the Bible first, in Revelation 20. We are going to read the same verse of scripture we read when we were on our other subject, the regeneration, that we just finished, covering the throne of His (Jesus’) glory. We will take the last part of verse 4, in Revelation 20; and go on into verse 5, where we will get our setting. Let us first acquaint ourselves with the time. The tribulation is over, the Lord has come. His saints are with Him, His Bride and Old Testament saints. Jesus has taken His throne; and there is a judgment procedure, and there is a resurrection event. Verse 4, “And I saw thrones, and they (plural) sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: (That is the authority given to the Bride of Christ when she will take her thrones throughout the nations of the world from whence she was taken when the rapture occurred, and authority through Christ, her Groom, given by God through that channel, has been delegated to her; and she is now in her delegated position over the nations of the world.) and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded (martyred) for the witness of Jesus, (This describes the foolish virgins left here when the rapture takes place, to go through the terrible tribulation hour. There are three sets of scriptures in the book of Revelation that describe this group of martyrs. These three scriptures become witnesses against any theological concept held, that is contrary to what they `these scriptures’ hold. I will only read this one right now; but as we reach the climax of the message, somewhere as God guides and directs, we will touch those three sets of scriptures in the book of Revelation describing the Gentile foolish virgins and the Jewish saints that go through the great tribulation.) and for the word of God, (That describes the Jewish saints that are martyred; and it tells us exactly when and where in time they met this terrible ordeal of martyrdom. Notice.) and which had not worshiped the beast, (now this is not telling us how saints were treated in the Dark Ages. It is telling us how saints will be treated during that terrible tribulation time. We know the beast system was Rome in the Dark Ages; but that puts us back there 500 and 600 years ago. This scripture is putting it precisely after they have gone through the terrible dark hour of tribulation, described by the prophet Daniel in chapter 9, verse 27.) and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, (The image does not occur until the ending of the Grace Age, as time goes into the prophetic week of Daniel. Then, is when the image really speaks, influences, and becomes as diabolical as her predecessor did in other eras of time.) neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; (As you can see, all these wordings here tell us timewise, when these saints are martyred. Not in the middle of the Dark Ages, No. It takes place in the last half of Daniel’s seventieth week. That is when the image of the beast speaks in a way that is just as diabolical as the system of Romanism she came out of. That is also when the mark and those things are applied, as it reads in the 13th chapter of Revelation.) and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” Let me read that verse straight through. REV 20:4 “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshiped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” There has never yet been a time in the history of mankind when the stipulations in that verse could be applied. No one yet, has ever been faced with taking the mark of the beast; nor have they worshiped the image of the beast; but in the last half of that week of Daniel, when the old antichrist is on the rampage many will face those very things; and if they hold true to their faith in God, they will be counted among this great multitude John saw. Yes brothers and sisters, these are those martyred saints that were so brutally dealt with during that terrible three and one half years of Satan’s rule, when the antichrist shows himself to be the man of sin, the false prophet, the false prince; and the son of perdition. There are actually five titles in the prophetic word of God he is known by. I will name them again, because I have been asked in a letter to describe the differences in these various references. In Daniel 9:26 he is spoken of as the prince that shall come. The title prince, means ambassador of peace. We know that Jesus Christ is our prince of peace. We know also, that when He comes there will be true peace in the earth for the first time since the fall of Adam. His counterpart, which is the world’s false prince, is Satan’s man. He is a false ambassador of peace. He gives the world a false era and concept of what peace is. He is also called a false prophet. Again he is referred to as the antichrist that shall come. You take the apostle John in the little epistles, he speaks of him both as a false prophet and also as an antichrist. The apostle Paul spoke of him in the Thessalonian epistle as the man of sin and the son of perdition. In other words, he gave him two titles. The man of sin, and the son of perdition. The term son of perdition actually means, one ordained to lead something to destruction; and that is exactly what that fellow will do. To clarify that I will say this, if he is ordained to lead something to destruction, it is because he is the man of sin and has the anointing and ability to deceive. Through deception, he influences masses of people in the world to believe in him, and trust in him; but Satan’s objective behind that is, that through this agent and the anointing he puts upon him, millions will be led to an eternal destruction. He will be the world’s false ambassador, or messenger of peace. Nevertheless five titles are wrapped up in one person; and that is none other than the pope of Rome. A lot of people do not want to hear that; but it is the truth, and I have to declare it. Jesus Christ is not coming back to get a bride that just feeds upon nothing but denominational tradition. His bride will know the truth about all of these things others just have a theory about. Remember this though, When it speaks here of these martyrs, that they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years, this is not the Bride of Jesus Christ. The Bride was already on her thrones before this phase of the first resurrection occurred. That is the part where doctors of divinity today, depending on their theological learning, but without a spiritual revelation to inspire them and place things in their proper order, get way out on a limb. They just simply do not know where to put most of these things. Let us finish reading. REV 20:5 “But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished. This is the first resurrection.” That could be referring to none other than the wicked dead. (20:6) “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years.” The first resurrection is in three phases. The first phase was when Jesus and many of the dead saints at that time arose. The second phase is when the bride is raised for the rapture; and the third is when the martyred tribulation saints are raised. We are going to find out by the writing of the apostle Paul, that there is an order to the accomplishment of this first resurrection. Just notice how this is worded. It sounds like it is talking about another thing altogether; but actuality it is not. It is just worded that way because the second resurrection is only a resurrection of the dead that will have no life attributed to them whatsoever. “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death (or second resurrection) hath no power, (no life) but they shall be priests of God (referring to the first) and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years.” That constitutes the final scriptures that declare the first resurrection is over, finished, and how do we put it together. Well, this only leaves in the ground nothing but dead, there are two identical things we must understand in this as we begin to go back into the Old Testament and watch these prophets and the scriptures pointing to this thing that we all look forward to, if it should be our lot to take our place in the ground.


THREE STAGES OF REDEMPTION


We are going to find out that when God redeems things, He does it in three stages. I read a little article one time, in which it was stated, “I do not want installment salvation.” Well we are not talking about installment salvation. That is sort of a derogatory way some people use to talk about things. Nevertheless when we look at God’s plan of salvation in the scriptures, we can see this, The complete new birth to the soul of the inner man is patterned or typed after a natural birth. That is why Jesus used that vocabulary in speaking to Nicodemus, a religious doctor of divinity in that hour, as we read in St. John 3. We know this, Before there can be a birth, there is first conception, followed by pregnancy which is a period of growth. Birth is a reality when it is fully alive and on its own. It is separated from its origin of coming into existence. We all realize this, If there is not conception, there can not be birth. If there is not pregnancy, there can not be birth. You can not have birth without the other two. That compares with how God’s grace works in redeeming us as lost sinners. First he convicts us, brings us unto repentance. He plants His word of conviction in our hearts. This is the stage of planting that seed of conviction. Conviction brings repentance upon the part of the inner person, which opens the inner person’s spiritual mind to receive what God is going to do next. As God then has planted the word to be received, the individual is conceived in that word, but this is followed by a period of pregnancy, sanctification, setting the person apart, cleansing by the blood, getting that individual ready for the indwelling of the Holy Ghost. We do know that on the day of Pentecost, when the gospel was preached in its full truth and light of understanding, it was not like it is today. The reason we have so much of what you see out here in the world today, is because Christendom has gone through the Dark Ages with all this theological concept, taking the word of God and projecting it out here in such a dead letter way, it is hard for the human race to make it over all the obstacles. Regardless of all of that, we just simply do not change God’s plan and purpose in any way. There are three definite works of grace, justification, sanctification, and the baptism of the Holy Ghost, which is God finishing His work which he started in justifying. That is bypassing all theology and putting it in its true concept. We do know this; In the redemptive work of Christ, God sent Him first to be a prophet. Being a prophet, His word is delivered. Next He became the sacrifice needed to pay our sin debt; and through that activated this word that had been brought. He also became the High Priest of that covenant and offered up the sacrifice to God. That is the second office of the three offices or positions He holds. The third office is what we talked about in our last message. He comes back to earth to be King of kings and Lord of lords, to rule and reign over what He has redeemed from among God’s creation. Therefore there is three offices by which it constitutes God’s complete plan of redemption, both for people and for the earth.


WHERE PARADISE WAS – WHERE PARADISE IS – WHO IS IN PARADISE


Let us now go back into the Old Testament, to the book of Daniel, chapter 12. Daniel was the first prophet that seemed to have an insight about a resurrection, a physical, bodily, taking out of the ground something that has gone into the ground through death. As we go deeper into this subject, try to keep in mind what we started with, the three phases of the first resurrection. Before I read this, I want to bring in some other things that have been going on time wise in the plan of God. Looking at the first chart back here, the circle represents the planet earth. The inner portion represents the heart of the earth. We are not being dogmatic or anything, we are just using the scriptures to bring out a truth. When death was first introduced, by Cain slaying Abel, we know that his body was placed in the crust of the earth by some kind of burial; but where did his soul and spirit go? Since we believe Abel was a righteous seed, it went into the heart of the earth, into a place referred to by Jesus as paradise. The spirit which incorporates the soul did not go into heaven, it went into the heart of the earth somewhere into that realm referred to as bliss, or paradise. This is described in St. Luke’s gospel when he was giving the illustration of Lazarus and the rich man. Lazarus had been brought many days, to lay at the gate of a rich man, begging alms. He had sores all over his body; and the dogs were licking him. From a social standpoint, this would not be a good scene for people to look upon. Nevertheless according to the words of Jesus, when Lazarus died, he was carried into Abraham’s bosom. (paradise) Why? Because he was not only a Jew, which made him a seed of Abraham; but the fact that he was carried into his bosom meant that in Lazarus, (this poor sick man) lay the same faith, or belief in God that kept his outlook toward life and eternity, the same that was in Abraham. We do not want to picture this poor beggar being held in the arms of Abraham; because there is one thing sure, Once his spirit was separated from that feeble body, it would never need to be held and cradled any more. It was released from the suffering, pain and agony it had been going through with while in that body. Nevertheless the fact that he was in Abraham’s bosom lets us know, he was enjoying the same state of bliss, and peace that Abraham, the father of that faith was enjoying, therefore that is the picture we must see, if we are going to look at it properly. He was with Abraham in a realm of paradise, which at that time was in the heart of the earth. However according to the Gospel writers, when Jesus arose from the dead and later ascended into the heavenlies, paradise was moved from the heart of the earth into the heavenly realm. Not only did Jesus come forth from the grave, but the scriptures declare that many of the other dead came forth also; and they are now in that heavenly Paradise. To continue with the illustration Jesus gave concerning Paradise and torment, listen to what He said about the rich man whose gate Lazarus had lain before begging. Later the rich man died and it says he was carried into a place called torment. Well the Greek word for hell, which is an English word, is Hades; but the Hebrew word is Sheol, a place of agony, a place of suffering, a place of torment. Somehow though the rich man could look afar off and see Lazarus in Abraham’s bosom. He begged Abraham, (Let us just read it in Luke 16:24-25) “And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water, and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented.” Keep in mind, What Jesus was telling those who stood by was, (because He had not yet been crucified) The perfect atonement sacrifice has not yet been made; so Paradise is still in the heart of the earth. Therefore from the slaying of Abel who went to that same place, to the time of Christ, all of those righteous souls that met death were carried into the heart of the earth, into the place called Paradise, the very same place where Lazarus is portrayed as being. From the time of the slaying of righteous Abel to Jesus’ story about Lazarus and the rich man, would cover a span of approximately 4000 years. We perceive then that in the heart of the earth, both the righteous and the wicked were confined. Why? Death had placed them there; and man’s sin is what brought death into the picture. When Adam and Eve were placed in the garden of Eden; there was no such thing as death in the picture. If they had continued to obey their Creator, they could have enjoyed eternal life and still been alive today; but God had already warned them that partaking of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil would bring death upon them; and God always keeps His word. You cannot always depend upon natural man to keep his word; but what God has said He will do, He will do. We can look at Genesis 2:16-17, and see exactly what God said to the man He created. “And the Lord God commanded the man, saying, Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat: But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.” If sin originated on the earth, then the spirit of those that have been born into existence, becoming a partaker in the life structure by sin in that sense by hereditary, there is no way the spirit can be free from this earthly realm until there is a perfect atonement. That is typed in the Old Testament. In the book of Leviticus, as the children of Israel were coming out of Egyptian bondage, on the mount, Moses received the law as well as the ordinances and statutes that the children of Israel were to observe. We know this, in one of those ordinances they were to keep, when they were to come into the land of promise, and the time of the year has come for them to reap their harvest, barley harvest, before they were to reap the whole thing, the first thing they were to do, the owner of the field was to see that there was one bundle or sheaf of this crop selected to offer to the Lord. The farmer would chose, and we believe he would chose a very precise spot where the grain looked well matured, to reap that special bundle. He was not going to take some old dried up, dwarf type stuff that had grown in a poor place in the field, to offer to the Lord. He takes the best. He thrusts in his cycle, he cuts down a sheaf of standing grain and ties that in a bundle. That is put up to be given to the priest, that when the Passover season would appear in that coming season. Then this Passover season that this thing typed, this sheaf of grain from each farmer, once the Passover lamb has been killed, and eaten, then on the following day after the Sabbath that occurs within that Passover season, and we know Saturday is the Jewish Sabbath, but in their calendar structure it was not called Saturday. That is a Greek term. The seventh day constitutes a week for them and Saturday was that seventh day. Therefore the Passover lamb that would be slain within a week, then whenever the Sabbath would come in that particular period, the next day, meaning the first day of the week to start, that is the next day. We call it Sunday because we are going by the Greek structure. Then the high priests were to take these sheaves and offer them unto the Lord. This types a resurrection of the first fruits that was to come from the dead. I hope all of you understand this. This sheaf offering as it is the first fruits of that farmer’s field of grain, he is fulfilling a natural type, but the type projects forward to the time when the true Lamb of God, which was Jesus the Christ, God’s own Son, and the first fruit from the dead, would offer Himself for the sins of the whole world. That is why Jesus, in His first advent had to come precisely in the calendar of time when the true sacrificial lamb of God would be crucified on Friday. Not on Wednesday, like the Adventist’s want to lead you to believe. Friday was the day. We know the Jewish day starts at sundown; so when sundown on Thursday came, Friday began. Remember, Jesus was eating the Passover with the disciples; but by nine o’clock the next morning, He had already gone through an ordeal of suffering in the night that had finally put Him on the cross. Follow me now. He was on the cross by nine o’clock. As high noon came, the sun started to tip toward the west, and somewhere in the afternoon hours, Jesus died. They took Him from the cross in haste, because the next day was Saturday, which is the seventh day of the Jewish week. They did not have time to embalm Him and go through all that rigmarole. Therefore they took Him down in haste and wrapped Him in grave cloths. They took Him then, and put Him in the tomb of Joseph of Arimathaea. When sundown came on Friday evening, Jesus had already been dead a few hours. He was in the grave all through the night hours of Saturday, the seventh day of their week, which was their Sabbath. He was in the ground all through the dark hours of the night and through the daylight hours of Saturday. At sundown Saturday evening, the first day of the week starts. He was still in the ground. However somewhere in the early dawning hours of the first day of the week, Sunday morning, an angel came down. There was an earthquake. I referred to a publication I had read, when we printed the message, or made the video about what happened in the garden. I read from that and referred to this evangelist in Colorado, how he attacked Bro. Branham’s ministry and testimony, because of him referring to the angel. Those people do not even know what they are talking about. How many times have I heard that little man, as he stood on the platform, facing a large crowd of people, say something like, The angel of the Lord is no more than just a few feet away. The apostles in the book of Acts, (You can read it) ministered in many ways as angelic beings came and ministered in their way, to whatever God wanted to do in that hour. Did an angel have to do it? No. The power of God was ministered through angels. The scripture says in the book of Acts that Jesus was raised by the power of God. We realize this, that within that power realm, there is an angelic being dispatched from the presence of God to activate and carry out the plan and mind of God. Angels are ministering spirits sent forth to them that shall be heirs of salvation. Again it says in Hebrews, (written by the apostle Paul) God made His angels ministering spirits, and his ministers, meaning his earthly messengers or preachers, a flame of fire. An angel came down and rolled away the stone that sealed Jesus’ tomb; and He who was dead, came forth alive, never to die again. That is why you read in Luke and Mark’s account, how that early in the morning on the first day of the week, (which is the Greek Sunday) certain women came to the sepulchre where Jesus had been lain and found only an angel sitting inside the tomb; and he informed them of the fact that Jesus was no longer in there. In Mark 16:6, you find the angel speaking to them, saying unto them, “Be not affrighted: Ye seek Jesus of Nazareth, which was crucified: He is risen; He is not here: behold the place where they laid Him.” That tomb was empty. Hallelujah! He came forth by the power of God the Creator, on the first day of the week.


WHY CHRISTIANS WORSHIP ON THE FIRST DAY OF THE WEEK

INSTEAD OF THE JEWISH SABBATH


Well what about this thing of meeting for worship on Sunday instead of Saturday the Sabbath day? Saturday was the Jewish worship day; but you can read in the New Testament that it was the disciples which chose to worship God together on the first day of the week. That does not make us pagans, just because we worship God on the day of our Savior’s resurrection. It is written in the writings of the antinicean fathers and all those other men of the early church period, that it was the disciples who chose the first day of the week for worship, because Jesus arose on the first day of the week. Furthermore why would the apostle Paul say what he did to the Corinthian assembly, if they were not meeting on the first day of the week? Notice, (1 Corinthians 16:1-2) “Now concerning the collection for the saints, as I have given order to the churches of Galatia, even so do ye. Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him, that there be no gatherings when I come.” That is enough to let us know when that first age Church assembled for worship. They were taking up a collection for the poor saints at Jerusalem; and bringing it in upon the first day of the week. Well that sheaf offering, as the priest would wave it and offer it unto the Lord on the day following the Jewish Sabbath, which would occur within the Passover period, set the type for what was to come later. Jesus, His advent had to come precisely where He would be crucified at the time the Passover lamb was to be slain. He was taken captive on Thursday evening, He would be on the cross by nine o’clock the next morning, and He would die in the afternoon hours. No, He did not lay a full three days and a full three nights in the heart of the earth. But He was supposed to, Bro. Jackson, He said He would, some people say. I know that is worded like that; but we do know this, If Jesus had been in the ground literally, a full seventy two hours, then decay would have set in, bloating and breaking down the cells of the body. Is that not right? Well the psalmist David wrote, (under inspiration of the Spirit) that His Holy One was not to see corruption; therefore it was not to be allowed, that His body would experience any kind of degeneration. Listen to this, ACT 13:35 “Wherefore He saith also in another Psalm, Thou shalt not suffer thine Holy One to see corruption.” That was the apostle Paul testifying of the faith he had in Christ, and quoting that particular Psalm of David, to vindicate the fact that Jesus could not be allowed to lie in that tomb long enough for deterioration of His physical body to begin. Notice how the apostle Paul proves that David was writing about Jesus, and not himself. (Acts 13:36-37) “For David, after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, (died) and was laid unto his fathers, and saw corruption: (His body decayed, and turned back to the elements it was made up of.) But He, (Jesus) whom God raised again, saw no corruption.” Why? Simply because He did not stay dead a full three days and nights. Does that discredit the accuracy of the scriptures? No. It just confuses those educated divinity students that try to interpret everything without any revelation of what God is doing, and what He seeks to accomplish by what He is doing. God had the scriptures written in a way that leaves the theology professors and students scratching their heads; because they cannot put the whole picture together. Yet He reveals the true picture to those who are hungry for the truth of His word; and gives them something to grow on, spiritually speaking. Praise His name!


THE PROPHET DANIEL WRITING OF OUR DAY


The Christian Church has been in existence for almost two thousand years; and the writings of the prophets of the Old Testament concerning the things that are to take place in the time we live in, have been lying right here in the scriptures all of that time, with very little being understood about them, until this particular generation came upon the scene. After God anointed His prophet messenger to this age to fulfill his calling, He began to reveal through him (that messenger) the things the prophets had written of concerning the end of the age; and also many other things that for ages have been only topics for discussion and heated debates. We now know the truth about the forbidden fruit in the garden of Eden, the serpent seed, the prehistoric age, and the beast of Daniel’s and the apostle John’s writings. Let us now go to Daniel 12:1, and notice how this is worded. Daniel had been praying, and I want you to know, after we leave chapter 9, which gives us the chronology and order of the seventy weeks of prophetic time left to the Jews, the angel of the Lord then takes him through these following chapters, breaking down the oncoming beast period, the Greek as well as into the Roman period. It culminates right out into the last days that you and I live in, when the antichrist, the world dictator will be on the scene. Now we are picking up the account as the angel spoke to Daniel. “And at that time shall Michael stand up, (Michael is one of the arch angels, just like Gabriel, but this angel Michael is more or less the guardian angel that watches over the nation of Israel.) the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: (Which is Israel. I want you to notice this 12th chapter of Daniel, and lay it beside the 12th chapter of the book of Revelation, and you are looking at the same nation; and seeing the same picture in both. You cannot help but notice that chapter 12 of both these books, contain the same things. Each one brings out a beautiful, and a perfect picture. The angel of the Lord is telling Daniel that this great angel will stand up for the children of Israel,) and there shall be a time of trouble, (That refers to the last three and one half years of the seventieth week of Daniel, which will be fulfilled to the Jews; but will affect many others that are not Jews. It is the world’s great tribulation period, which is somewhere just ahead of us.) such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: (No matter what you read in history, and no matter how dark that period of history may appear to have been, yet the whole world is destined to go through a three and one half year period which will be the world’s darkest, most horrible, wretched time ever.) and at that time thy people (Israel) shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.” Naturally that pertains to the ones whose names are (because of the foreknowledge of God) already written in the book of life from before the foundation of the world. Not every Jew will be saved. Only those who receive the message of their two prophets will God set His seal of acceptance upon, of all of those who are in the land of Israel in that time of their ministry. Not every Gentile who goes to a “church meeting” regularly will be accepted. Only those who gladly receive the word of revelation truth for their hour of time, will God set His seal of acceptance upon. He is not seeking church members; He is gleaning His foreknown, predestinated seed from among the “religious” people of the world in this hour of time. In other words, There is no time left, for people of God just to play church. It is time for every true child of God to be as serious about serving their Creator in the spirit of revealed truth, as they have ever been about anything in life. It is he that hath an ear to hear, that God will speak to in this late hour of time, just before the curtain closes for Gentiles. Once the Spirit of God turns back to the Jew, no Gentile will ever be drawn to repentance again. The seven years left to the nation of Israel will close out the Laodicean Age; and usher in the coming of their King, to rule upon earth for a thousand years, from the Jewish temple that will shortly be built in Jerusalem. We know all of this has to be taken in through the mind, and received into our spirit, in order for it to be a revelation we would be willing to die for; so it is just as it has always been. It is proclaimed to all; and only those whose spirit is conditioned to receive God’s truth will gladly receive it. All of the rest who hear the word of God preached and appear to receive it, will fall into one of the first three categories Jesus mentioned in the parable of the seed sower, in the 13th chapter of Matthew. This is why when we go to the 7th chapter of Revelation, we see where an element of Jewish men making a total of 144,000, are definitely sealed away by the Spirit of God, they will have ears to hear the message of their two prophets, according to what John wrote in chapter 11, concerning their ministry. When will they be sealed away? They are sealed away during the first half of Daniel’s seventieth week, them as well as a remnant of the whole nation which is characterized and portrayed to Bible readers as “the woman” in chapter 12. Those two things have to be accomplished within the first three and one half years. First the 144,000 are sealed. They are messengers. When the great break comes, and the great tribulation starts, then the 144,000 will flee to the various nations they come out of, to preach the everlasting gospel to their brethren still in dispersion among the nations. However the woman that is represented by the other remnant which will be sealed away, will flee into some place God has already prepared to receive her and care for her until the storm passes over, and Jesus is back on earth in bodily form to rule and reign. Why will they have to flee? To get away from what? This terrible time of trouble Daniel wrote of, such as the world has never seen since Israel has been a nation, and will never see again. That terrible time of trouble is described in Revelation, chapters 8 and 9. It occurs under the last three woes. Let us finish reading here in Daniel. “And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt.” Now if we did not have other scriptures in the Bible concerning this prophetic promise, we would not know how to digest it, nor to apply it and look toward a resurrection. Just this one scripture standing alone does not give us the whole picture. However when you take it and lay it alongside all the other scriptures that deal with the same thing, the picture clears up. Here is how it looks to the natural mind, just taking what the angel has told Daniel. It looks like, at that time, when many that sleep (that means in death) in the dust of the earth, shall awake, that there is definitely going to be a resurrection that will bring up both the good and the evil ones that have gone by the way of death. It would sound like there is going to be a resurrection of the good, and a resurrection of the bad, all at the same time. However as we go on in this message, we will learn from other scriptures, and understand that this is not the order at all. This is a prophecy that conveys a promise, and that is all it does. There is definitely a promise of a resurrection, that gives people a hope and something to believe in and trust in, but who would know when or how this is all going to come about, if there was nothing else said about it in the Bible? This next verse gives us a picture of the living, how they will be affected. “And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.” That is the state of what others that are living will be portrayed as, as their life and testimony and affect they have on society, goes on into that hour. What I really want you to notice above all else though, is that verse 2, speaks of a resurrection of something that was dead. Then I want you to pay attention to verse 4. “But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.” It was another five hundred years before the advent of Christ, and time wise, the social, political, and material pattern of life did not change very much during all that time. However just look at the hour you and I live in. Can you not say knowledge has been increased? There is hardly a thing that modern man has not thought of and devised. In fact he has become so intelligent in his own way of learning, he has forgotten all about God. The book that our founding fathers respected and believed in, though they did not understand very much of it, has been set aside. Modern man has no time for a book they say is full of myths. Though our founding father’s did not understand very much of it, they trusted it because they knew it was the infallible word of God. I heard one of the T.V. News Broadcaster’s say that our nation has reached 250 million in population. I am sad to say, We are living in a nation of millions of people that have no knowledge or concept of God whatsoever. They appear as though they do not even care whether there is a God or not. I tell you, when you know there is a God and you know His Word is true, and you know there is going to be an accounting of how we live our lives here on earth, you sure do not want to face that hour without our precious Lord and Savior Jesus Christ on your side. Well this is the first prophecy we look at, that begins to give the believer in God something to hold on to. The Jewish saints who were given types and shadows of something that was coming in future time, knew there was going to be a resurrection; but they had no idea whatsoever when, or where, nor how. Well, we do know that in that long period of the Law dispensation, when they were required to walk before God according to the word of their prophets, there were people raised from the dead, at various times. They were not raised from the dead into immortality. They were raised back into the same mortal state they had previously existed in. Therefore, somewhere, later on in life they died again. In other words, If there is any hope for the believer, it has to rest on the fact of a sure resurrection. We will be reunited with those that we have known in days gone by, if it be that we are all in the Lord Jesus. In Matthew 7:13, Jesus said, “Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” You may see great numbers going to church every week; but very few of them have actually entered into the way that leads to eternal life. Just merely going to some church every time the door is opened is a far cry from having that gift of eternal life abiding in you. In Romans 8:9, the apostle Paul wrote, “But ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His.” Then he wrote, in verse 11, “But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, He that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwelleth in you.” Let me say this now, Those who outrightly reject the word of revealed truth for this hour, do not have the Spirit of Christ abiding in them. Would the very Spirit that is God, reject the word of God? That would be like denying Himself. Brothers and sisters, the scriptures do not lie. What God has said, He means; and what He has said He will do, He will do it.


IS THE SPIRIT AND THE SOUL OF MAN THE SAME THING?


As we leave the book of Daniel, let us keep in mind, every righteous soul that has died, no matter how they died, their spirit and their soul has left that body of flesh and bones. Every righteous soul rests in Paradise awaiting the time for its ultimate reward; and every wicked, or unrighteous soul has gone to that place of torment. That place represents total separation from God. I have been asked the question so many times, Bro. Jackson, is the spirit and the soul the same? I will use this to illustrate, Just suppose there is a glass full of water sitting here. The glass represents the body that contains that water. That water is clear. It is liquid. The water in that glass types the spirit of life. That life that you are made up of, came from God. God took of Himself, and as He separates that measure allotted to you, He does that in order to begin the beginning of what He wants as a son or daughter that will have certain attributes and likeness of Him. First we need to understand that this which is life itself, is what the water represents. Just suppose though, that we want to turn this into a drink that has a flavor, and color, and that has certain nutrients in it. This means we will have to take some other elements and incorporate them into it. For the sake of illustration, just say we are going to make an orange drink. We take something that has the orange flavor, whether that is an extract or dried powder, or something that carries that orange flavor, and we are going to put that in the glass. The minute we put that in the glass, we are going to notice two things. First it has color. It is going to be an orange color. Then it is going to have flavor. It will no longer taste like water. It now has an orange flavor; but now we want to get rid of a lot of that acid taste, so we put some sugar in. The minute we put that sugar in, it dissolves. It does not make the orange color any more orange than it was already; and it does not make the taste of orange any stronger. It just blends away that acid taste and gives it a sweet taste. The sugar in there, is what gives it that “I want some more” taste. What have we done? It is still just a glass full of something to drink, like it started out. Well when God made you and me, He first took of Himself that measure of spirit that was to be our human spirit. Then He incorporated into that, those characteristics that portray you and me as we are. All people are not alike in their human makeup. Some are ever so timid, and others are very bold. He did not make us all to look alike. You wonder where He could get such differences that no two of us look exactly alike in every detail. He puts these different attributes in us, like the five senses. These five senses that He puts into the spirit, that gives the inner life person you are, an outlet through the flesh. We see, hear, taste, smell and feel. That is how you make contact with things of the earth. Without those senses, your life here in the earth can be very handicapped. If you cannot hear, many times you can walk right into the path of danger, simply because you do not have eyes in the back of your head. Many times we can hear what we cannot see; and there are other times when we see danger and do not hear a thing. Therefore good hearing and good eyesight are things to be very thankful for if we have them. What about the sense of feel? You can feel hot and cold; but you cannot see nor hear either one; so it is a blessing to be able to enjoy the sense of feel. Smell and taste are both very useful also. It is true, one can live without these senses; but such a person is very handicapped. Therefore those five senses need to be in there. Then there is the ability to receive and retain knowledge, incorporated into our makeup. The knowledge capability we have, is what helps us understand things that relate to our earthly being, while we are here in this life. If you did not have the ability to retain what you just saw, felt, heard and so forth, you would go from day to day, having to go through the same things all over again. The ability to learn, to understand, and to know how to relate your life here to the things around you is wonderful; but above all else, it is through that ability to retain knowledge that we associate ourselves to our Creator. I am using this to help you understand the difference between soul and spirit. When God separated from Himself that spirit of life, and put inside it those attributes and characteristics that are attributed to you, that is the soul. The spirit, and those characteristics that make you what you are, cannot be separated. When death separates you from the flesh, those attributes and senses are not separated from the spirit. The spirit and the soul are completely inseparable. So death puts the body in the ground, in the outer crust of the circle we have on this little chart representing the earth. The good part is, death puts the inner spirit person you really are, in paradise. Which up until Calvary was in the heart of the earth; but since Calvary, is in the heavenly realm. That is why you hear some people say, “It is either heaven or hell;” there is no in between. There are people in this world that spend much hard earned money, paying some priest to pray a loved one out of Purgatory; when there is no such possibility. If death comes knocking on your door when you are in a state of separation from God, that is how the story ends for you. No one else, no matter how righteous they are, can ever change your state of separation from God, if you fail to make that change yourself. God gave King David an insight into this thing of our state after the breath of life goes out of us. Even though he made mistakes, he still walked with God; and it is written, that he was a man after God’s own heart. Notice a few words of David, here in Psalms 16, verses 8-11. “I have set the Lord always before me: because He is at my right hand, I shall not be moved. Therefore my heart is glad, and my glory rejoiceth: my flesh also shall rest in hope. For thou wilt not leave my soul in hell; neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One (meaning Jesus) to see corruption. Thou wilt shew me the path of life: in thy presence is fulness of joy; at thy right hand there are pleasures for evermore. He said his flesh could rest in hope, simply because he could see a resurrection. “For thou will not leave my soul in hell,” lets us know those in the paradise part of what is commonly referred to as hell, went into it with a sure hope, that one day they would come out of there. When he said, “Neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption,” his thoughts jumped all the way from himself to the Lord Jesus Christ. That is the way those Old Testament prophecies were; the prophet would be looking at a present condition; and all of a sudden he would prophesy something way off into the future. We have already covered that particular thought when we were speaking of the fact that Jesus could not be allowed to lie in that tomb for a full 3 days and 3 nights, lest His body would for sure, see corruption. Even Job, the prophet that lived 1500 years before Christ, had the revelation that there would be a resurrection. Notice his words in chapter 19, verses 25-27. “For I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that He shall stand at the latter day upon the earth: And though after my skin worms destroy this body, yet in my flesh shall I see God: Whom I shall see for myself, and mine eyes shall behold, and not another; though my reins be consumed within me.” He knew that in that fleshly body he would be resurrected. That is the same hope we have, that if death overtakes us before the Lord Jesus comes again, we will still be in the rapture; because the apostle Paul wrote that the dead in Christ would be raised, and those still alive would be caught up together with them to meet the Lord. Therefore with these scriptural insights, and with this explanation about the spirit and the soul, I believe we should move ahead with our subject.


WHAT JESUS TAUGHT ABOUT THE FIRST RESURRECTION


We will leave the book of Daniel and move on to the advent of Christ; and we will look at St. John, chapter 5, first. Jesus really opened up the subject of the resurrection, as He spoke here in this setting. As we read, please notice who is doing the talking. Jesus has been talking about resurrection and so forth; and says this, (verse 20) “For the Father loveth the Son, and showeth Him all things that Himself doeth: and He will show Him greater works than these, that ye may marvel. (be surprised) For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; (makes them alive) even so the Son quickeneth whom He will.” Now in this phrase of speech, He is talking about things, we will say, that pertain to the dead being made alive again. “For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son: That all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father. He that honoureth not the Son honoureth not the Father which hath sent Him.” This would be a good place to go right off into a thought on the Godhead; but we will forego that at this time. This lets us know what Jesus said, there, concerning Himself and the Father. The Father is one object of thought. The Son is another object of thought. Yet as Jesus is speaking this, we must believe that the Father, the first and foremost, who is the Creator, the life giver, the life supplier, is in the Son, in the fullness of all His expressed attributes, to show lost mankind His mercy and grace and ability and willingness to save those that are lost. We do not mean to be bypassing the Son; for all things have to be brought through the Son. Therefore He that honoureth the Son, and seeth the Son in the true picture, cannot help but see the Father also; but he that wants to honour the Father and say, We see no need for the Son, is missing the whole picture. “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on Him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life.” He is talking about a spiritual death in that sense of the word. Notice this, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, The hour is coming, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God; and they that hear shall live.” That was right then, and now, they that hear the word and understand it in its right way, can immediately have resurrected, or eternal life in their soul, and He was not yet talking about a physical resurrection. “For as the Father hath life in Himself; so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself; And hath given Him authority to execute judgment also, because He is the Son of Man.” He is talking about judging sin for what it is, because it is the unbelief that rules and dominates man’s unwillingness to hear or see what Jesus is talking about. Now He leaves that frame of thought and notice what He says. “Marvel not at this: (What did He mean by that? Do not be surprised. Do not become confused. Do not let this statement shake you up.) for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear His voice. (Now what is He talking about? Is He talking about the same thing as in these other verses? No. He has left that frame of thought. He is now turning to a physical death situation.) And shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation.” That is exactly why the Jewish society today, having only the Law and the prophets coming up through Daniel, they look for a general resurrection, because that is the way they interpret Daniel, chapter 12. If we just take what Jesus said here, once again it almost sounds like Jesus is talking about a general resurrection, both of the good and bad, all at the same time; but we already know this, as we go on in this message which we are titling “The First Resurrection,” that this is not how it is going to come about at all. It is important that we understand the order of these things we are looking at, so we will go into it from a little different standpoint shortly; and ask, When does the rapture take place? and where is it applied. The rapture does not take place in Revelation 20:4-5, where we read a while ago. Absolutely not. The rapture has already taken place long before Revelation 20, verse 4. While we are looking at this particular point, let us go to Matthew, chapter 27, and we will notice what happened when Jesus’ earthly ministry was finished. The words Jesus spoke in St. John 5, were spoken in the early days of His ministry, without any further explanation to the disciples, and without giving them anything to look to for the revelation. He just left them with that promise, “The hour is coming when all that are in the graves shall come forth. They that have done good to the resurrection of life, and they that have done evil to the resurrection of damnation.” That did not put it in any order of fulfillment or anything. It was the truth; but the revelation of when and how would have to come later. Now we will look at what is recorded in Matthew 27; and this is not the words of Jesus; this is the writing of the apostle Matthew, as he recorded what happened after Christ rose from the dead. If Christ rose from the dead, and we know He did, what was He fulfilling as pertaining to the Law? Well the apostle Paul wrote in 1 corinthians 15:20, “But now is Christ risen from the dead, and become the first fruits of them that slept.” He was not the first fruits, unless there was a plurality that came up with Him. Will you not agree? I must say it that way, because, If He was the first fruits, then it is because others came out of the graves with Him, or at the same interval of time. If others did not come with Him, then He was the first fruit from among the dead. Well nevertheless the Law of Moses contained an observance that pointed exactly to that. We are in Matthew 27. Jesus has been crucified. We know there was a great earthquake and the veil of the temple was rent; but do we really see anything in that? Verse 51 says, “And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain.” This veil was that inner partition that separated the sanctuary part of the temple, or the front part of the temple from the little room, or that area which was called the Holy of Holies. This veil separated the two areas and only one priest, once each year, went behind, or beyond that veil. However out there in the sanctuary part where the table of shewbread sat, and the Menorah, (the seven golden candlesticks) and all those other things, other priests would come in there and burn incense, and offer prayer at certain times of the day. Of course all those things were types. Only one priest, once each year, on the day of atonement, took the blood of that atonement sacrifice that had been offered upon the altar, and went beyond the veil into the very presence of the ark of the covenant where the Shekinah glory was. (This priest typed Christ.) He went right into the very presence of the Shekinah glory, which typed the deityship of God invested in the person of Jesus, who is the Christ. As that priest went into that setting on the day of atonement, we know this, his prayer, and his presenting himself there, only pushed the sins of the believers ahead. It did not eradicate the sins. It pushed them ahead for one more year of time. It was just like a bank renewing a bank note for another year; God renewed the note by making them feel guiltless, they were forgiven. However when Jesus died on the cross, He who was the fulfilling of all that which was types, oh brothers and sisters, as He died and the earth was rocked with that earthquake, God was saying, This is the end of the types and shadows, because the veil was rent. Never again will that veil mean anything. Well Bro. Jackson, will the Jews build a temple. They absolutely will; but that has nothing at all to do with changing the structure of the Old Testament types. Keep in mind, the Jews were blinded to this, in part. God knew this. It was all a part of His plan. The fact they were blinded to it, was so God could eventually turn to the Gentiles, this bunch of filthy Gentiles that had always worshipped pagan gods; and give us the hope and promise of eternal life. Then as He turns back to the Jew, sure He will pick right up where He left off; but they will not crucify the Savior again. When that veil was rent, that was God’s way of saying to the old covenant, it is finished. That is why it is written, Christ is the end of the Law to everyone that believeth. Let us just watch. “And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; And the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, And came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many.” There was definitely a resurrection; so I ask you, At that time, who could they be that were resurrected? Only righteous, saintly people that had died, all the way back from the beginning of time. That would take you right back to Abel; and come right on down through the various centuries of time, to the time of Christ’s first advent. I will say this, We have to realize that some of those bodies had been lying there for hundreds of years. I am sure of this one thing also, Abel was not buried in Jerusalem. Abel was buried somewhere else. We are talking about before the flood. How many understand what I am saying? It was at Jerusalem, the focal point, where this great event of a resurrection is going to first be set in order. There at Jerusalem will sin be atoned for. There at Jerusalem will the Redeemer appear. At Jerusalem will the resurrection start. Now it does not tell us whether there were other saintly people resurrected anywhere else in the Middle East areas of the world. Furthermore since it does not tell us that, we do not have to let our mind’s even drift into such a trend of thinking. The main thing is, God took out of the ground, and out of paradise, righteous spirits of those that had died before that time. One thing is sure, When Jesus rose from the dead, and later went into heaven itself, this destroyed this part of hell. Whether all the righteous bodies were taken out at that time is immaterial. It did take all the righteous spirits of those that had been held in that portion of hell. That is where Paul, years later, could write in the Ephesian letter and say what he did. That is where we will pick up now; and go into greater detail.


WHY THERE IS CONFUSION ABOUT THE RESURRECTION


I am asking the Lord to help me put the rest of this message together in a way to make it an enjoyable thing for us to know. If I had time to relate some of the confusion that is going on right now in the religious world, over the very thing that we are on, this resurrection and the rapture, you would better understand why I say, It is important that we get the picture straight in our thinking. You have never seen the like of controversy there is in the world today, among the religious realm of humanity, about anything else in the Bible, like it is about the resurrection, the rapture, and a secret translation before the tribulation period, or whether it takes place after the tribulation has started, or after it is ended. The one article I read, tries to lay the blame all on a Jesuit priest back in 1800’s, a priest from Chili, saying that he is the one that concocted this idea. They try to tell in this article that there was no such thing as the secret rapture, taught by the first age Christians. Well I will have to say, Any mind that talks like that, left the track before reaching their destination. You would have to be blind, not to see it here in the Bible. We have touched many of these things already, on paradise, hell, and the place of torment. We are trying to bring this all in, What does redemption in Christ accomplish in the fact there is to be a resurrection, when we know according to Daniel chapter 12 and St. John chapter 5, both of those scriptures would leave us with the thought that there is going to be a general resurrection wherein some are raised to life and some to eternal damnation. However when we go further in the New Testament, after the advent of Christ, it is then that we begin to feel like the revelation began to drop upon the Church. Later in that first age, the Church began to deal with the subject, and to divide the events that all constitute this thing of the first resurrection. We want to say this, The resurrection of the body you and I have lived in, in this life, is as much a part of redemption as the redemption of the soul and spirit of mankind. That is why we read in Romans 8, where the apostle Paul is speaking of the redemption of the purchased possession, that the manifestation of the sons of God can not and will not be until after the body has been changed from mortal to immortality. Therefore they would have to be a resurrection of those that are dead in Christ and those that are alive in Christ at His coming. Then and then alone will there be an era of that time taught by Paul in Romans 8, that there will be a manifestation. Now the word manifestation or manifest, means to put on display, to reveal, or to make known. Therefore in that sense we can see the Millennium age coming up, which covers one thousand years of time. It is a dispensation. That is when the manifestation of the sons of God will be a reality. They will be revealed, made known to the whole creation the world over, simply because redemption has constituted that. Therefore the Millennium is a furtherance of redeeming the earth, restoring back to the earth, regenerating the earth, as we taught in the other subject. When the Millennium is over and we see the second resurrection, we will see in closing out this subject, that the second resurrection is a resurrection of everything that has death attributed to it. No matter whether it goes from the beginning of time to the end, everything that is laying in the ground will be considered lifeless, and have no eternal life attributed to it at all. We are going to go back and pick up the scriptures in Matthew 27 and deal with the 51st verse, to lay down the thought of what took place at the resurrection of Christ. As we said earlier, In the heart of the earth, up until the advent of Christ, there were two realms in which the spirit of all that died on the earth due to the penalty of death imputed to mankind because of Adam’s sin, went. The righteous went into a place called paradise and the wicked went to a place called Hades. The whole thing was hell, which simply means, a place of imprisonment. Even the righteous were in hell, in that sense of the scriptural term.. We have a lot of church going people today, their mouths drop wide open when you say something like that; because they automatically think hell is a bad place. They do not realize that hell meant a place of the imprisonment of the soul and spirit of the inner person. Therefore as we read here, God’s redemption through Christ has come. He has been crucified, and hung on the cross, died for the sins of the whole human race, past, present, and future. Death has taken His life. His body is taken and laid in a tomb in the earth’s surface. But we know according to the Psalm, the inner life of Jesus did not go to the tomb. It descended into hell. Since it descended into hell, we quoted this earlier, from the 16th Psalm, verses 8-10, where David was inspired to write this Psalm, and he had a revelation. That revelation inspired him to speak these words in the Psalm, prophetic words, where he said he foresaw the Lord always before his face, meaning he kept the Lord constantly before him in everything he endeavored to do, The Lord was his means of existence and strength and such like. Because of that, then God gave him the assurance of his glory, or that his flesh would rest in hope, having a promise and assurance that though death one day would take him, and he would go to hell, God would not leave his soul in hell, that place of imprisoned spirits. Because of that, he could see that neither would God, the great eternal spirit, allow His holy One, His means of redemption to see corruption. That means His physical body would not go beyond the hours of decomposition and breakdown. As we read here, we want to take this verse of scripture, and see what it actually points us to. We have to realize, Matthew was writing the account years after the event was all over. Therefore he was squeezing developments together. He tells in the 51st verse, the very hour that Christ died on the cross, “And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, (It literally shook. That is what is signified here. The earth’s cracks open here.) and the rocks rent; (busted apart) And the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose.” Notice that it does say saints, plural; and nothing at all is said about the wicked and unregenerate element of mankind. It is speaking of saints, people who believed and trusted in God. We do know that as the children of Israel eventually came out of Egyptian bondage and settled in the land of Palestine, later as God chose the city of Jerusalem, the place to reveal His name, this would lead many Jewish people who were trusting fully in God, to want to be buried near or around the Jerusalem area. Somehow they had a glimmer of insight, that one day there would be a great event take place there. We can go back to Job and see how related to that. However before the event actually took place, no one knew exactly where, when, nor how this great event would begin to unfold.many. I would never attempt to be dogmatic about some of these things we have so little written about; but what is written clearly, I believe it is alright to teach. I just do not believe we should try to get so technical about some things. People will say, Bro. Jackson: When the graves were opened at the time Jesus arose and many of the saints came forth, did that include all of those who believed in God, all the way back to Abel? I will not go so far as to say that. I will say this, We need to let God do a few things the way He has purposed to, without us having to have all the details. Some people are forever trying to learn something new about the scriptures, and they devote very little time to trying to live their lives according to what they know already. He took out of the ground every major patriarch and saint that He saw fit to take, those who would bear an infallible testimony for His glory and honor. I am persuaded of that. Remember this, In heaven, when the apostle John was taken up, and saw the four and twenty elders sitting around that throne, we have said this before, they were all earthly men. There would be twelve from the Old Testament, twelve from the New Testament. Therefore if there is twelve from the Old Testament, we are not saying who they are. But they are definitely going to be patriarchs, one’s that have stood out in time. That has to come into the mind and plan of God. Concerning those bodies that arose, the question can be asked, Were they raised in a mortal state, like they had previously been in, before they were buried, or were they raised in an immortal state? If we look at this picture in a sensible way, we are going to have to come to the conclusion, that they were raised in an immortal status. Think of it. If God would have went to the trouble of raising a saint that has been in the ground, six or seven hundred years, you know the body would have been completely decomposed. There is no problem with God raising it from the dead and restoring all the atoms and molecules back to the original status; but you would have to ask, What would that accomplish? Those who believed the word of God already knew He could raise dead people back to mortal life; and that they would die again in due time; but this resurrection that took place at the time Jesus was raised, I am persuaded, had a much higher purpose. It says they appeared in the city; so if they were in the city, they were no longer hanging around the cemetery. They were not ghosts. They were real flesh and bones people; and they were raised up for a purpose. The scripture says they appeared in the city and were made known to many. That is not going into great detail and becoming too technical, to say that, nor to say this, If they were not raised in a glorified body, then how do we explain what happened to them after being raised up, back to a mortal state of flesh? Did they live on for several more years and die like Lazarus did? Remember Jesus raised people from the dead during the time of His ministry; but He never did raise anyone into immortality. It was not time. He raised Lazarus from the dead, when he had been dead for days; and was already stinking; but He did not raise him to immortality. He was raised in the mortal state; therefore he died again later, and was buried just like any other mortal person. On the other hand, none of these saints it speaks of here, were ever identified again as such. Nowhere is it written, what happened to them after they were resurrected. Where did they go to? Well we have to put the picture together in our mind, that this was the beginning of God fulfilling His type which is written in Leviticus 23:10-16. We will read the whole 7 verses. “Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come into the land which I give unto you, and shall reap the harvest thereof, then ye shall bring a sheaf of the first fruits of your harvest unto the priest: And he shall wave the sheaf before the Lord, to be accepted for you: on the morrow after the sabbath the priest shall wave it. And ye shall offer that day when ye wave the sheaf an he lamb without blemish of the first year for a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the meat offering thereof shall be two tenth deals of fine flour mingled with oil, an offering made by fire unto the Lord for a sweet savour: and the drink offering thereof shall be of wine, the fourth part of an hin. And ye shall eat neither bread, nor parched corn, nor green ears, until the selfsame day that ye have brought an offering unto your God: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. And ye shall count unto you from the morrow after the sabbath, from the day that ye brought the sheaf of the wave offering; seven sabbaths shall be complete: Even unto the morrow after the seventh sabbath shall ye number fifty days; and ye shall offer a new meat offering unto the Lord.” I have already brought this in, how that once the children of Israel were in the land of promise, when the spring of the year would come and their crops were ripe and ready for harvest, the owner of the land, before the reapers come and cut the crop, would go into the field. I do not see him going in to a shallow, poor ground. I see him going where it stands out so vigorous, right to the best he has. He cuts a bundle, a sheaf of this grain. He ties it in a bundle. What is this for? In the natural, it is the first fruits of his total harvest. He takes that to the priest at the temple, or at the tabernacle, whatever the case might have been. We know it was a tabernacle at first, later it became a temple. The priest was to pile that up, and on the morning after the Sabbath, (All of this typed the beginning of God’s resurrection plan.) this bundle was to be brought by the priest and waved before the Lord as the first fruits of the harvest. As the priest, on resurrection morning, went and did that in the natural, with those bundles of grain, that is why it is written in Mark’s gospel, St. John’s gospel, Matthew’s account, that early in the morning, dawning toward the first day of the week, just before the rising of the sun, came Mary Magdalene and those other women, with spices. They wanted to see if they could prepare the body of Jesus for proper burial and future entombment. However when they got there, He was no longer in the tomb. They were met by an angel of the Lord, which said, Why seek ye the living among the dead? He is not here. He is risen. We know this, Jesus is the first fruits of those that were dead. Therefore if these graves were literally opened, and fulfilled at the resurrection of Jesus what I believe they did, as Jesus was on earth about the space of forty days after His resurrection, personally giving vindication to His existence and resurrection, I believe those other resurrected saints did likewise. I believe they also appeared from time to time, to give testimony to some of those living Jewish people, that something had happened that vindicated the hope they held dear to their heart’s. They could see, and they could recognize who those old saints were. That left a sure testimony for them, of the fact that what they had been believing was coming to pass. Those first age Christians had sure testimony of what God was doing; and it is by their word that we also can be sure of what God is doing; and of what He will do, as time closes out. At this time, the time of that phase of the first resurrection when Jesus and those Old Testament saints arose, those saints came out of paradise. That is where their spirits came from. Their spirits did not come from heaven, like we would expect today. Their spirits came out of paradise, which at that time was still in the heart of the earth. Let us go to Luke’s account, to show you what I mean. Luke wrote concerning when Jesus hung on the cross and the one thief looked over and began to criticize and try to humiliate Jesus, the other thief just merely said, (Luke 23:42) “Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom.” For that, Jesus made him a promise. Let me just read it to you; so you can get the whole picture together. (Luke 23:39-43) “And one of the malefactors which were hanged railed on him, saying, If thou be Christ, save thyself and us. But the other answering rebuked him, saying, Dost not thou fear God, seeing thou art in the same condemnation? And we indeed justly; for we receive the due reward of our deeds: but this man hath done nothing amiss. And he said unto Jesus, Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom. And Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, To day shalt thou be with me in paradise.” Where would that be? In the heart of the earth of course. One criminal recognized who Jesus was; and the other one saw nothing to distinguish Him from any other man that might be hung from one of those old crosses. That is how it is. The gospel is preached to all, some believe it and receive a revelation; and the rest just hear words that mean nothing to them. Therefore this one said, We deserve to die; but this man has done nothing. What did Jesus say to the one that defended Him and said, Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom? “This day thou shalt be with me in paradise.” Jesus knew the minute His life would separate from the body that was going through this terrible ordeal of suffering for man’s chastisement and sin offering, where He would be. He was going to hell. As He went to hell, He knew this man that had been defending Him, would be going with Him. In other words, The spirit of that thief was going to go with Him.


WHAT PETER WROTE ABOUT JESUS-AND WHAT HE DID IN HELL


We will go to the Epistle of 1st Peter. Peter, the apostle to the Jewish circumcision, just as Paul was the apostle to the Gentiles, gave his own expression of what the death of Jesus accomplished in the plan of God. Neither one of these men, even though they had different revelations at a certain juncture of time concerning this event, said anything that would contradict what the other one said, or would say. Peter brings in a thing about Christ Jesus after the death on the cross that no one else expressed exactly the same way. Peter brings it out like this, 1st Peter 3:18. “For Christ also hath once suffered for sins, (That means the sins of the whole world.) the just (He was the just one) for the unjust, (The unjust is people like you and me.) that He might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh, (the flesh He lived in) but quickened (made alive) by the Spirit: (that which was of God that dwelled in Him. It is that Spirit that would quicken and make Him alive again.) By which also He went and preached unto the spirits in prison.” That is why we can say that at that time, this whole realm was hell, a place of the imprisoned soul’s of mankind. He went and preached unto the spirits in prison, in hell. “Which sometime were disobedient, when once (meaning during that period) the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that is, eight souls were saved by water.” This sets the type for water baptism, because the water, the flood water covered the earth in that realm where mankind was. Wherever man was, he had corrupted his surroundings and sinned against God upon the earth. That is why God, in that judgment, covered the earth with water, to get rid of the traces of sin that man had given over to. He (God) purposed just to wash it all away; because He wanted to look upon a clean earth. It set a type. As we go on with this, let us watch some things. We know that Noah preached for at least a hundred and some odd years; so just think for a minute. He is referred to in the New Testament as a preacher of righteousness. Well if he was a preacher of righteousness, then there were no doubt times when these unrighteous mobs would come around to humiliate him; and belittle him because of this thing he was working on; for every year it was getting larger, as Noah continued to build on it. This no doubt is what would give God an opportunity to anoint Noah, to preach to this multitude of critics and rejectors of God. Think for a moment though, of the fact that some no doubt died during that long period of time; and were placed in the ground. I believe it would be reasonable to assume that there were people dying by natural causes during that time. Why do I make this point? Simply to say this, It is very possible that there were a few of those old ones scattered through that hundred and some odd years that died believing what Noah was preaching. They were not the ones that were going to perish in the flood. They died by natural causes because they believed what that old man said. All those critics that somehow or other were young enough, and God would leave alive long enough to taste the very means of this terrible catastrophic judgment, they heard the same things these others that had died by natural causes heard; but they went to the torment part of hell. They heard the same thing and they just kept on laughing, making fun and so forth. They continued right straight on through to that terrible hour of judgment. What about those others, the ones that died by natural causes? They had nothing to compare Noah’s preaching to. There was no law in existence then, Thou shalt not, thou shalt not, thou shalt not. That was the first time there had ever been a man talking, or preaching like that; but they believed what he was saying. When Jesus went down into hell and began to preach to those spirits, we can say this, the righteous ones that had died in the period of time this terrible evil was going on, it cleared up the picture for them. Jesus did not have to preach to righteous Abel. How many understand what I am saying? There was no need to preach to Abel because Abel did not live when sin had multiplied and come to such an ungodly state. For quite a long period there were others of Abel’s category; but once that terrible ordeal of evil set in, others who walked with God, had to do so in the midst of the whole rotten mess. Just think of Enoch; and the time he lived in. He gave his son a name Methuselah, which meant, When he is gone, it (judgment) will come. That man lived 969 years though; so just think of all the sons and daughters that were born in those years before the flood finally came. From then on to the flood you had thousands upon thousands born and lived in this terrible period. Some turned away from the evil and died by natural causes. Others, and I would have to believe there were multitudes of them, were just like so many are today, Everyone else is doing it, so I see nothing wrong in doing what everyone else is doing. That is what you hear from a lot of children today, when you attempt to correct them. The great difference between then and now, is the fact that there was no law written. They had nothing to go by. Nevertheless they were without excuse; because God had Noah on the scene, preaching righteousness. Nevertheless to clear up the picture, Jesus went right down into hell and preached to all of them. I hope this gives all of you a little better picture of why it was necessary for Jesus to go preach to those imprisoned spirits. He certainly did not have to preach to Abel nor any of his kind. There was no need for. It was those spirits that had lived during the time of this terrible evil environment, without anything they could look to, that would tell them it was wrong to do as the general trend were doing. That is why Peter wrote what he did in this Epistle. Jesus preached to them. “By which also He went and preached unto the spirits in prison; Which sometime were disobedient, when once the longsuffering of God waited (tarried) in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that is, eight souls were saved by water. (It set a type of baptism there.) The like figure whereunto even baptism doth also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh, but the answer of a good conscience toward God,) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” So when we accept Christ as our Savior we know it is His blood that was shed to make an atonement for our fallen nature. Nevertheless because I have lived in this mortal flesh on this earth, in this evil environment, then the evil things I have done living in this flesh that causes this flesh to carry out the works of the flesh, the fruits of unrighteousness and so forth, then the baptism of our body in water, is that in the eyes of God we stand as though we had never sinned. The remembrance of my smoking, my drinking, my cursing and all that is put out of His mind, when I obey from the heart the gospel of Jesus Christ. It is the blood that atones for the inner man of course; but it is that water that washes away the things that I have done in this body of flesh. That is why Jesus says in St. John’s writing, “Whosesoever sins ye remit, to Him they are remitted.” That is what remission of those things is tied to.


HOW THE WORLD LOOKS UPON THOSE WHO WALK WITH GOD IN TRUTH


As we continue on, Peter was speaking here in the 4th chapter, after saying in the last verse of chapter 3, concerning Jesus, “Who is gone into heaven, and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject unto him,” which lets us know He is now high priest, interceding for all who believe,”Arm yourselves.” Why would he say that? Let us read the whole thing, and you will see. Look at chapter 4, verse 1, to begin. (1) “Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arm yourselves likewise with the same mind: for he that hath suffered in the flesh hath ceased from sin; (2) That he no longer should live the rest of his time in the flesh to the lusts of men, but to the will of God. (3) For the time past of our life may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles, when we walked in lasciviousness, lusts, excess of wine, revellings, banquetings, and abominable idolatries: (4) Wherein they think it strange that ye run not with them to the same excess of riot, speaking evil of you: (5) Who shall give account to him that is ready to judge the quick and the dead. (6) For for this cause was the gospel preached also to them that are dead, that they might be judged according to men in the flesh, but live according to God in the spirit.” In verse 4, Peter is bringing out how the world looks upon the believer today, just like you are some kind of queer, odd ball, misfit that just does not fit in with their crowd. In verse 5, he makes it clear that all will have to give account of their actions and deeds before that righteous Judge of all ages. Notice, “Who shall give account to him that is ready to judge the quick and the dead. Therefore for this cause was the gospel preached also to them that are dead, (Where were they? They were in hell.) that they might be judged according to men in the flesh.” He was preaching to those people that had perished, or that had died during that period of time when such a terrible evil was in existence on the face of this earth. We can ask this, Was the Holy Spirit around? Yes; but they did not know how to recognize Him. You would just have to say this, When that old man began to say some of the things he did, somehow or other there was a feeling come over those people, a feeling they did not understand. It was just a strange feeling they got ever time they heard that old man speak. It was not associated to a law or writing of any kind of commandment. This is why Jesus preached to them. “That they might be judged according to men in the flesh, but live according to God in the spirit.” You and I know those that were in torment in hell, He was not going to preach a salvation message to them. He was there to plainly tell them, The man you heard, and ridiculed, blasphemed, and humiliated was a servant of God, giving you a chance to repent; and because you counted his words as words of a mad man, and rejected sound council, you are in this place of torment. Surely you remember that strange feeling you had, yet you ignored it. It was Jesus who now stood there in person telling them, That was the Spirit of Almighty God warning you; giving you a chance; but it is too late now. Was there redemption for those in hell, and Hades? No sir. Only those that were in the righteous realm in paradise. That is how we have to understand this. He is not giving these in Hades any salvation message; He was just simply informing them of why they had to be where they were. He was only reminding them, you are here because you refused your opportunity, when you were still alive on earth. When Cain himself died, the one who slew Abel, (the Bible does not tell us when Cain died) he went right there; and was hearing the words of Jesus, as He preached to all of them. Furthermore Cain is still there. Judas is there. We could name a lot of them; simply because the Bible has identified a lot of them who refused the counsel of God. This is not theology. It is the only scriptural, spiritual way we can get the picture of why Jesus went to hell, and why was it necessary for Him to say anything to anyone. It was not to give anyone a second chance. It was just like the apostle Peter wrote, “That they might be judged according to men in the flesh, but live according to God in the spirit.” Only those that are here are the ones that are going to fall in that category. This is Peter’s description of what went on down in hell during the interval of time while Jesus’ body was in the tomb, and His Spirit was down there. We will now go back to that account in Matthew 27, and read only one verse. A verse that lets us know where those other saints that were raised, established their testimony. Verse 53, says, “And came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many.” There is only one city scripturally, that can be referred to as the holy city; and we all know that city is Jerusalem. These bodies came out, and made their appearance. We can say this, for the sake of the message as we go on with it, We do not say how many thousands or anything, but the question has been asked, Bro. Jackson, If righteous saints of the Old Testament period were resurrected, is it possible that this reached back in time, where they were buried in other places? Absolutely. It was only those that were buried in the Jerusalem area that it was necessary for them to rise and make their appearance in the city; because it was in the city of Jerusalem where this great event of redemption was being perfected. This was typed when Melchizedek and Abraham met that day; and Melchizedek gave Abraham bread and wine. The Bible refers to this Melchizedek as the priest of the most high God; and it was this very city where that event took place; only it was not known as Jerusalem then. It was known as Salem, a Jebusite city. When Abraham was coming back after the slaughtering of the kings that had captured his nephew lot, and the delivery of Lot and so forth, this type was instituted. Melchizedek typed the manifestation of God that would be represented in the person of His Son; who came first as a prophet, died at Jerusalem, and ascended into heaven as High Priest, a position He still holds today. He comes back to Jerusalem and takes His third office work as King of kings, and Lord of lords, to be King over all the earth in the glorious Millennium, that is not very far in the future now. Therefore since that was typed by Melchizedek, then it had to be fulfilled in and through the person of Jesus Christ, God’s only begotten Son; because the typed event is now transpiring. What we are saying also, is that not only were there righteous bodies in the cemeteries of Jerusalem brought forth when Jesus arose from the dead; that could also have been the picture all the way back through time in the various other areas where saintly people in the other periods of time have lived. Where you do not have scripture to establish a thing for sure, if you say anything at all about it, you just have to use common sense, scriptural reasoning, without saying, Thus saith the Lord.


WHAT DOES IT MEAN JESUS LED CAPTIVITY CAPTIVE-AND GAVE GIFTS UNTO MEN?


After reading what the apostle Peter wrote, explaining Jesus’ purpose for going into hell to preach, we need to go to Ephesians 4; where the apostle Paul finished the story, so to speak. Remember now, Just as David said in the 16th Psalm, God would not let his soul in hell, neither would He leave any other righteous soul in hell, the place of imprisonment, after the way was made for them to be set free. Naturally if his (David’s) soul would not remain in hell, he meant that part of it which is paradise. The other part of what is referred to as hell, remained right there. What would God do with those who came forth from hell? That is the question to be answered; and we go to an Epistle written by the apostle to the Gentiles. Naturally Paul also was a Jew; but he was known as the apostle to the Gentiles; even though Peter was the first to preach to Gentiles, when he went to the house of Cornelius, a Roman Centurion that believed in God, but needed to be enlightened as to what faith in God really meant in the light of the New Testament covenant. Let us go to Ephesians 4:7, and continue with our thought. As the apostle Paul relates what God has revealed to him in explanation of the purpose for the Lord Jesus going into hell, he referred to it as one descending into the lower parts of the earth. He did not refer to it as hell, just as the lower parts of the earth. That meant going into the bowels of the interior realm of the planet Earth. We find it here in the 4th chapter, and we are aware of the fact that he was speaking to Gentiles, who years later, after the resurrection of Christ, have been brought into the faith. They are to understand the resurrection of Christ and what was constituted in the fact that he went down into the bowels of the earth. Notice how he brings it out. Verse 7, “But unto every one of us is given grace (God’s imparted favor) according to the measure of the gift of Christ.” The word Christ, in this singular usage, would mean according to that measure of the Spirit of Christ, which in reality is the Spirit of God, that God has allocated to each one of His redeemed, born again children. Now he begins to explain. “Wherefore He saith, When He ascended up on high, (That points us to the person of Jesus the Christ, who has ascended into heaven.) He (meaning Jesus) led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men.” What is Paul actually saying here in this verse? That Jesus, in order to give gifts unto men, first did this. He has gone into hell just as Peter said, he has preached to the imprisoned spirits, both the righteous and the unrighteous; but He has taken out of hell, out of the heart of the earth, or the lower parts of the earth, all of those righteous ones Satan had held captive; and in so doing, He has literally conquered death, hell, and the grave. That is what hell was, a place of captivity. He had been holding those righteous spirits in captivity. When Jesus took them captive, He led them out of there. Now that He has taken them captive, we can understand why redemption had to unfold in this fashion. He had to conquer hell first before the grave could be conquered. Do you understand that? Hell itself had to be conquered. He had to do here on the earth’s surface, by suffering and dying like a man, what no other man could do. Then He had to go lower, further in this thing than any other mortal being could go. He descended into the very bowels of hell and preached to those spirits, both to the wicked, showing them why they will suffer such a terrible judgment at the great white throne, as well as to the righteous that are heirs of eternal life. There had to be a spirit going along with the words of Noah that made them feel funny, and made some go away, rejecting his message. He (Jesus) overcame hell first; then He came forth out of the grave, or tomb. His own testimony as He appeared to John was, “I am He which liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive for evermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.” He overcame hell. As He came forth from that experience, it was the early morning hours of the first day of the week. Do you realize what else there was for us to think about? Lying there at the temple was those piles of earthly grain, those bundles of the first fruits of the farmers’ harvest. Just imagine all the farmers that brought those bundles there to fulfill a ritual, that in their minds they understood little about its true significance. What a ritual. It served its purpose until that which it pointed to was manifested. A lot of people would love to be able to find salvation by doing things like that. They would rather work their head’s off for it, than to exercise faith to receive it as a free gift. Well we will go down to the temple for a look. The priest was getting up early; because he had a big job to do on this first day of the week, which was the morrow after the weekly Sabbath that falls within that Passover period. The priest had awakened; and was waking up his helpers, the lay priests. Get up Boys, we have a big job ahead of us this morning. While they were getting up and getting ready to fulfill the festivity and the ceremonial ritual of what all that typed, an angel came down from heaven; and as his feet touched the earth, he was standing right before this tomb that Joseph of Arimathaea has dug out of the side of a hill. Never had any man lain in it before. There had been a huge rock rolled over the entrance to make sure no one tampered with the corpse inside. Well when that angel appeared on the scene, the old stone covering the opening lost its significance. Notice what Matthew wrote about that. Matthew 28:1-7 “In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: And for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for He is risen, as He said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that He is risen from the dead; and, behold, He goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see Him: lo, I have told you.” Let me just say something here. Those who like to criticize Bro. Branham for talking about the angel that accompanied his ministry, ought to criticize Jesus also. Every place He went, angels were present to minister to Him. They ministered to Him in the wilderness. They ministered to Him in Gethsemane; and here was one ministering to Him by coming down to roll the stone away from the door of the tomb. How did he do that? By causing an earthquake that did the job for him. This was another earthquake, different from the one that rent the veil of the temple. You might say this, Since it was just a few hours later, God just timed that last tremor to serve that purpose. The first one split the veil of the temple; and this last tremor brought Jesus from the tomb. It was probably a process of the same development going on down in the bowels of the earth; but it was according to the plan of God. Naturally the angel of the Lord was right on schedule; because as he rolled the stone away, Jesus was on His way out of hell; and who did He have with Him? All those righteous saints, the spirits of them, from all ages of past time. He was bringing them forth from their imprisoned state as He came out. To say that they are all coming up in their glorified bodies, I am not telling you that. I am not giving anyone the idea that I know all about that. I am looking at this strictly from the finished picture. I do know this, there were enough of those Old Testament saints appeared in their glorified bodies, to establish an infallible testimony that God had started the first resurrection. While those priests were down there at the temple still projecting the type, Jesus was fulfilling it. He was no longer dead. Furthermore He had brought others from the dead with Him. This testifies that Christ was the first fruits, not the singular fruit. I will finish reading this portion of scripture here in Ephesians 4. (4:8) “Wherefore He saith, When He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. (Yes He only took those that were in Paradise; He took nothing out of Hades. Now notice verse 9.) Now that He ascended, what is it but that He also descended first into the lower parts of the earth?” That was Paul’s way of referring to Hell. The man that died on the cross with Him, was with Him when He came forth from hell also. He took those imprisoned souls captive. Then He took them away from the devil. When did Jesus give gifts unto men? After He reached His position in heaven; for it was only after the Holy Spirit descended upon the believers, that the gift distribution started. In verse 9, Paul began to rephrase what he had just written. Why would he do that? Because he was writing to Gentiles that did not have the understanding of the resurrection, that the Jews had. To talk about resurrection to Gentiles, was like talking about mysticism. That is exactly what the point is. The Jews had seen prophets of old raise men from the dead; so they knew what was meant by the term resurrection. They expected that there would one day be a resurrection; they just did not know in what fashion, nor when. On the other hand, the Gentiles had nothing to relate the term resurrection to. They had no books. They had no dealings with God. They just lived in myths and all sorts of superstitions. That is exactly why Paul went into so much detail to explain it to them. Verse 10. “He that descended (He that went down into the lower parts of the earth) is the same also that ascended.” I cannot help but wonder how we would have reacted to words like this, if we had been back there in Ephesus almost two thousand years ago, having been pagan Gentiles that had grown up in life worshipping all kinds of deities? Then here comes a man preaching about a man named Jesus, a man that bore the sins of all mankind in His own body, and offered Himself as a sacrifice to the only true God, the Creator of everything that man knew anything about, to set man free from the bondage of sin and estrangement from his Creator. What do you suppose you would have thought? To hear someone preaching about Christ being man’s Saviour, Deliverer, and soon coming King; and in Him one day we have the hope to be resurrected, I believe we would have needed a little extra explanation also. Would you not agree? I am sure we would have had a lot of questions. Well that is why Paul felt that he needed to deal with the subject in the manner he did. He wanted those Ephesians to know, that the same One that went up, was the One that first went down. Then to turn it around, the same One that went down, is the One that ascended up above all things. In other words, We do not have one god for death, another for life and so forth. “He that descended is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens, that He might fill all things.” In other words, everything would focus on Him, because He was, and is God’s means of redemption. Now that Jesus sits in heaven, at the right hand of God the Father, then we know this, redemption has destroyed this realm of hell. Being the very sinless Son of God, it was not possible that death could hold Him captive. King David knew his flesh could rest in that hope and promise; and so did Job. There is no such thing as paradise in the heart of the earth any more. It is destroyed forever. The place called Paradise, is in heaven now. As we follow this through, this will help us understand why it is correct to say there is no such thing as an eternal hell. That place where the spirit of man began to be imprisoned, whether in paradise or torment, had a beginning; and it has an end also. Why did God leave them there? Because it was on the earth that sin was first committed by man. Therefore because of sin, the flesh of no man could come into the actual presence of God, as long as that sin was not atoned for. That is why sin, death, and all that was contrary to God’s righteous plan, had to be dealt with on the planet you and I live on. Therefore, Jesus had to die for our sins on this planet where sin came into the picture. The life that was in Him came from God; but He was just as much a man, as anyone else you know. Though He was the Son of God, He was in the likeness of man, lived as a man, walked on earth as a man, was tempted in every way any other man is tempted, died as a man would die, then going further than any other man ever could, in overcoming death, hell, and the grave, He perfected forever a plan whereby lost mankind could be reconciled to his Creator. When He rose from the grave, he arose victorious over Satan, never to die any more. Therefore Paradise is all wrapped up in Him, because He took all those righteous spirits with Him. All those bodies that did come forth, came forth in immortality, never to die any more. They are in glory with Jesus today, and have been all down through this dispensation of what we call the Grace Age.


PAUL REASONS WITH THE CORINTHIANS


Let us take a look at to 1st Corinthians. We will read a verse of scripture; then we will follow Paul’s reasoning. He was at Ephesus, having just finished that great revival there; and was thinking about where he would go next. During that time he received a report from Corinth that made it necessary for him to write this letter which we know as 1st Corinthians. In the 15th chapter, verse 12, we find these words, “Now if Christ be preached that He rose from the dead, (This is how the apostle Paul opened up the subject of the resurrection to the Corinthians, by giving them this ominous thought. He was the one that had taught them that Jesus had been raised from the dead; so we know what he believed about it. This was just his way of approaching their questions and doubts.) how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead?” Anyhow that lets us know what those Corinthians were being affected by. They were Gentiles. They had been pagan deity worshipers of just about every description; and the Christian teachings were still not as plain to them as they are to us today. That is not saying every one in that Corinthian church believed like these who had the questions. No doubt there were some that could see what Paul had presented to them, but there were others saying, That is impossible, there is no way a person can come back from the dead. They believed the spirit lived on somewhere else; but not that it could ever come back into the same body; and certainly not that the body could be given immortality. Nevertheless notice how Paul approached the subject with them. “How say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead? But if there be no resurrection of the dead, then is Christ not risen: (He was really building a story for them to consider.) And if Christ be not risen, then is our preaching vain, and your faith is also vain.” Let me just read a few more verses, so you can see the complete reasoning he laid out before those who had questions about the resurrection of the dead. (Verse 15) “Yea, and we are found false witnsses of God; because we have testified of God that He raised up Christ: whom He raised not up, if so be that the dead rise not. For if the dead rise not, then is not Christ raised: And if Christ be not raised, your faith is vain; ye are yet in your sins.” If you caught what Paul was getting at there, you know yourselves, that if the resurrection of Christ Jesus did not take place, there is nothing for us to place our faith in. All of our hope, rests completely upon the fact that Jesus, the only begotten Son of God, conquered death, hell, and the grave; so if that is not true, what are we doing here? We have no hope. In verse 18, he said this, (based upon the negative side of the argument he has just related) “Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished.” There was no doubt in Paul’s mind about whether Jesus Christ arose from the dead. After his experience on the Damascus road, he never doubted anything preached by those other apostles who walked with Jesus. Anyhow when he got through laying this whole thing out before those Corinthians, he just the same as said to them, Go on back to your pagan temples and worship your pagan gods, if you cannot accept the fact of the resurrection of Jesus Christ. Besides that, you are calling us false witnesses of God; because we have testified to you, that God raised up Christ. The problem those Corinthian people were having, is the same problem so many people have yet today, they try to figure it all out with their mind, before they will accept it. Let me tell you saints, you will never be able to figure out how and why God does things; you first have to accept by faith those things that God does, and has done; and then, in due time, He will give you a revelation of what you need to know for your spiritual growth in the stature of Christ. This Epistle to the Corinthians was written in 59 A.D. When you compare that to the book of Acts, where it tells about the time the Corinthian church was started, some of those saintly people of Corinth had died already, when Paul wrote this. Therefore that is what Paul was implying when he said, “Then they which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished.” In other words you have been believing and going through all this rigmarole and it is worthless, utterly useless, if there is no resurrection of the dead. Then he summed it up by saying this, “If in this life only we have hope (this is how the Gentiles lived) in Christ, we are of all men most miserable. (What a miserable state to exist in.) But now is Christ risen from the dead, (Now he is laying out the emphatic fact to them.) and become (notice the word) the first fruits (plural) of them that slept.” That is what happened; and we read of in verses 51 and 52, of chapter 27, of the Gospel of St. Matthew. Right out of hell, (that portion of hell called paradise) came all those righteous spirits with Jesus. Not only did Jesus raise from the dead, He Himself was with those disciples off and on for 40 days, bearing witness to the fact that He was alive. He did not leave the witnessing totally up to someone else. Then after going in and out among them for 40 days, He ascended into heaven, and took all those others that had risen, with Him. That fulfills what Paul wrote in Ephesians 4, concerning God’s first fruits from among the dead. Not only was that portion of the earth’s graves emptied out, that portion of hell was done away with. It will never be needed again. Redemption was really in progress. That fulfilled the first phase of the first resurrection. There is still two more phases of the first resurrection yet to be fulfilled before the Millennium starts. As you can see, there is still much to be said on this subject; but we will have to continue it later. May the Lord bless you. We are getting very close to the closing of this dispensation of grace. Time is running out. I am thankful to God to be a child of His.

1991-10-The-First-Resurrection-Part-1

The Age of Regeneration, Part 2 – 1991, August


 

JESUS-THE REIGNING KING OF ALL KINGS

Jesus was crucified, then raised from that tomb of death to fulfill the scriptures the Jews are blinded to. He has been in heaven for almost 2000 years in an immortal body, and what the Jews do not even suspect is that their Messiah, when He reigns in the seat of David, will not be subject to being shot down by an enemy, as their kings of other ages were. When He does come to be their Messiah, He is coming, being the immortal seed of David. No longer will a mortal seed of the house of David be subject to being replaced by another. They will not need to elect Him, and then pray that God will anoint Him. He is coming from heaven, already anointed to be the King of kings and Lord of lords. Therefore, this cloak is significant of what He has the right to do on this planet earth. “And His name is called The Word of God.” That takes us back to St. John, chapter 1, verse 1. “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God.” His flesh was not the word of God. You could properly say, The WORD, which was God, made a vessel of flesh to later dwell in. This goes to show in that, was the word for salvation, or of redemption, but this is a furtherance of the redemptive work of God. This is to renew on earth a social order that will be free from the curse of sin. At the same time, it is God’s way of redeeming His planet earth. Just as He redeems His fallen children by His redemptive process, He is going to redeem His earth by a redemptive process, so that when the Millennium is over, in the eternal age, redemption is complete and God has done it all by His own word, through His only begotten Son Jesus the Christ. It is His thoughts executed and fulfilled through the person of His Son, who did not come to carry out a plan of His own, but only to carry out the plan of the Father. I tell you, it is a beautiful picture if we can just see it right and realize what it all adds up to. Not everyone who claims to be in the truth does see it properly, but I appreciate those who do have the Spirit of revelation in them. I had a telephone call from some people who used to live in this area years ago when Bro. Branham was alive. They live in Texas now. The wife was the one that called me this time. She was disturbed. She said, Bro. Jackson, we want you to know we appreciate you and the church there for The Contender you send us. It has been a great help to us through the years to find our way through the confusion and everything that we are confronted with. She said this happened a few nights back. Some people they had known for years, went to church with, and fellowshipped with, those people she was speaking of, are the type that take everything Bro. Branham ever said in sermons and put it together to bring out a picture of their own liking. Within that realm a person said, and I presume they were speaking to her husband which is the pastor of that little group, “It is about time you threw the Bible away, and take just what the books say.” I said to her, Yes, those people do not realize they are throwing away eternal life just as sure as two and two are four. As she went ahead describing that contact she said, Here is what was thrown at us. (I believe it came through a telephone conversation, or maybe from house to house, I have forgotten which it was.) The one party said, You know Bro. Branham said in a certain sermon, that the Lord was coming in 36 years. The question was asked, Well where would you find that? In a certain sermon Bro. Branham preached in the month of November 1963, that was after the seals were preached. I myself remember, it was in the fall of the year. As he came down to the end of his sermon, he was praying and said, “Father, we know according to our calendar (in his mind, he was thinking of 1963, and looking ahead to the year 2000, with the thought that every 2000 years the Lord does something) we believe that you will come in 36 years, because our calendar says so. And Lord, even those, the scientists, are in doubt as to how our calendar adds up. Therefore Lord, we could be closer, we could be fifteen or twenty years closer than that.” She said, That is not the Spirit of God. I said to her, Yes I remember when he prayed like that, but I did not get that kind of picture. I said to her, Being human, just like the rest of us, He had every right to express his human feelings. In 1963, 36 years off in the future seemed like a long time. At that time, the gay rights movement had not yet gained major recognition in the world moral picture. However, just look at it now. The general trend of morality has deteriorated continually since 1963, and time marches on. I said, Sister, this is just like that 1977 date and a lot of other things this kind of people have held on to. They are people looking for something to hold to, but they cannot take what he said and see anything in the Bible to give them a revelation. They are just jumping from statement to statement, and they are no further up the road (as far as spiritual progress) than they were in 1963. Just pay no attention to them. It will be that way until the very end when the Lord comes and takes His true people out of here. That element will still be sitting around searching through Bro. Branham’s sermons trying to find out, where, when, how, and so forth.

 

A GREAT ARMY COMING DOWN FROM HEAVEN

As we read verse 14, in this 19th chapter of Revelation, we see that the Lord is definitely coming back to earth with His Church. I pray to God that we will all see the true picture portrayed here. When we look at ourselves, Do we think we are any better than anyone else in this world? Not one bit. What is there in us that makes us look at things like we do? It is because God has done something inside of us that a lot of these quoters know nothing at all about. He has done it, not because we were worthy, but because He loves us, and He is a merciful God and Father that wants to share something with us. There is definitely going to be a great body of people seen in this event that unfolds from heaven. It is going to be just as real in that hour for you to be a participant of that scene as it is in this hour to sit here enjoying a revelation of truth from the word of God. We have been made a partaker of His grace through the gospel and we are a part of the body of Christ in its earthly journey. If we can be partakers of that now, then I know we can be partakers of that other scene when it is fulfilled. “And the armies which were in heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.” This is not a denominational clothing shown here. This is none other than the best spiritual material God has in His wardrobe. He has purchased it and made it available for the Bride of Jesus Christ, which is the highest calling of God in Christ that any mortal creature can be called unto. What an honor! What an opportunity we have to be a people privileged to make up part of this scene, and to be with Him when He comes back to execute this part of the Creator’s purpose. When you go back and read the words spoken to the seven churches, in the admonition to one of them, the Lord in His priestly work spoke to John and said, “To him that overcometh will I give power over the nations that he should rule them with a rod of iron.” If He is coming to rule the nations with a rod of iron as it says here, then it means the overcomers that are going to be participants in this scene are not on horses, they are on thrones; but they are coming from heaven on horses. A rod of authority is going to be invested in the Church of the living God, which is the Bride of Jesus Christ. “And out of His mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it He should smite the nations.” The smiting of the nations will first be those forces gathered together for the battle of Armageddon. Then in the final analysis of that, as we read further in the 19th chapter, it speaks of how the beast and the false prophet are gathered together to make war against Him that sitteth on the throne. When we think how man in this age has designed and built all his technological military weapons, the fast, supersonic jets, with air to air missiles, radar guided and all of that, some of this Bible terminology sounds a little strange; but by the Spirit of God we are given an understanding of the application. Just think of what man is able to do with all this explosive, destructive means that are available today. Think of the world beast system gathered there in the land of Israel, somehow or other, hoping they can hold off this event that is taking place. You can read there in the final verses of the 19th chapter, what it says about how they are gathered together to make war against Him that sat on the horse and against His army. They may have some ideas of how they can stop that great army from reaching earth, but their ideas are worthless against the KING of kings, which is the LORD of glory. Brothers and Sisters, When you consider your own life, how the devil has thrown everything but the kitchen sink at you, and how at times you feel so discouraged and pressed down, and feel like you do not amount to very much, just remember this, we need to continue on, even if we have to crawl. Many times it is not the man standing upright on the battlefield that inflicts the most damage upon the enemy. Sometimes it is that wounded soldier lying there with what seems to be the last breath ready to leave him, that gets his hands on a grenade, or a gun, and is determined to fight until the last breath does go out of him, that gets the opportunity to turn the tide of battle. I just use that to illustrate to you the importance of pressing the battle no matter how grim the picture looks. We have a promise in the word of God that He will not suffer (or allow) us to be tested beyond what we are able to bear, but with that trial or test God will always make a way of escape that we may be able to bear it. I am fully aware of how almost every saint of God in this hour is having something thrown at them, but it is not because God is trying to get rid of us and it is not because He is going to allow the devil to get rid of us. It is to make us realize that the darkest hour is just before the sun rises, never to set any more. Hallelujah! My point is, Regardless of what the devil may throw at you, just hold on a little longer for we are close to the end, and the whole picture is going to change. Let me read this again, for if we are among those who overcome, we will be a part of what we are reading about here. “And out of His mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it He should smite the nations: and He shall rule them with a rod of iron.” Picture Jesus, (as He stated in Matthew 19:28) sitting in the throne of His glory. We know how kings have been shown holding a scepter. It is just a decorated stick. It is not a walking cane. It is a stick that indicates authority. Jesus therefore will rule the nations with a rod. In other words, this is not some little flimsy stick. It is referred to as a rod of iron, which means He is going to have the authority in a disciplinary way, to rule the nations that survive that terrible era of His wrath and judgment. People are going to be brought under subjection to that rod of authority. That is why one of the Old Testament prophets spoke of this. He shall come and take His rightful throne, which is the seat of David. “And the law shall go forth from Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem, in those days.” In return, all nations will flow unto Jerusalem. Why? Because Jerusalem will be the world capital. As Jerusalem becomes the world capital, this makes it necessary that there come something from Zion and Jerusalem to inform the people of the earth. As we look at mankind today in his modern role, young people, children being born into this world in the future will grow up in life never knowing a thing about God. All they will know is what pertains to this natural life. God only knows the filth, the evil, the perversion and the absence of anything that causes a mortal creature to acknowledge and appreciate God the Creator. Therefore, there is definitely going to be a time as that one thousand year age starts, that it will be necessary for instructions to come forth from Jerusalem, and be applied in the knowledge realm, that the mortal subjects of the world may know how to please the Creator. I have to say this, These environmentalists today are not advocating any of their environmental feelings because they have a love for God. It is not because they love God, nor the earth. They are just on a kick. However, we do know this, the whole world of mankind is reaching a catastrophic state. The waters, the air, nature, and everything, which tells us we have to do something unless God does something first. These liberal minded people do not even realize God foresaw this day before any of us were even born. That day when He burns this earth, as it says in Isaiah 24, and the earth shall be burned and few men left, is because man has defiled the whole earth with his selfish ways. Someone made the statement in a news program, It probably will not be long, until there will be an element of environmentalists rise up with a humane feeling, contesting the slaughter of animals for meat. I tell you, disaster is going to break out when that happens. Before the flood, it is not recorded that man ate meat. Yet there is no doubt that among the Cainite people, there may have been something like that going on. Nevertheless, when the flood was over, God made a covenant with man. Now he could eat meat. That meant the flesh of the animal kingdom. Therefore, from that time down through the ages, man has been eating meat. Does it not seem strange that right here at the end of time you have an element of environmentalists and humanitarians that want to get back to some kind of beginning, and none of it is inspired by God in any way. When God’s wrath hits this planet, some of those creatures they are trying to save as endangered species will be killed just like the rest. In other words, God is going to kill a lot of them, and yet He is going to save a sufficient amount of everything that they may be able to repopulate the earth once again. Furthermore He will use fowl of the heaven and beasts of the field, to come and eat the flesh of kings, of captains, of horses, the mighty, the slaves, and all such like. God has this whole thing in His hands. As I said, When God destroyed the old world, He destroyed the whole animal kingdom with it. He just saved what He had instructed Noah to take into the ark with him. God does not need but two, one male and one female of each species somewhere on this planet; but this time there will be more than that left of most everything. “And out of His mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it He should smite the nations.” I read that again because I want to be sure you realize, the nations, are people that will still be living, existing in their mortal, physical makeup, just like they are right now. The reason I say this, After over 1900 years of the gospel being preached in this Gentile church world, the average professing “Christian” still does not know how these scriptures apply. They see the end of everything, believing that God will destroy everything except what He changes into immortality, and that those immortal ones will be forever in heaven in the presence of the Lord. They will all be in the presence of the Lord, so to speak, but it will not be off somewhere in the heavens. It will be right here on earth where God placed His human family in the beginning of their existence. All that are taken are coming back to rule with Him. Even among the followers of Bro. Branham’s message, there are scores of them that only envision Jesus and the Bride coming back to earth, and God destroying everything, and this is where the Bride is going to have a honeymoon, because that is what the prophet said. I remember when he preached that sermon. It was titled, “The Future Home of the Earthly Bride and the Heavenly Bridegroom.” It was just left hanging like that as though when He comes back to earth God is going to destroy everything and set up His kingdom here on earth, and it will be just Jesus and His Bride having a honeymoon. Well, I suppose you could look at it as a honeymoon in one sense of the word, but it is going to be a honeymoon that will last a long time, and it is going to accomplish something in the earth. What it will accomplish is all written right here in the scriptures, but an awful lot of so called Christian people reject the whole idea of mortals living on earth during the Millennial reign of Christ. Ancient WinepressThat is why He will rule the same nations He will smite with the sword, with a rod of iron. Out of that time of Gods wrath being poured out upon earth, there will be a realm of mortals that will survive the wrath and He will rule them. “And He shall rule them with a rod of iron: and He treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.” That takes you back to what we read in Revelation 14, how He brings the clusters of the earth and casts them into the winepress of God. “And He hath on His vesture and on His thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.”

THE MOUNT OF OLIVES WILL CLEAVE ASUNDER

I want us to go to Zechariah 14. Here is a scripture that portrays the coming of the Lord as we have just read in the 19th chapter of Revelation. He is coming from heaven and will be revealed from heaven as it is described in other scriptures, but we are going to read a prophecy that deals with when He has actually reached the earth. (14:4) “And His feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley; and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.” This is a prophecy that tells us there is going to be an element of nature expressed once His feet has struck earth. Therefore, we can say there will definitely be an earthquake associated with His literal return to earth to fulfill these other scriptures. I was asked this several years ago when we had printed our article on the seventy weeks of Daniel, and had put in there about the temple being rebuilt in Jerusalem for the coming of the Lord because the Messiah will rule from it. This man said to me, Bro. Jackson, I cannot understand how the temple could be built then, when the scripture says there is going to be a terrible earthquake and that the Mount of Olives is going to cleave. I said, You surely have forgotten that God knew all about that from before the foundation of the world also. The western wall has been standing there for centuries. It was the only part of the temple retaining wall that was left by the Romans. It is believed that the western wall, when the Romans were tearing everything else down and came to it, was so constructed that it could not be torn down like the rest. When they came to this portion of it, which was the outer court wall, but was actually a retaining wall, because inside it was all filled up with dirt and rock to make the inside perfectly level where the temple was built. It was said that this wall was built by the poor people that came out of Babylonian captivity. They were not like the rich ones who could hire servants and laborers to do the work for them. This wall was put together by poor, hard working people. For some reason this was one part of the wall where God wanted to honor those ancient saints that built it, for their labors. This is legendary of course, but it is said that many times as the Roman soldiers drew their spears to gouge the mortar out or probe at the rocks, their weapons were rendered useless. It was just like beating on an unmovable object, so Titus gave the order-Let that part stand as a reminder to them of the great victory we have attained, seeing that everything else about it has fallen down. Since 69 A.D. I could not begin to tell you of all the earthquakes that have shaken Old Jerusalem, yet that wall stands right there. We just have to realize we are living in a day that God is going to cause His word to be fulfilled, and it will be just the way His prophets have foretold it to be. When Jesus was crucified outside the gates of Jerusalem and raised from the dead the third day, He afterward appeared to His disciples and spent time with them. Then on the day of His ascension, He led them across the valley of Kidron, which is the valley of Jehasophat, over to the Mount of Olives. From there, while talking with them, He ascended into heaven. Therefore, according to what we see in the scriptures, this same Jesus which they saw going away will come again in like manner. Not in the same image structure, because He is coming back clothed with a vesture dipped in blood. When He actually makes His literal appearance on the earth, that is exactly where He will come to. Not New York City or Washington D.C., but the mount of Olives in Jerusalem. He will come and touch the Mount of Olives and this scripture will be fulfilled. There will be a great valley open up. You can read about it. Then if you take that right on over to Ezekiel and read what follows after that, Ezekiel saw this personage coming. It was a vision, a prophecy how the Lord would come from the direction of the Mount of Olives and would come in and His glory fill that temple that will be built before then. It tells how the waters would go out from under the altar and everything and flow eastward and downward. I remember the last time we were in Israel, our guide told us, or he reminded us of this particular prophecy. He said there are things now that begin to indicate that somewhere under this mountain region, there is a vast flow of water. In one way he talked about maybe this could possibly be fulfilled by modern irrigation technology, if they could just find the exact source. Then he pointed us to how the rock terrain lays. I just thought, No, modern technology will not do it. It is going to come about by the hand of God using nature because when God bursts that subterranean rock or whatever it is, there is no doubt there will be a flow of water that will come to the surface. It has to flow somewhere. Jerusalem is 2700 feet above sea level. It will have to go somewhere. In just a few moments of time, God can set many pictures of prophecy in motion. Jesus returns to earth in bodily form under the application of the sixth seal of Revelation 6:12 which says, “And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood.” This one and the following verses describe that time of the wrath of God being poured out upon wicked mankind and their response to it. The Lord’s bodily return also comes under the application of the sounding of the seventh trumpet angel, which you find in Revelation 11:15. “And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for ever and ever. That does not mean He comes twice in bodily form. All of this takes place at the same time. There is yet another, for He also comes under the pouring out of the seventh vial. Notice Revelation 16:17-18, and take note of the earthquake and so forth. It is all speaking of the same period of time. These events are going to be stacked upon each other; but they had to be written one at a time; and that requires that we take note of the events and coordinate them. “And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.” Yes the Lord makes His appearance, visibly, through the outpouring of the seventh vial. Let me comment. First I will ask you, What does the seal of 6:12, signify? It pertains to the loosing of something. In the natural sense, we think of a seal as something that holds something. When we think of it as pertaining to a legal document, it is the seal that safeguards against something being secretly tampered with. We have the revelation of the sixth seal, so we know what it pertains to, but its application is still in the future. In application, the seventh seal is actually fulfilled ahead of the sixth because the seventh seal pertains to Jesus leaving the mercy seat, which He will have to do before He comes visibly to earth to fulfill the application of the sixth seal. I know most of you sitting here know that already, but some will read it in the Contender that have not heard it before. When the seal is opened, or broken, it is time for its application. The seal holds the time in place. Therefore, when the time does come, it is the seventh trumpet angel that announces the event. That is usually what a trumpet does. It announces an event. Well what about the vial? The vial angel is in charge of the anointing necessary for the application. That is why I have repeatedly proclaimed, that Jesus comes under the sixth seal, the seventh trumpet, and the seventh vial; but there is not three separate comings. I hope that is clear to all of you. It is just like one stacked on top of the other. The one sets the other in motion.

THE SEED OF DAVID, THE STEM OF JESSE

Let me take you to Isaiah 11:1-9, where we will see Jesus upon His earthly throne. God is bringing His people Israel home today, and getting ready to reveal their Messiah to them. The ten northern tribes have been scattered to the four winds for 2700 years, but now they are returning to the land of their forefather’s which is the only place God will deal with them as a nation of people, like He did in former times. What is He bringing them home for? To set the fulfillment of these scriptures in motion that have been lying here for centuries, awaiting their time of fulfillment; and we are privileged to be living here at that time to watch them come about. “And there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of His roots: (That is all pointing to the seed, the anointed one, which is the seed of David.) And the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon Him, (That is speaking of the anointing.) the Spirit of wisdom and understanding, the Spirit of counsel and might, the Spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord. This is characterizing a little more what we read about in the 19th chapter of Revelation where it says His name is called Faithful and True, and in righteousness doth He judge and make war. Verse 3, “And shall make Him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord: and He shall not judge after the sight of His eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of His ears: (Why? Because that omniscient Spirit in Him will know everything about everyone. He will not need to see with His physical eyes, nor be told anything about anyone.) But with righteousness shall He judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and He shall smite the earth: with the rod of His mouth, and with the breath of His lips shall He slay the wicked.All of this is elaborating in more detail about what that Spirit on Him, or in Him does. “And righteousness shall be the girdle of His loins, and faithfulness the girdle of His reins.” Notice in verse 6 what follows that application. Here is the picture. Man, for hundreds and thousands of years, has somehow or other in the back of his mind had a fantasy about how it would be if he could just somehow be able to tame the animals. That has always been in some people’s inner feelings, how they would like to be able to tame some of the wild animal kingdom and be able to pet them. I have seen some of these Nova pictures they showed some time ago, how a man trained a huge grizzly bear. He described a grizzly and his nature and characteristics. That great big grizzly weighed eight hundred and some pounds. He was a monster. Yet it showed how that man would take him out, feed him and play with him, and even wrestle with it. I thought to myself, That grizzly looked like he was having the time of his life. That man was actually sticking his hand in the bear’s mouth and all such as that. I could not help but think,Yes, that looks pretty good now, but there is a day coming when man will not have to train him to be like that. Animals are suddenly going to lose their instinct to be like they are today. A minor prophet said, In that day, (meaning the Millennium age) the Lord said He would take away from between man and the animals, the enmity that was put there when we were driven from paradise. God will take away the enmity so that there will be a compatible communication between man and the animal kingdom, from the largest to the smallest. Well what did Isaiah say about it? (11:6) “The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, (What a picture!) and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; (A goat. That would be an impossibility now.) and the calf and the young lion (another impossibility at this present time, but in that day that is how it will be.) and the fatling together; (That is the fatted animal. In other words, whether it is the bear, whether it is the wolf or whether it is the lion, the fatter they are, the better they like them.) And the cow and the bear shall feed: (graze) their young ones shall lie down together: and the lion shall eat straw like the ox. (God is going to change the cravings of that stomach.) And the sucking child shall play on the hole of the asp, (That is something in the reptile family.) and the weaned child shall put his hand on the cockatrice’s den.Whatever we imagine now in the animal kingdom to be dangerous or harmful for a little child or baby to play with, a mother, in that hour, could send that child out, or leave it sit in the grass and not have to worry. I want to bring that into the message at this time, because years ago when I preached, I said, In that great Millennium age, there will be little children born. They will not come from the immortal saints, whether Old Testament saints, or the Bride saints. I said, All those people being immortal will have no such relationships. On the other hand, all those of the nations that are spared and left alive by God’s sovereign grace, once He has executed wrath and judgment on the earth, will be the ones He will be dealing with. Out of the nations, He will select a remnant from all nations that will still remain in their mortal realm. This is the realm of mankind God will use to fulfill the words that Jesus mentioned in Matthew 19:28, concerning His ruling in the time when He will sit upon the throne of His glory. “And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.” He was talking about mortal Israelis that will repopulate that race in the Millennium. It will again be the will of God for mortal mankind to fill the earth up with offspring. I said, In that day, little children will be born. They will not get sick. They will not die. In that day, it will be possible for a person to live a thousand years and so forth. I received a telephone call from the father of Perry Green. He said, Bro. Jackson, and then he introduced himself. He said, I understand that you believe there is going to be children born in the Millennium. I said, Yes. He said, You know, we should not say things the prophet has not said. I said, But the prophets of old said it, and if they said it, that makes it so. He said, Well I believe that scripture could come in like this, We know a lot of children die when they are young, so that will be the children and infants in that day. I said, Bro. Branham’s own dream tears that idea all to pieces. When his little baby died and was buried with her mother, you remember how he was so torn up with remorse. In the state he was in, one night in a dream, he saw himself in this heavenly scene. It was like he was out on the western range. He heard that old song, Wagon Wheels Keep on Turning. He saw the cabin in the distance. Then he saw his little daughter coming to him as a beautiful young girl. She introduced herself. Read it in the book, William Branham, a Prophet Sent From God. I believe that is the book, it is one of those about his early years. I said, Brother, God does not intend to leave babies that die in this age, always to be just little babies. Then I said, For how long would they remain little babies? Well, he let me know we should stay away from those things, because it takes a prophet to speak of such as that. That is how a lot of people look at these things. To them it matters little that a prophet of God has already spoken it. Anyhow, we see here in Isaiah’s writings what the animal kingdom is going to be like in that day. (Verse 9, The promise is this.)They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my (notice these words) holy mountain: (What does that mean? It is His holy kingdom. We will pick up another prophecy dealing with how the Lord speaks concerning how He will establish His house in the top of the mountains. Actually it is how He will establish His kingdom in the top of, and over all kingdoms. His kingdom will have preeminence.) for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea. You can take that right over to one of the Psalms, and it says, And the glory and the knowledge of the Lord shall fill the whole earth. So that age called the thousand year age, or the age of regeneration, has a great picture that should cause saints this side of it, to want to be there for sure. I sure do not want to be left here. I want to be a partaker of that glorious period. I cannot help but feel at times, “Why, out of all the religious people upon the face of this earth, did God choose me to be a partaker of His mercy and grace in this way?” I ask myself many times, Why did God lay His hand on us? Are we worth anything? Are we something special? Do we have degrees? Do we have titles? Do we have money to make ourselves stand out in this world’s social realm as something important? No. We are about the most unworthy bunch of human beings that could possibly be found here. I do know one thing though, Inside of us, there is a picture of something beautiful and a deep yearning to be partakers of that something. Knowing that what we have now is just a little foretaste of that which is yet to be. I want to be there. I want to see all the precious people that love God there in that age. Hallelujah! I believe we can sing that old song, “Won’t It Be Wonderful There” and be thinking of the Millennium age, instead of just thinking about being off some place in the heavens with the Lord. Right here on this planet is where God wants to walk with His children. That is why He put the first one’s here in the first place.

SEPARATING SHEEP FROM GOATS

Let us go into Matthew 25, where we will see one of the first things that takes place after the descent of Jesus and His Bride from heaven. There will be that interval of chaotic, catastrophic judgments, and the wrath of God being executed throughout the earth, which will fulfill all these various scriptures we have been looking at. There are many other scriptures in the Old Testament that we could have brought in, but I do not feel that it is necessary to use all of them in order to present this message in an acceptable way. It tells in one how the earth will reel to and fro as a drunk man. What a terrible day that will be, to live on this planet, and suddenly feel the planet being moved in an out of control way. Do you think people could dance and carry on in a worldly fashion with that going on? I have my doubts. No wonder the scripture speaks of how the rich men, the mighty men, the bond and free will flee to the mountains, and cry for the mountains to fall upon them and hide them from the face of Him that sitteth upon the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. We can say, The interval of His wrath, His descent to the earth, and all of that has passed when the events of the scripture we are now going to look at are taking place. We are going to see what that throne He mentioned in Matthew 19 is going to be like. Let us go to verse 31. Jesus has been speaking to His disciples in various illustrated parables. He would say, Again the kingdom of heaven is like to such and such, and so on. Then He comes to the point where He is going to describe that age of His kingdom, so He said, When the Son of man shall come in His glory, (well that is when He comes to rule and reign) and all the holy angels with Him, (This lets us know, Not only is the Bride descending with Him, but all the holy angels of heaven are going to be in that great panoramic event, when it is set in motion.) then shall He sit upon the throne of His glory. I want to verify the fact that the time of the throne of the Lord Jesus Christ upon earth is yet to be fulfilled. In Revelation 3, He tells there, speaking to the seventh Church, which had conditions in it that would parallel the last age of Christendom upon earth, and we know that to be the Laodicean age, the age you and I are now living in, To him that overcometh, (That is for you and me in our generation) will I grant to sit with me, in my throne, (which is yet to be) even as I also overcame and am (present tense) sit down with my Father in His throne.” John was taken up in Revelation 4 and saw Him in that throne position. That throne position in heaven is not the throne of Jesus’ glory. That is the glory of the Father that is being displayed in that heavenly scene. However, this earthly setting we are looking at in these scriptures is actually what the Jews for centuries have been waiting for. As they read the Old Testament prophets, this is the hope they attain unto. They know that one, out of the seed of David, of the tribe of Judah, which is the Lion tribe, is the ONE that one day will come and take the throne of David. Then the law will go forth from Zion and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem, but we as a Gentile Church can now see that this is going to be a fulfilled reality very soon; but Jesus, their Messiah, is going to be immortal. He will not sit there in mortal flesh. All the saints of God, both of the Old and New Testaments, are all going to be in that glorious kingdom hour. We need to understand this though, It is the Bride saints, that will hold the foremost and first position with Christ. As we read further, remember, this is a judgment. “And before Him shall be gathered all nations.” If He is going to gather all nations, then at this point in our message, let us take a look at the nations. What has just happened? We need to back up a few months and see the tribulation period here on earth, (which presently is just ahead somewhere in time.) Humanity will have passed through that terrible hour and the judgment of God that follows it. Matthew 25 is dealing with those that will somehow survive that terrible hour of time. Never will humanity suffer and go through the ordeals any other time that they will at that time. We need to understand, when that terrible dark hour, which the Bible says will be the darkest hour of human history, a time of trouble such as never was before, and never shall be again, comes to an end, it will come to an end by the coming of Jesus Christ with His armies from heaven, first to pour out His judgment and wrath upon the wicked that are still left at that time. In Matthew 25:31, that is all over with and He is on His throne, the throne of His glory, and it is time to separate, or judge those of all nations that are left alive to live in the time of the Millennium. What, or who are these nations? This lets us know, not only has He destroyed millions by His wrath in that fashion, but there is yet multitudes of them still alive. Out of the chaotic upheaval of everything that has transpired prior to that time, there still remains a remnant of people of all the nations of the earth that is going to be brought before Him for a further judgment. The first thing is done, and here is where He will slay many with the breath of His lips. Here is His judgment. “And He shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats.” You will notice in this setting there are no books opened, so do not relate this to the great white throne judgment. That judgment comes much later. This is not a heavenly judgment here in Matthew, it is an earthly judgment. Who is being judged? Not the immortal saints. It is mortal, earthly people, that have for some reason escaped the terrible period of His wrath and destruction that was unleashed against mortal mankind. Of this remnant of the nations, the first thing we can see is that He is going to bring them into His presence. What is He doing this for? He is going to judge them on the basis of what? This is what confuses church going Gentiles. They think everything there has been this side of the law age, has to be judged on the basis that he or she has met or failed to meet certain church stipulations. Well, when we have lived, (the Church) through two thousand years of grace, wherein we were subject to the gospel call and its message, if we are going to share with Him in immortality, and if we expect to have a body like His, there are certain things our lives, or our very individual selves must measure up to. That is according to the gospel that is applicable to this era of grace. However, as we look at this event, that gospel period has passed. He is not saving people any more to put them in an earthly church fellowship. He is introducing, or initiating a new era of time, or a new dispensation in which righteousness shall reign. Just as there was a dispensation before the Law, and just as there was the dispensation of the Law. We have been living in the dispensation of Grace, and we know there is another dispensation coming up. That is what we call the thousand year reign of Christ, or the Millennium age. In the light of a thousand years being as one day with the Lord, and one day as a thousand years, then we can say that somewhere, as the proximity of six thousand years runs its course, the next era is to be the Millennium, the seventh day, and it is God’s Sabbath to the earth, when mankind will rest from His terrible earthly struggles. Well, as the Lord takes that throne position, here is something else we have to understand also. His throne is foremost for it sets in Jerusalem. There is where the earth will be ruled from. However, it says over in Rev. 20:4, “And I saw thrones, plural, and they, plural, sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them.” Now who is this “them?” That is none other than the immortal Bride of Jesus Christ. This is the same army that we read about earlier, seen coming with Him, riding white horses. They are pictured clothed in fine linen and so forth, which is the righteousness of saints. We can see also, once that era or event of His wrath is over, they (the bride saints) are going to help execute this whole thing, and as He takes His throne position, so will His Bride take her throne positions in the earthly domain. Then this judgment is going to be set. As this judgment sits, here is what comes out of it. He separates the sheep from the goats. What kind of people is this going to be? We are going to find out this is mortal people that for reasons, as we see it in the earth now, have had no dealings with God in the sense of salvation. Yet as they go through the tribulation and as the 144,000 preach the everlasting gospel, that is why they must preach that kind of message. This helps put in the minds of surviving people something that causes their attention to be drawn toward God. It informs those people and helps them to know how to conduct themselves through that period of tribulation. Therefore, in that period of tribulation, people will be faced with conditions and forced by those conditions and circumstances to conduct themselves in certain ways. It will be how they behave themselves and portray themselves in moral and social behavior. That is going to determine how and where they will live once the Lord has set up His kingdom. It is not a judgment of, What church do you belong to? Have you been baptized? It is not that kind of judgment at all. Therefore, when He separates them, He separates the sheeplike from the goatlike ones. It is people that through that interval of time wherein the whole mortal human element has been tested by dire situations and circumstances, and the way they will have done things and conducted themselves is what will prove and necessitate that the Lord look upon them as He does. The fact that some will be looked upon as sheep, is based upon their works, their conduct, their general behavior during that time of great tribulation. He will set the goats on His left hand, and then He will say to the sheep, “Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world.” He is not talking to the Bride. Here is where the Bride is sitting. (Bro. Jackson is pointing to the thrones pictured on the chart.) That is why Jesus said to Peter in the 19th chapter of Matthew, “Ye also shall sit on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.” If those Jewish disciples are going to judge Jewish people for that Millennium hour, where do you think the Gentile saints are going to sit? Jew will not judge Gentile. Gentile will not judge Jew. Gentile will judge Gentile. German over German. French over French. English over English. That is the way God will do it. They will all have the same mind in doing the judging though. There will not be different interpretations of what is right, nor favored groups that get concessions, like it is in the world today. That is the point. As He says to the sheep, enter thou into the kingdom prepared for thee from the foundation of the world, that means enter into this glorious era of time which was planned, ordained and provided for you from before the beginning of time. That goes to show, in the sovereign mind of Jehovah, He knew all of it before it started. That is all in His calendar of predestination. God knew there would be those individual mortal subjects there. He allocated an interval of time wherein they would enter and would be looked upon in this fashion. Now as He says to them on His right, (the sheep) and you will notice that the King is doing the talking, and that He is not talking on the basis of having books opened. He said, (Mat.25:35) “For I was an hungered, and ye gave me meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink: I was a stranger, and ye took me in: (36) Naked, and ye clothed me: I was sick, and ye visited me: I was in prison, and ye came unto me.How would He know that? We read it in Isaiah 11, He will not judge after the sight of His eyes, nor the hearing of His ears, but the intents of His own heart. He will discern they are the individuals that have conducted themselves in a proper social, moral manner in that short interval of time that has tried the human race. Therefore, they merit this wonderful period of time. No, they are not changed from mortality into immortality. They remain mortal. They are still in mortal flesh. We can say this, This particular judgment goes on until He has separated and selected all the sheep like people out of every nation and race of the remnant of nations that are saved alive at that time; and according to Zechariah, then these are the people that will remain alive. They enter into an era of time when they do not have an immortal body. They still have a mortal, fleshly body, but here is the thing to understand. We know in Revelation 20:1, the first thing that period starts with after the wrath of God is executed, Satan, (that evil spirit) is bound and cast into the bottomless pit. A chain is set upon him. He is locked up, that his spirit cannot be loosed for a thousand years. This means no temptation, no perversion, no usurping things that are contrary to what God is going to do. Naturally with that in effect there is no physical death running rampant. There will be no such thing as tuberculosis. There will be no more AIDS and no more heart trouble. When we look at this in this fashion, we can ask, What is the Millennium period going to bring about? Those mortal people that will be allowed to enter into that era of time will be given the privilege under the grace and sovereignty of His rule, of having longevity of life. It will be possible for a person to live, if they were a young person starting in the Millennium, throughout the duration of the Millennium; because we are on the returning end of time where that must be restored. We are returning to the original picture, not moving away from the original picture. If you understand what I am saying. From Eden, mankind has been constantly declining in his life potential, but in the Millennium, he is going back toward what it was in the beginning before there was any such thing as death. Let us finish this up. After Jesus has separated the sheep from the goats and pronounced their blessing, He then turns to the goat like people on His left and announces their reward based upon their deeds during that same period of time. They are judged on the basis of how they morally, socially and principally conducted themselves during that terrible hour of human history. The goats on the left, I believe we could say, are the selfish, greedy, wicked, drunken, perverted, hardhearted, self willed type of persons. They have no heart for anything. All they care about is themselves, never taking heed, or taking thought for anything like, that there might be a pay day somewhere at the end of the road. To the goats on His left hand He said, Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels: (That is the reward of the wicked.) For I was an hungered, and ye gave me no meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave me no drink: I was a stranger, and ye took me not in: naked, and ye clothed me not: sick, and in prison, and ye visited me not.You will notice that both groups are to be judged by the same standard of judgment. That is of course how they conduct themselves during that dark tribulation hour of time. One group will say, When did we do those things? and He will say to them, (Mat.25:40) “Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me.” When? During that same interval of time they too had just passed through. During that dark tribulation hour, we realize the Jewish saints and the foolish virgin saints will still be here, and as we read in Revelation, the devil, through his antichrist system, is going to try to liquidate every last one of them. He will try to rid the earth of every trace of holy, God fearing, believing people. Some are going to be locked up. Some are going to be starved to death and all such like. It is in that state of conditions that these other mortal people will have a chance to help fleeing Jews. Just think of the Jew, how he will be treated during that time. However, just like the Jew were treated in Europe during the WW2 period, when they were hid in attics, basements and such, by the underground forces of the natural European citizens, once again there will be that realm of mortal mankind that will show the same kindness to them during the antichrist reign. There will be that realm of mankind, who out of mere principle and respect for their fellow man, will conduct themselves in that same godly manner. It will not be because they are extremely religious, nor because they belong to a church that encourages such as that; it will just be because they have some principles in their makeup that will cause them to risk their own necks to preserve the lives of others. They will care for them in what ever way is necessary, just like Jesus said in Matthew 25. That is what God will be looking at. That is what the Lord is judging all of those sheep and goat people by. We need to understand that at that time He has not only destroyed multiplied millions by all the catastrophic elements of nature, as well as in Armageddon; but here, those that escaped that will encounter the final effect of His glorious coming to rule and reign. When it says that He shall slay the wicked by the breath of His lips, that is because He will say to the goats, Depart from me ye cursed, into everlasting fire, and so forth; for I was such and such, and you did not come unto me. That judgment lets us see how it will be once Jesus is on His earthly throne, and the Bride people are on their thrones. When we look at it in this light we can say for sure, The throne Jesus is presently occupying is not the literal throne of His glory. It is the Father’s throne. He has sat down with the Father, in His throne; but you do not see two literal beings sitting there in the same chair. Neither will you see a great multitude of bride people sitting in the same chair with Jesus during the Millennium. That is just terminology used to describe authority. The bride people will judge with the same authority Jesus judges with because He will delegate to them that authority that they may be enabled to rule the nations. Therefore, when Jesus said, he that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, He is actually saying he will sit with me in the same position of authority to rule, to judge, and to reign. You can go right to Revelation 3:21, and find Jesus saying to the Laodicean saints, “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in His throne.” Therefore, if He is going to rule all nations as the supreme King, so will the overcomers in this life rule within their respective nations, not over all nations. The individual will rule within the realm of nationality he came out of. We can say this, The husband (Jesus) is the Supreme head, and the sovereign King over it all. Therefore He will rule over all nations; but the Bride, the individuals of the bride will rule only within the nationality they came out of. We can still see how they will rule with a rod of iron though, for that is how Jesus will rule. As they take over the reins of earthly governments, and this judgment is over, and He slays the wicked. Sure they are going to be killed. The wicked are going to die right there. They will be slain by the words spoken by Jesus. Well Bro. Jackson, what are they going to do with those dead bodies? Do not worry about that. I grant you this much, Whatever the Lord chooses in cleaning up all this other mess of dead bodies, there will be enough animals around to help clean up that bunch too. I will just leave it like that for now because it plainly tells us in the last verses dealing with the battle of Armageddon and so forth, then when the whole earthly forces turn to make war against Him, then we see that angel crying to the fowls of heaven and the beasts of the field, come and eat flesh, and drink blood till you be filled, for this is the supper of the great God. This causes me to feel that all funeral parlors will more or less be out of business by then. There will not be enough alcohol to do the embalming. The animals, all those scavengers, like the buzzards are going to have a good long period of time to clean up the waste and refuse. Then I am sure the bones that are left to bleach in the sun when the Lord’s government is finally set up, there should still be a few bull dozers sitting around somewhere. It will be left up to the mortal nations of people to scrape out a few holes and push those bones with whatever is left into them, to get it out of the way and out of sight. Do not think the Lord is going to look upon this with a lot of sympathetic attention. The main thing is, get rid of that creature that has helped to defile this planet earth. When that judgment of Matthew 25, is over, and He has His mortal realm of people, the world enters into that thousand years of peace. They will not have an immortal bodies. They will still be in mortal flesh, but Satan will be bound and unable to instigate trouble, so those people will enter into an era of longevity of life. Saints, That is what is ahead for overcomers; not just an eternity of floating around on a cloud, nor of living in a beautiful mansion in heaven, so to speak, throughout eternity.

 

A LOOK AT WHAT THE PROPHETS SAW AND RECORDED

 

Let us just go back into the Old Testament and see what the prophets of old had to say in regards to the earth and these people, once this period of time starts. We will go to Ezekiel 34. Ezekiel was a prophet that saw this era of time, this great Millennium that is coming and the re-establishing of the house of Israel. In verses 20, 21, and 22, he is speaking of how He (God) will preserve and save that people of old. In the 23rd verse He says this, And I will set up one shepherd over them, (Watch the language,) and He (that servant) shall feed them, even my servant David. We have to realize that the servant David spoken of here has to be pointing to Jesus who is the seed of David; because it was through David that God started this great Messianic kingdom and established that long line of royal lineage. God made a covenant with David that of his loins He would establish this covenant, and He would raise up one, one day, whose kingdom would be an everlasting kingdom. So here it is. He shall feed them, and He shall be their shepherd. And I the Lord will be their God, and my servant David (which actually is Jesus) a prince among them; I the Lord have spoken it. (Now watch what God has promised toward the earth, the planet you and I live on.) And I will make with them a covenant of peace, and will cause the evil beasts to cease out of the land: (Why? Because He is going to take away that enmity.) and they shall dwell safely in the wilderness, and sleep in the woods. And I will make them and the places round about my hill a blessing; and I will cause the shower to come down in his season; there shall be showers of blessing. You have all heard that old song, “There Shall Be Showers of Blessings.” Well that all stems from the prophecy of how God is going to relate His showers. There will be no more droughts then. Just watch what comes out of this. “And the tree of the field shall yield her fruit, and the earth shall yield her increase.” American farmers have for the past fifty or sixty years been studying all kinds of agricultural means to increase the output, the acreage yield of corn and beans and such like, but in that day the Lord will regulate all of that. We realize of course, that a lot of what mankind has accomplished has been brought about by modern technology in the usage of fertilizers. The earth is existing under a curse that God put in it when Adam was cursed and moving out of paradise. That is when God said, Cursed is the ground for thy sake, thorns and thistles shall it yield forth unto you. However, in the Millennium, this curse is going to start being withdrawn. The earth is going to start doing something it has not done before; yielding its full potential in output. “And they shall be safe in their land, and shall know that I am the Lord, when I have broken the bands of their yoke, and delivered them out of the hand of those that served themselves of them.” Let us now look at another prophecy, found in the little book of Amos. It goes right with it what we have just read. We have read about the animal kingdom and what is going to happen. Therefore, we know the animal kingdom will be at peace with man in this age of time. As we read these prophecies that deal with how God is going to take the curse off of the ground some might ask, For what reason? There is a reason, because as the earth is introduced into an era of time consisting of a thousand years, when men and women will bring forth offspring to repopulate the whole earth, God has purposed to restore the cursed land back to its original state. There will be no more need for the curse. Yes saints, there will be little babies born, and they will not die of all these menacing problems we face today. As I said earlier, longevity of life will be restored. I hope all these know- it-all preachers who have rebuked me for saying things the prophet (Bro. Branham) did not say, will get an opportunity to read this. Who cares if they get angry and try to climb a wall. God’s prophets have already said it will be like this; so Bro. Branham did not have to say it. I am looking forward to being right there by the grace of God, and I will no doubt be carrying some of those little fellows around. I love to pay attention to little children. One thing is sure, you will not have any child abusers in the Millennium. Here in Amos 9:13, we find these words, “Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that the plowman shall overtake the reaper, and the treader of grapes him that soweth seed; and the mountains shall drop sweet wine, and all the hills shall melt.” What is that telling us? It is telling us something is going to happen that as the earth yields its abundance. The reapers are not even going to be able to get the fields cleared before here comes someone riding right behind them ready to plant a new crop. Is there going to be tractors, Bro. Jackson? Yes. There will be tractors there. Some reject the idea, but there will a lot of things we have not thought about being there. Two hundred years ago, no one even suspected there could be such roaring monsters in the fields like we have today. Two hundred years ago, all men had to work with were mules and oxen. That modern tractor did not come crawling out of a hole in the ground. It was invented and manufactured to be used like that. What am I saying? Simply this, whatever technology that is beneficial, good, and practical for earthly, mortal man to use in his earthly duties, when that Millennium age starts, he will continue right on with it. Why should he divert back to the ox? Why should he divert back to just riding the horse? I believe you understand what I am talking about. There will be no reason to do otherwise. I will tell you another thing for sure, There is not going to be any oil companies there, buying up all their inventions just so they can keep on selling their oil. Then, is when you will see things produced that will not pollute the environment. Whether it is steam engines, or whatever, it makes no difference. You will see things made and put in use that will be means of transportation as well as for tilling the fields. That is why the prophecy says, “The plowmen.” What do you think that plowman is coming with? I do not see him coming down through the field with a team of oxen. It may be like that in New Guinea until that time, but not in America. I am of the opinion that by the time this Millennium is well into its allotted period, there will not be any outdated means of cultivation left anywhere on the entire globe. Whatever modern means of cultivation and agricultural output there is available, it will be expressed throughout the entire earth. There is no doubt in my mind, that then is when you will see solar energy brought into use like you have never seen before. Why not? The sun can put off enough energy when it is stored properly to do everything that is needful to be done, and it will not pollute the air. Thanks be to God the Creator, everything will be exactly right in every way. Try to get the utility companies to start it now and see what kind of response you get. There is not enough money available to bring that about in this present society. They would loose their control over the population. Greedy man has literally exhausted the earth’s resources for his own selfish reasons; but thank God, they will not have that kind of control in the Millennium. No wonder it says in the Psalms, When the wicked rule, the land mourns and groans. But when the righteous rule, the land rejoices. Well the righteous are going to rule. They are going to be people that will know how to use the earth’s resources to glorify God. No more, will a few people possess the greater percentage of the world’s wealth. (9:14) “And I will bring again the captivity of my people of Israel, and they shall build the waste cities, and inhabit them; and they shall plant vineyards, and drink the wine thereof; they shall also make gardens, and eat the fruit of them. And I will plant them upon their land, and they shall no more be pulled up out of their land which I have given them, saith the Lord thy God. We realize by reading this, that we have read about a kingdom yet to be upon earth; and we know it is called the Millennium age. The planet earth is going to go through that thousand years; and that thousand years of time is a period of time in which the Lord slowly but progressively removes from the surface of it, the traces of everything man has defiled it with. This thousand years is gradually going to bring about a complete restoration of the entire planet. That is primarily what it is all about. That is why it is called “The age of regeneration.” He (God) is not only bringing into existence a new element of people who are mortal, but they that come forth to live in the eternal age will be those that have had as their objective, to please their Creator in all things. Just try to imagine if you can, a whole multitude of mortal people who have no desire to do anything other than what pleases their heavenly Father.

CONDITIONS NOW-AND IN THE MILLENNIUM

For six thousand years, man born in sin, ruled by his flesh and held prisoner under the condemnation of such a condition, has constantly defiled the earth, wasted its resources, and used everything extravagantly, doing nothing to glorify and please God. That is why I said earlier, These environmentalists are not doing anything to please God. They are just on a kick believing they need to be doing something. You do not hear them say a thing about what might please God; mostly because they care so little about trying to please Him, even many of those who profess to be Christians. I thought as I heard on the T.V. News that Colorado residents in a certain town were casting a vote about whether they would be allowed to wear furs, or sell furs in that town, You poor, miserable, misguided people. You better not want to live in the Millennium. Why is that, Bro. Jackson? Because when I read in Ezekiel, that in the Millennium, when Jesus is sitting in the temple on the throne of His glory, there is going to be animal sacrifice offered every day on that Millennium altar. They will be sacrificing every day for a thousand years. Oh Bro. Jackson, the Law is over, Grace is over. Why would they do that? Simply because God is not over, and that is what He wants. That is why He inspired His prophet to write those words. That is how people are though; narrow minded about everything pertaining to God’s ultimate plan for mankind. I would be too if it were not for the grace of God that has opened my eyes. Apart from the grace God has bestowed upon me, I would be the most stupid creature you would find. Let me just illustrate my point. Do not forget, we have already said there would be children born in the Millennium, so they will not be left in ignorance concerning God’s dealings with mortal mankind. Remember to, that it also says in Zechariah 14:16, “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem (That of course pertains to the remnant that is judged and saved alive out of all those nations.) shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles. And it shall be, that whoso will not come up of all the families of the earth unto Jerusalem to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, even upon them shall be no rain. (Notice how it even calls Egypt by name.) And if the family of Egypt go not up, and come not, that have no rain; there shall be the plague, wherewith the Lord will smite the heathen that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles. (This is something God will require of everyone; and there will be no acceptable excuse. It is not like Gentile people deciding whether to go to church this Sunday, or go boating, like so many are guilty of doing today. They will do according to the requirement laid out by the Lord, or they will suffer immediate consequences.) This shall be the punishment of Egypt, and the punishment of all nations that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles.” If Egypt, or anyone else refuses to represent themselves according to this scripture, then there will be no rain for their crops. That is how we recognize that Jesus truly will rule with a rod of iron during that era of time. There will be no demonstrations by some who desire to rebel against established law. God hates that kind of thing. There will be no rebellion tolerated. He despises that. Saints, it is bad enough when people of the world rebel and demonstrate against things they disagree with, but when you see people who are supposed to be Christians out here demonstrating, that is even worse. Notice what Isaiah said about rebellion in chapter 15, verse 23, “For rebellion is as the sin of witchcraft, and stubbornness is as iniquity and idolatry. We do not have to wonder how God feels about these sins. His word plainly tells us. Yes. Jesus is going to rule in righteousness and justice and with a rod of iron, so there will be no funny business going on. As for the little children born during that time, I want you to think about this: For a thousand years, little children will be born to grow up in an era when there will be no knowledge of sin and spiritual death. If there was never anything projected to them to make them aware of who this great King that they will come before is, nor why the animal sacrifice is offered upon the altar, it would seem very unfair to them. They would be worshiping in ignorance.

THE MILLENNIAL ALTAR

I will illustrate to you, what this animal sacrifice in the Millennium represents. We know this, in the Law, when God gave it in that dispensation to the house of Israel, the animal sacrifice was a type of the great sacrifice of Jesus that was to come later for the sins of all mankind. In other words, the worshipers who come to that altar as they would confess their sins to the priests, and as that animal was slain and the priest performed his duties in the event, their sins were pushed ahead for another year. This obedience on the part of all parties did not atone for, nor remove their sins. It pushed them ahead for another year, typed the sacrifice that would one day pay the sin debt in full. Therefore, in Israel the individual really was in spiritual ignorance as to what it actually pointed to, but they did know that by honoring that law with a pure motive and acknowledging their need to be included in the benefits attributed to that sacrifice that was made, their sins were somehow placed upon that animal and it freed them from sure consequences. They understood that somehow their sins were represented in that animal’s suffering and death; therefore, their accountability was pushed ahead another year in time. Just think about this now; and you will see why there will be an altar of animal sacrifice in the Millennium. If that is the way the believer, under the Law, was commanded by God, to push his guilt ahead, looking forward to the time when Jesus brought all of that to an end, do you not see how God would use the same setting to cause those Millennial subjects to look back to what happened at Calvary? Satan will not be on hand to tempt them, but those children born during that time will be born of parents that still have those fallen attributes in them. Anyhow, since Calvary, our sins have not been pushed ahead any longer. The blood of Jesus Christ paid our sin debt once and forever. That is why we read in Hebrews, for by one sacrifice has He perfected for ever them that are sanctified. It was through that precious blood of Jesus Christ His only begotten Son. The gospel we have does this for us when believed and accepted, but there will not be anyone preaching such a gospel in the Millennium; therefore, this observance will do for them what God requires be done; that they also may be partakers of this glorious benefit. I was not there to see Him crucified, but the gospel I heard has told me it was for me also. By faith I look back to that finished work at Calvary and reckon the benefits to myself according to the will of God. Though I did not see Him hanging there, yet by faith I see through spiritual vision a man hanging there in my place. How is that possible? God has ordained that we see such a picture through the preaching of the gospel of Jesus Christ. In the light of this fact, I will ask you, In the Millennium, what will those people see and hear that will cause them to understand who their great King is and what He has done for them? The fact that their progenitors were chosen out of the remnant of the nations to enter that era, and the fact that all the children born of these people are growing up in an interval of time when there will be no testing, no temptation, no evil, no criminals running up and down the road, makes it necessary that there be something to point them to the reality of God’s provision. Everything on the surface will look peaceful; but if there is not something going on in the earth that points every one of them, sometime in their life, to what it means when they go to Jerusalem to worship the one who is King of all the earth and is Lord of all lords, they will be short of a necessary element in their complete makeup. They will see one portrayed in His majesty. They will see Him as a King, but they will also see an animal dying on an altar. What will that tell those Millennium subjects? Very simply this, That animal you see dying there is to make you remember this, The ONE you worship now, took your place and paid your sin debt. You are here in this kingdom because of what He did at Calvary on your behalf. Praise God! I just have to rejoice, thinking about that. Anyone that cannot see that, there is something wrong with them. That is absolutely why there is a Millennium altar. That is why all nations must present themselves there. As this glorious Millennium period moves on, just think of it, no disease, no heart trouble, no cancer, no drunks wallowing in the gutters of back alleys, and no more homosexuals screaming for equal rights. Think also of little children being born, and parents not having to worry about birth defects and deformed bodies. Every one will be born with a perfect physical body. This is why I say this, and say it for the sake of the message. Somewhere in the near future of this generation you and I are now living in, God soon has to bring the whole thing to a halt. This cursed evil disease called AIDS and the effects of this drug curse that has stained and marred the youth of the world, if God does not cut it short, there would hardly be anyone left of child bearing age fit to pass into that future era of time. I do not see these drug addicted, demon possessed creatures with their brains half destroyed and their only thoughts continually on something of self satisfaction, passing into that age to repopulate the earth. They have willingly sold themselves to the devil, to be warped and twisted like they are. God will just simply send them to the place prepared for them, when He chooses His Millennial subjects. Somewhere in the very near future, God will cut this thing short, so there will be some decent folks left alive for that future era. In fact, He will cut it a lot shorter than a lot of people are ready for Him to. As we through spiritual vision, see the Millennium, and righteousness, with no dope, no AIDS, no divorce among those people that are left in mortal flesh, and little children being born to the glory of God, we cannot help but give thanks to our heavenly Father for imparting that revelation to us.

WHAT ABOUT THE NEW HEAVENS AND THE NEW
EARTH TO BE SEEN- AFTER THIS PRESENT AGE HAS PASSED?

Let us look in our Bible’s, and read another prophecy of Isaiah concerning this future era of time we have been speaking of. Naturally we are hoping that the viewer of the video tape, or the reader of this message in the Contender, will find in the contents sufficient scriptural vindication for the comments we have made concerning this glorious age to come; but we are well aware of the fact that time and space will not allow us to use every scripture available on this subject, so we are just trusting the Spirit of God to make it plain to every interested soul. I am sure that there are other prophecies that would fit right in with the one’s we are using if we just had the time and space; for they are scattered all through the Bible just like nuggets of gold in a gold mine. In Isaiah 65, we find the scriptures that the apostle Peter no doubt had in mind when he wrote chapter 3, of his 2nd Epistle, where he said these words, (2 Peter 3:9-14) “The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance. (Yes the invitation is to everyone; therefore, no one can blame God when they end up in hell.) But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. (God uses fire as a cleansing agent, not to completely destroy the present earth itself, but to destroy every offending thing therein.) Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, Looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? (It sounds very bad; but here is the believer’s hope. It allows us to look beyond all of this.) Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. (That is what we have been talking about, that era of time when righteousness will abound. Hallelujah!) Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot, and blameless. Here is what the apostle Peter was looking at when he wrote those words. Look at verse 17, of Isaiah, chapter 65. As he was spiritually anointed to pick up those great binoculars and look through time to a future span of time, he saw this Millennium age. As the Millennium age eventually culminates, another era begins; which is what we read of in Revelation, chapters 21 and 22, which deals with the great eternal age that will follow this thousand year reign of righteousness. That is the age which we can refer to as worlds without end. Cycle upon cycle, it will be an endless era of time. Therefore Isaiah says this, (We will just begin reading verse 17, and finish out the rest of that chapter.) For, behold, I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind. (18) But be ye glad and rejoice for ever in that which I create: for, behold, I create Jerusalem a rejoicing, and her people a joy. (19) And I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in my people: and the voice of weeping shall be no more heard in her, nor the voice of crying. (20) There shall be no more thence an infant of days, nor an old man that hath not filled his days: for the child shall die an hundred years old; but the sinner being an hundred years old shall be accursed. (21) And they shall build houses, and inhabit them; (This should answer a lot of questions people ask all of the time. Just pay attention to what this prophecy says. This is the word of God.) and they shall plant vineyards, and eat the fruit of them. (22) They shall not build, and another inhabit; they shall not plant, and another eat: for as the days of a tree are the days of my people, and mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands. (23) They shall not labor in vain, nor bring forth for trouble; for they are the seed of the blessed of the Lord, and their offspring with them. (24) And it shall come to pass, that before they call, I will answer; and while they are yet speaking, I will hear. (25) The wolf and the lamb shall feed together, and the lion shall eat straw like the bullock: and dust shall be the serpent’s meat. They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain, saith the Lord.” As we have said before, The serpent is the only thing of all of God’s creation that will never have the curse lifted off of him, and you can see it right there in that last verse, “And dust shall be the serpent’s meat.” The serpent family will still be crawling in the dust of the earth when everything else is restored to its original beginning. When God said, “For, behold, I create new heavens and a new earth,” that tells us that the Millennium age of a thousand years is that seventh day, which is God’s Sabbath, a day of rest to the planet, wherein He will generate and activate a living realm of mankind on the planet, to live clean, and to repopulate the earth with humanity. Think of the animal kingdom also, how it will be in complete harmony with mankind. A lot of people will say, Bro. Jackson, If this earth is going to be lived on by mortal people, and they go for a thousand years and bear children, do you not think it will get over populated? Well there will not be as many graveyards added then as there are now; and a man, or a woman takes more space laying down than they do standing up. Will you agree with that? In my opinion, a lot of the graveyards we see out here now, might be turned upside down when He shakes this planet all to pieces. Furthermore, child bearing will be regulated by the Creator Himself and will not be as a result of human lust and sensual pleasure. However, the point is this, That Millennium age will be a time when God is redeeming the earth. He will be creating a new environment. He will be creating a kingdom wherein nothing but righteousness is known throughout the entire scope of the earth, just as we read from that prophecy. And the knowledge and the glory of the Lord shall cover the earth as waters cover the sea. That will be during the thousand years. What is He doing? He is slowly regenerating the planet. It is a new earth, in that all traces of the result of man’s sin are removed. We can say this, The only thing that is in existence now that will not be removed from the earth is hell, which is in the heart of the earth. I hope you understand what I mean? It is hell, which is in the heart of the earth. God will still have need of that, for the great white throne judgment does not take place until after the Millennium. That is where the spirit of the wicked sinners go when they die. All the graves of the earth wherein there were righteous people, all the way from the garden of Eden to the coming of Jesus, will be empty when the Millennium age starts. All of those graves will have to give up the remains of the righteous ones they held. That is why I stopped reading in the middle of that fourth verse, of Revelation 20, when we were there. That is where John saw thrones and they that sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them, but we will pick it up when we bring that into another message of this series. We will deal with it as a message itself. Therefore the first resurrection, which is constituted when Jesus takes His throne, will take out of the ground to enter the Millennium also, all those other righteous saints that were not taken up in the rapture. That will take out of the ground all those martyred saints that will be slain in the great tribulation hour, and any other saint of any other era that will not be taken with the bride church. That is why it says, “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years.” That lets us know that the second resurrection, the resurrection of the wicked of all ages for judgment, hath no power, no life. That means then, that as the Millennium goes forth, the only traces of the past things of man, is the graves of the wicked, and hell, where his spirit is reserved until final judgment time. Yes. The thousand years will remove every trace of the existence of evil minded mankind and his sinful evil ways of living. Once again I will remind you by asking this question, What is all of this for? God, through the kingly reign of Jesus and His immortal saints, is redeeming the planet; getting it ready for eternity. He is not going to wait until eternity starts, then make a new earth. No. The Millennium is for that sole purpose of getting it cleaned up and ready for that eternal era of the Creator dwelling once again among His creation.. A lot of people say also, Bro. Jackson, the Bible says the devil is going to be loosed for a little season. What is he going to do? Is he going to be allowed to build more liquor stores, gambling houses and dens of prostitution? No. All he is going to be allowed to do is deceive a host of mortal humanity; and those who will listen to him and rebel against the reign of their immortal King, will be destroyed by God’s intervention. That will be the devil’s last shot at God’s plan and purpose for His children. That is not building another liquor factory. That is not building another institution of sin or anything like that. It is just a matter of rebelling against their King. That is something Satan does inside the heart’s of individual people. Then when those same people have yielded their spirit to Satan, and they mass themselves against Jerusalem and set about to take control and bring about a rebellion, divine intervention from heaven comes down and engulfs them. That lets me know, once the Millennium starts, there will never be another land based war fought. What you see then, when that mass is deceived, they will not be coming with manufactured weapons. How many understand what I am saying? They will not be coming with manufactured weapons because there will not be any weapons made in the Millennium to fight a war with. Think of it. Man will not know what a sword is for even if there was one he could see, because there has been no need for it during the entire thousand years. Remember what Isaiah wrote, (GOD SPEAKING) “For, behold, I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind.” During all of that time, none of the former things will be remembered, nor in any way come into the mind’s of those who have been privileged to live in mortal flesh until that hour of time. This addresses the total picture, looking through the Millennium and projecting right on into the eternal age.

THE END RESULT OF GOD’S REDEMPTION PURPOSE ON EARTH

In spite of all that the world in general may say and do against Jerusalem, God will still make that little place the center of world attraction. Notice as we read these verses again. (Isa.65:18-19) “But be ye glad and rejoice for ever in that which I create: for, behold, I create Jerusalem a rejoicing, and her people a joy. (19) And I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in my people: and the voice of weeping shall be no more heard in her, nor the voice of crying.” The inhabitants of Jerusalem have certainly had their share of weeping and anguish of soul, but their day to shine is just ahead. Once the Millennium starts, she will never be persecuted nor hated again. It will be the place of the Creator’s joy, according to the picture the Bible presents. (20) “There shall be no more thence (meaning from then onward) an infant of days, nor an old man that hath (past tense) not filled his days: for the child shall die an hundred years old; (The word hath, which is past tense, is not referring back into our era. It is just across the threshold into the eternal age, looking that way, yet knowing what era of time that realm of mankind has just passed through. From then on there will be no more thence an infant of days. In other words, In eternity there will be no more babies born. How many understand? In the eternal age, there will be no more children born. That is all back here in the Millennium. That is why there will be no more thence an infant of days, nor an old man that hath not filled his days. That makes you look back to the Millennium. When it says, “For the child shall die an hundred years old, that is looking back to the Millennium, after time has passed over the threshold into eternity.) but the sinner being an hundred years old shall be accursed. When we see an old man die now, we certainly do not say, A little boy died yesterday. When you hear of an old man a hundred years old dying, you say, boy he lived to a ripe old age. Did he not? Just think though, in the Millennium, how we will relate to that. If there is longevity of life restored, then we can see if for some reason there is within that person a mortal trait of disobedience, then it means God will have allowed him to live a hundred years to have ample opportunity to change his mind to learn how to be submissive. But if for some reason the inherited trait of stubbornness is still there, it is not because Satan has cultivated it during the millennium. It is just because he is born with that kind of disposition. Therefore, in the Millennium when longevity of life is in effect to die at a hundred years of age, he would still be looked upon as a child. It is not in eternity that he will be accursed. It is in the Millennium that these things have to take place. That is why the Millennium is definitely God’s era of time for restoring the planet earth, dressing it up, removing all traces of past eras of sinful man, and what he has done to defile it. As the earth is projected out into that age, then we know this, between the interval of the closing of the Millennium, and the eternal age, is where the loosing of Satan takes place; and the great white throne judgment follows that. The great white throne judgment will accomplish this for the planet, the sea will give up the dead that are in it. Death and hell will give up the dead that are held there; and all of them will be judged and relegated to their final disposition. What has that accomplished? That has taken out of hell every spirit of wicked mankind. Then there is no more need for hell. There will be nothing left in it. It really means this, There will be no more traces of the wicked left anywhere upon the face of the earth. That is total redemption. That finishes removing the effects of sin and death of all other eras of time. Death and hell will be cast into the lake of fire for total destruction. Are you getting the picture? There will be no more death, no more hell, no more grave yards with tomb stones sticking up everywhere. Have you ever stopped to think how much space is taken up with memorials to the dead of times past? All of that will be done away with forever. What a beautiful place this earth will be! God can then look upon His planet that He created somewhere in the eons past and see it again as it was meant to be, without sin and rebellion. He will have a planet populated with people that has been redeemed from their fallen state through His precious Son’s own blood. Therefore, He has redeemed His earth; and as Paul said in 1st Cor. 15:24-28, “Then cometh the end, when He (Jesus) shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when He (Jesus) shall have put down all rule and all authority and power. (That will be at the end of the Millennium, going into the eternal age, or into time without end.) For He must reign, till He hath put all enemies under His feet. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death. (Death will still be in the picture to some degree until the last judgment.) For He hath put all things under His feet. But when He saith, all things are put under Him, it is manifest (known by all) that He (the Father and Creator) is excepted, which did put all things under Him. Every thing except the Father Himself has been subject to Jesus for the past almost two thousand years; and will be for the next thousand years. Then this next verse is fulfilled. (Verse 28) “And when all things shall be subdued unto Him, (Jesus) then shall the Son also Himself be subject unto Him that put all things under Him, that God may be all in all. Now (going into the eternal age) is when Jesus the Son, who hath been invested with all power and authority in heaven and earth as it says in Matthew 28:18, for redemption purposes, shall yield up and give back all that authority to the Father, that the Father may be all in all. He will then be looked upon as our elder Brother (according to the apostle Paul’s revelation). He will be King no longer. His ministry as PROPHET, PRIEST, AND KING will no longer be needed.

THE NEW JERUSALEM IS IN ETERNITY

This is where Revelation 21 and 22 comes into focus. Right there is where eternity begins. Now that God the great eternal Spirit takes His abode with, and in mankind, in the fullness of all that He is. God being the all in all, is what the whole picture portrays when it is complete. We cannot, with our natural mind, really picture what this earth it is going to be like once sin and death is out of the picture and mankind is restored back to the relationship Adam and Eve had with the Creator before they disobeyed Him. There will be no more huge bodies of water called oceans. That is why John wrote that there were, (or will be) no more seas, for the former things are passed away. The Millennium, which is just before us, will change all of that. There is no doubt in my mind that if all of this mass of water we have here on earth today, which covers two thirds of the earth’s surface, fell in Noah’s hour in forty days and nights, God can slowly return all of it to its original state during that thousand years of the Millennium. I am completely convinced that by the time we come to the close of the Millennium and eternity begins, this planet, the sun, and the other solar bodies will be right back on their proper axis, so that each year has a perfect 360 day cycle, like it was in the beginning. God will have reconciled everything back to its original relationship with Himself. It will be a wonderful thing to see all of God’s created creatures at peace with each other. Let me just read that one verse again before we close the message. (Isaiah 65:25) “The wolf and the lamb shall feed together, (in the Millennium) and the lion shall eat straw like the bullock: (Can you even imagine such a thing as that, when in this hour of time the lion must have meat to eat?) and dust shall be the serpent’s meat. (When everything else is restored, that old serpent’s family, because he yielded himself to the devil and caused God’s creation to have to go through six thousand years of estrangement from Him, will still have to crawl around on their belly’s, catching their food from the dust of the earth.) They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain, saith the Lord. His holy mountain is His kingdom. Once He has His creation freed from the curse it has been under, nothing nor no one will ever be allowed to hurt or destroy anything anymore. Hallelujah! What a day that will be! When you think of how it will be in the age to come, you can really sing that old song, “What A Day That Will Be, When My Saviour I Shall See.” I just want to say this, The time is at hand, that every true child of God get serious about living according to His word. Do not even allow yourself to think you can just coast along in life, flowing with the stream of natural minded humanity and be ready to meet Jesus in the rapture when He comes for His bride Church. If you allow yourself to live like that and fail to dress up in a proper wedding garment, you will face the great tribulation sure as the world stands. Living for God is not just something we do on Sunday and Thursday; or whatever other days or nights you may have meetings together. It is a seven day a week, twenty four a day continual walk in righteousness and peace. How can a person profess to be redeemed from sin, when that person lives just like everyone else? It takes the new birth experience to truly redeem one from a life of sin and degradation. Once you have that experience, you are a new creature. Old things pass away, and all things become new. You do not desire the same old things in life that you enjoyed as a lost sinner. The grace and mercy of God lifts us up above that level of life and puts within our heart a desire to please our Creator.

WHERE REBELLION FIRST STARTED

We have to go to Isaiah 14:12-17 to get our first glimpse of why mankind has been faced with sin and death. This scripture allows us to see how Lucifer first rebelled against God, and why he became the enemy of the Creator that created him. The angel Lucifer, which is now known as the Devil, was once a beautiful angel of God’s angelic family, until his heart became lifted up with pride, and he began to think selfishly and exalt himself. God cast him down from his former estate, and he, like the old serpent he used in the garden of Eden to seduce Eve, will never be restored to his original estate. Here is what Isaiah wrote about him. (12) “How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! (13) For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: (14) I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. (15) Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit. (16) They that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee, and consider thee, saying, Is this the man that made the earth to tremble, that did shake kingdoms; (17) That made the world as a wilderness, and destroyed the cities thereof; that opened not the house of his prisoners?” God allowed Isaiah to write that, so that those who desire to know something about the devil’s origin, can get it from the scriptures. Ezekiel also wrote a few words about him, that helps put our revelation together. We can read that, in Ezekiel 28:12-19. Even though it mentions the king of Tyrus, if you will read it, you will recognize the fact that it is spoken to and about Lucifer, the same one Isaiah wrote about. We will close here and trust the Lord to reveal to every one whose desire is to follow God in truth, what this message is all about. God’s true children are meant to know some things others professing to be Christian’s will never know. Those who have no desire to know the truth will still be looking for a great revival after the little bride Church has already had hers and is ready for her flight to glory. May the Lord bless you. Amen.

 

HOW IT IS COMMONLY BELIEVED THE APOSTLES DIED

JUDAS ISCARIOT, HUNG HIMSELF AFTER BETRAYING THE LORD.
PETER, ACCORDING TO TRADITION, WAS CRUCIFIED, HEAD
DOWNWARD DURING THE PERSECUTION BY NERO.
ANDREW, DIED ON A CROSS AT PERRAE, IN ACHAIA, A GREEK
COLONY.
JAMES, WAS THROWN DOWN FROM A PINNACLE OF THE TEMPLE
AND THEN BEATEN TO DEATH WITH A CLUB.
THOMAS, THE ONE WHO DOUBTED, WAS RUN THROUGH WITH A
LANCE.
JOHN, DIED OF EXTREME OLD AGE IN EPHESUS, THE ONLY
APOSTLE THAT DIED A NON VIOLENT DEATH.
BARTHOLOMEW, WAS FLAYED ALIVE IN ARMENIA.
JAMES, THE SON OF ZEBEDEE, WAS BEHEADED IN JERUSALEM BY
KING HEROD.
PHILLIP, WAS HANGED AGAINST A PILLAR IN ASIA MINOR.
MATTHEW, WAS SLAIN BY THE SWORD IN ETHIOPIA.
THADDAEUS, WAS SHOT TO DEATH WITH ARROWS.
SIMON, DIED ON A CROSS IN PERSIA (NOW IRAN).
PAUL, THE APOSTLE TO THE GENTILES, WAS BEHEADED IN
ROME.
THIS WAS COPIED FROM ANOTHER SOURCE

 

1991-08-The-Age-of-Regeneration-Part-2

The Age of Regeneration, Part 1 – 1991, July


OUR TEXT FOR THE BEGINNING OF THIS MESSAGE WILL BE TAKEN FROM THE 19TH CHAPTER OF MATTHEW, AND PARTICULARLY FROM VERSE 28 WHERE JESUS SPEAKS OF THE REGENERATION. HE HAD BEEN CONFRONTED BY A YOUNG MAN THAT NO DOUBT WAS VERY RICH. THAT WAS THE OCCASION FOR HIM TO SPEAK AS HE DID. THE QUESTION WAS ASKED, GOOD MASTER, WHAT GOOD THING SHALL I DO, THAT I MAY HAVE ETERNAL LIFE; AND THE ANSWER TO HIS QUESTION CAUSED HIM TO TURN AWAY VERY DEPRESSED BECAUSE HE HAD GREAT RICHES. WHEN HE WAS GONE FROM THEM, JESUS SAID TO HIS DISCIPLES, IT IS GOING TO BE HARD FOR A RICH MAN TO ENTER INTO THE KINGDOM OF GOD. THAT IS WHEN HE SAID, IT IS EASIER FOR A CAMEL TO GO THROUGH THE EYE OF A NEEDLE, THAN FOR A RICH MAN TO ENTER THE KINGDOM OF GOD. THIS STATEMENT CAUSED HIS DISCIPLES TO BE VERY TROUBLED AND THEY ASKED, WHO THEN CAN BE SAVED? JESUS TOLD THEM THAT ALL THINGS ARE POSSIBLE WITH GOD. PETER THEN SAID TO HIM, “BEHOLD, WE HAVE FORSAKEN ALL, AND FOLLOWED THEE; WHAT SHALL WE HAVE THEREFORE?” (IN OTHER WORDS, ARE WE GOING TO MISS IT TOO? THEY HAD LEFT THEIR FISHING BOATS, WHICH WAS THEIR MEANS OF EARNING A LIVING; AND THEY HAD LEFT THEIR FAMILIES; SO YOU CAN SEE WHY HE WOULD ASK SUCH A QUESTION.) JESUS ANSWERED HIM LIKE THIS, (VERSE 28) “JESUS SAID UNTO THEM, VERILY I SAY UNTO YOU, THAT YE WHICH HAVE FOLLOWED ME, IN THE REGENERATION WHEN THE SON OF MAN SHALL SIT IN THE THRONE OF HIS GLORY, YE ALSO SHALL SIT UPON TWELVE THRONES, JUDGING THE TWELVE TRIBES OF ISRAEL. AND EVERY ONE THAT HATH FORSAKEN HOUSES, OR BRETHREN, OR SISTERS, OR FATHER, OR MOTHER, OR WIFE, OR CHILDREN, OR LANDS, FOR MY NAME’S SAKE, SHALL RECEIVE AN HUNDREDFOLD, AND SHALL INHERIT EVERLASTING LIFE.” NATURALLY, HE WAS SPEAKING OF THE MILLENNIUM, WHEN HE SPOKE OF THE THRONE OF HIS GLORY, AND OF THEM SITTING ON THRONES JUDGING THE TWELVE TRIBES OF ISRAEL. UNTIL THEN, THIS OLD WORLD WE ARE LIVING IN IS GOING TO CONTINUE ON IN ITS DOWNWARD TREND OF DEGRADATION. ONLY THE LITERAL COMING OF OUR LORD JESUS CHRIST TO RULE AND REIGN FOR ONE THOUSAND YEARS IS GOING TO CHANGE THAT PICTURE.

RIGHT NOW THOUGH WE ARE GOING TO BEGIN LOOKING AT SOME SCRIPTURES THAT ENABLE US TO KNOW WHAT TO EXPECT IF WE ARE AMONG THOSE WHO WILL STILL BE LIVING WHEN HE COMES. THERE ARE PEOPLE AMONG THE DENOMINATIONAL RANKS THAT THINK IT IS VERY FOOLISH FOR ANYONE TO THINK OF COMING BACK TO EARTH, ONCE THEY HAVE GONE TO HEAVEN; (AS THEY THINK OF IT) BUT WHAT WE NEED TO REALIZE, IS THAT EARTH IS WHERE GOD HAS DETERMINED TO WORK WITH, AND FELLOWSHIP WITH MANKIND. RIGHT HERE, IS WHERE HE PUT MAN IN THE FIRST PLACE; AND THAT IS WHERE HE INTENDS TO DEAL WITH MANKIND UNTIL HE HAS THAT FAMILY UPON EARTH THAT HIS HEART YEARNS FOR, SO TO SPEAK.

SATAN IS BOUND UP

I believe we should at this time go to Revelation 20:1-3, and read the only scripture in the Bible that tells us the duration of the Kingdom Age. (1) “And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand. (2) And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, (3) And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.” This is when the Millennium, or Kingdom Age begins, which is the age of regeneration. Verse 4, describes the next scene, what takes place next after Satan is chained up. “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them.” Let me stop right there. That is not all of the verse, but the rest of it belongs to another message. I will read this portion again.And I saw thrones, (plural) and they (plural) sat upon them. (What did they sit upon? Thrones, plural.) And judgment was given unto them,” (plural). I wanted to be sure you catch the plural terminology, and now I will take this right back to the 19th chapter of Matthew, to that word Jesus mentioned. He said as He spoke to Peter, “In the regeneration.” Christians for centuries have read right over that word, never even allowing it to register in their mind’s, and certainly taking no time to try to understand exactly what the word pertained to in the statement of Jesus. I notice in the Scofield Bible that the word regeneration is translated from the Greek word paliggenesia, which means to recreate or renew a social order. When we compare that with Genesis, where the Lord commanded Adam and Eve while they were still just spirit beings yet in His presence, He put into their intellect a commandment, or commission. Replenish. That word replenish, and the word regenerate are almost the same. There is a difference in this sense, When the Lord said to Adam and Eve, Replenish, He was merely referring to repopulating, or refilling the planet. He was not talking about creating any specific social order, or anything like that. The social order was to be determined by how Adam and Eve met their test. That is what we have to understand. Even though they failed in their test, there is a social system that has come forth out of it, and that social system has not always been pleasing to God. As man has been propagated upon the planet, he has been left to his own fate many times, and to his own doings, because he creates his political and social environment, motivated by the nature that is within him. Therefore, he is born a sinner and many times until the grace of God changes him, he does knot know anything else to do but what comes naturally. Many times that can be very greedy and selfish. Nevertheless this word regeneration used by Jesus, is applicable to an age of time, an age that is going to accomplish something on earth far greater than what any man prior to that period of time has ever accomplished. It is not only going to be an era of repopulating, propagating life again, but it is going to bring about the establishing of a kingdom, and a social structure that will be exactly like God wants. It will be strictly motivated by the Spirit of God. For 1000 years, the earth will know only righteousness, because righteousness is in power to rule and reign. When we can see that Millennial Age from the scriptures, it makes one wonder how so many of the professing Christians of the world, all having the same New Testament, could miss the whole picture. They may have different translations, or versions of the Bible, but that particular passage of scripture, no matter what translation it is taken out of, when you read it with the right thought, you are going to have to look ahead to the period of time in which that will be fulfilled. It is a tragedy that within our denominational church world we have thousands, possibly millions of church going people that will read that verse and the whole thought just passes them by like water under a bridge, having no meaning whatsoever. They see nothing, so why be concerned. That is why the Methodists, the Nazarene, the Pilgrim Holiness, Church of God of Prophecy, and elements like that do not even see a Millennium reign of Jesus Christ. They will take certain scriptures that Paul wrote, like in 1st Thessalonians 4, how at the last trump the dead in Christ shall rise first, and we which will remain alive shall together with them, be caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so shall we ever be with Him, and say, Praise the Lord, that proves we are going to go to heaven and get out of all this heartache and materialistic struggle. Who would want to come back to earth? Yes saints, I have heard it presented just exactly like that, but now it is my time to say something. They have said that for as long as two hundred years, or however old their movement is. It presents a false concept of what the plan of God really is. Naturally I realize we can only see what the Spirit of God reveals to us, but I have very little patience with those who just simply take a stance and fight against the revealed truth of God’s word. God gave the original Church an insight to the future, that they might see the world to come, and the part the Church was going to play in the overall picture. Well if there is going to be an age that will accomplish that, then let us look at the hour we are living in. Why will an age like that be necessary? What causes the hour we are living in to be changed? We have many scriptures to look at, and we are going to deal with them in this phase of this message, hoping to prove by the scriptures that the world cannot expect to just move out of this era of time into an age of bliss, without there being a period of time wherein humanity will pass through a terrible ordeal; catastrophic, chaotic conditions that will prevail upon this planet. Those conditions lead right up to the day of the Lord. As you read the writings of those Old Testament writers, you find the day of the Lord mentioned often. We are going to look at some of those prophecies.

WHAT THE PROPHETS SAW-HEARD-AND WROTE

Verses like Joel 2:31, give us a little more insight than a lot of the others; but they all speak of the same time, the end of this age when these chaotic conditions are climaxed by the coming of Jesus Christ back to earth in bodily form calling forth the wrath of God upon all ungodliness. Here is what that verse says. “The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day of the Lord come.” As that anointing came upon those old prophets and took possession of their insight, it was almost like a captain on a ship taking that long set of binoculars, pulling them out to the limit, and focusing on a certain object in the far distance. That is exactly how those prophets could see things that were far off in the future. God caused them to be able to focus way beyond the time they were living. There was no way those prophets could understand, or relate to what they were seeing, but they were certainly able to write what they saw. They saw the day of the Lord and what a terrible time it was going to be, and they just simply wrote what the Spirit inspired them to write when they saw those things. Not only did they see future events, they also heard things which they wrote down. And then they took their place among the dead, never to see any of it come to pass. Why would we have a book that relates over and over, repeatedly, about the day of the Lord, unless God wants mankind to pay close attention to what is taking place in the world, and recognize the nearness of that time as it draws nigh at hand? We will not be able to touch all these prophecies; but we can look at the main one’s. Some are major, some are minor, some are lengthy, and some are just two or three verses in a particular chapter or writing of a prophet, but taken together, they paint a very clear picture of what they are pointing to. We will endeavor to get the major ones, that give the overall profile of this day of the Lord which will precede that throne setting we looked at in Revelation 20. That day of the Lord will close out the things you and I see, and are related to in this present hour. Therefore it is necessary, if we are going to play our part in this end time wind up, that we have obeyed the gospel call and accepted Jesus Christ as our Savior; and that we are willing to let HIM take possession of our lives. We can only know how to walk day by day, by letting Him lead and direct us in every walk of life. In Isaiah, chapter 13, is one of the first major prophecies spoken, concerning this time. We begin in verse 9, because verse 9 starts with this, “Behold, the day of the Lord.” Now let us describe this day of the Lord. What are we actually dealing with? Are we dealing with a period of twenty four hours? No. Are we dealing with one specific hour? Not at all. Then what are we dealing with when we are talking about the day of the Lord? We are dealing with an hour of time upon earth, during which the Lord Jesus Himself will come to earth in bodily form to finish out all of what the prophets have spoken concerning the end of this age. We have been given signs to watch for at the end time. When we begin to see those signs developing in political, economical, military and social orders, we can rest assured, the time is getting close at hand for God to fulfill His purpose in the whole thing. I am not talking about the rapture, and I am not going to tell you any exact time when the rapture is likely to take place. We are presently dealing only with the day of the Lord. In your denominational realms, they have taken these prophecies and split them apart. Some have said the day of the Lord is when Jesus comes. That is true, if you are not thinking of the rapture when you say such a thing. Then they will take other scriptures which describe the day of the Lord and say, That is just before the eternal age sets in. Well we know it cannot be both, so let us go back. The day of the Lord is that era or that little span of time that God begins to introduce His purpose, as He begins to execute certain drastic changes, judgments, creating chaotic circumstances, wherein mankind has to stand back and begin to realize, This has to be the hand of God. A man would be a fool even today, to look at the present world right now, and in the light of what has transpired in the last few months, not see the hand of God setting everything in place for the wrapup. Anyone who would stand today and say, I do not see anything happening that looks like God changing things, would have to be spiritually blind. I see a lot. I see things taking place in this hour that could not have come about forty years ago, or at any other time. Think of the Communistic world, how long they were, in accomplishing their previous boundary and influential status. The Bolshevik revolution which cost millions of lives when men died in the snowy battlefields, eventually led to the creation of an ideology. Years of occupation, then a war, and then gradually spreading. We can safely say that over a period of roughly seventy some years, an empire eventually spread its net. Then in seven months of time it practically fell to pieces. Do not tell me that is mere chance. It just simply does not work that way. Therefore this day of the Lord is how mankind is going to begin to be dealt with. In some of these tragedies, disasters, chaotic upheavals, social disorders, and economic disturbances, as mankind begins to be jostled and shook, if somehow these events are not allowed to awaken him to the reality of what is taking place, and if he does not take heed, then you can rest assured, God’s wrath will strike him. There is no way such a person can look up and say, well you did not tell me. Yes. The day of the Lord is within a period of time, as we begin to see signs developing. The day of the Lord is a little era of time, a span of time when we begin to see the hand of God executing in the earth things to cause His word to begin to be quickened, and come alive. All of that is going to lead to, or be climaxed by the day of His wrath, judgment and destruction of ungodly men, and the destroying of man’s so called beautiful social order. Our nation in the past forty some years has tried to lead the world and portray an image of democracy. The democracy our nations portray today, is a philosophy that you can put criminals and law abiding people all within the same environment, and that everything ought to be wonderful. The people who read the Constitution today, and who interpret the Constitution to the modern application of democracy, are blind. The men who wrote that very charter they interpret so carelessly, did not believe you could put a mad dog and sheep in the same pasture and have any right to expect that they will all get along together, and that everything will come out alright in the end. Those men were endowed with a true concept of right and wrong, and they established a true democracy. The trouble comes as a result of all these amendments and modern day interpretations by people who seem to be unable to look beyond their own nose. Never has there been an era of time before, when the political leaders of this once great nation were as void of understanding of what true democracy is as they are today. I am not talking about one party being better than the other. God forbid. They are all cut from the same mold. They are like a bunch of spoiled children playing, each one feeling that if things do not go according to his or her own way, they will just refuse to play. In other words, you will all play by my rules, or I will take my ball and go home. The other side of the picture is, each one has a private interest of some kind, and they will only vote for a certain bill, or law, if their interest is sufficiently represented. Is that what our founding father’s had in mind when they drew up the Constitution? We every one know better. People campaign for these politicians, and promote them as great men, (or women) but when somehow we are able to look behind the front they put up, a lot of them live lives that are abominable, and do very little to preserve and uphold principles that would be acceptable in the eyes of God and in the eyes of our forefather’s, if they could see what is going on. If the founding fathers who wrote the charter of the Constitution of the United States were to come alive today and step in the White House, and could be allowed to express their temperaments like they did back then, you would really see some action. If you have not already done so, you ought to read a little of the history about what went on in the early days of our political system. Those men so cherished a point of truth, they were ready to defend it at any and all costs to their personal being, even if it led to a fist fight. Oh! But we do not believe in those things. That is why we have a stinking mess in our political offices, instead of citizens that have the interest of the whole country at heart. Our politics stink to the high heavens; and a just God will naturally deal with it in due time. All of this lets us know, this eventually is what constitutes the need for God to fulfill His desire and bring it to an end. Let us read the rest of that verse. (Isa.13:9) “Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate: and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it.” When God really gets angry, brother I want you to know, mankind is going to learn in very short order, by some of the things He demonstrates, that they are no longer messing around with a God of love. He will be a God of wrath instead. Naturally the day of the Lord and His wrath is aimed at sinners, transgressors, atheists, dope addicts, drug kingpins, crooked politicians, people that have no regard for decency, immoral and evil. His wrath is aimed at that type of individual, because they have corrupted everything round about them and spurned any mention of a righteous God. (10) “For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light: the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine.” More than one prophet down through the span of time, saw this day of the Lord; and many of them saw how the constellations, the heavenly bodies would become disturbed. We are living among a modern minded generation of mankind that think this book is just a book of religious myths. They think of it as being in the same category as Romeo and Juliet, Shakespeare, and some of that type of literature. They are going to find out the hard way that this one is the very word of God they ignore. God will just let mankind pass through an era of time where they create such an attitude about God and creation. When their abominations reach a certain point, then it will be time for Him to pour out His wrath upon the whole thing. That is what God was looking at, when He caused things way back there to be spoken and written in the Bible. He was looking right on through time to an hour that is just ahead. Even the constellations will testify against their ungodliness. You cannot go to a modern scientist and have him give you a logical explanation of how that is going to come about. I cannot tell you either, but I do believe this for sure: God is able to shut the heavenly lights off when the time comes. I have heard how they used to say at the turn of the century when Haley’s Comet come in, how it scared the daylights out of people. Because it created a semi darkness in certain areas of the earth as the day would dawn, articles were written in the paper, Doomsday is upon us, Judgment is coming. Well Haley’s Comet passed over and all of that faded into the background. Then it reoccurred on the horizon a few years back, but this time it was announced and did not have the same effect as before. No. It is not going to be Haley’s Comet that will do this. It will be something God Himself does. Somewhere out in space, He has something all lined up to do that very thing; and your scientists and astrologers will not have an explanation for it, even if they had an opportunity to give one. This is not the only scripture that tells of this event; Matthew 24:29, tells of the very same thing. So does Revelation 6:12-17. (11) “And I will punish the world for their evil, and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible.” We all know, because we hear the news and read in the newspapers, of the various evils our social structure is being invaded with today. The underworld gangs of organized crime, with their drug dealing and all of that, are making a nation that once was influenced by godlike ideas and principles, and that had politicians who used the Bible as a road map and a basis for writing laws to govern us by, into a rotten mess that only God Himself could deal with. It is the same the world over, we just know more about what is happening in our own country. We have passed out of that era when such a large percentage of our population at least had respect for God and the Bible and have gone past the point of no return in the other direction. We now have a nation where the larger percentage of the people want nothing at all to do with God; and do not want the Bible mentioned. But little do they realize, the very things they are doing, and are advocating, are what God’s word is pointing to. Think of our scientists today, our philosophers, who on TV News programs and talk shows, talk about the gradual process of man’s evolutionary patterns. They seem so sure that they know where he came from, and how he has come through certain stages of evolution to get where he is today. Brother, they are just as arrogant to talk like that, and to take our young children and fill their mind’s with this kind of picture as they could possibly be. If you, as a parent would go to the school and put up an argument against such, then you are immediately looked upon as some kind of fanatic. They begin to brand you, and even write articles in papers about how illiterate, unlearned, unstable, and irrational you are. They want you to be looked upon by the rest of the world as though you are some insignificant speck of humanity that ought to be eradicated from existence. That is the arrogancy spirit of this world, that this scripture is referring to. They are proud of thinking in terms like that. However, God says He will cause the arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible. In accomplishing this, it is God in that day known as the day of the Lord, which is a time of wrath poured out upon all who fall into that category.

LOOKING AT-AND BEYOND THE DAY OF THE LORD

When God is accomplishing His purpose in all of what constitutes the day of the Lord, here is something else that is derived out of it. Notice verse 13, “I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir.” In other words, when God gets through with all that He will accomplish in the time called the day of the Lord, it is going to bring the human population down to such a low level, that world wise, global wise, a man that survives that hour will be likened to a piece of gold that has been brought through the refiners fire. “I will make a man more precious than fine gold,” has to be talking about the realm of living mortal mankind that survives that day of the Lord. The earth will still have a living element of decent people left alive to repopulate the world during the Millennial reign of Christ. Verse 13, says, “Therefore I will shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the wrath of the Lord of hosts, and in the day of his fierce anger.” How would you like to be left here on this planet, and all of a sudden it is no longer just a 6.4 on the Richter scale, but this old planet starts having convulsions, upheavals, and they are of such a magnitude that it creates tidal waves from continent to continent? This cannot help but create a planet like a lop sided basket ball trying to roll across the floor. It will be wobbling instead of spinning. Instead of the planet being able to stay on course and spin at its normal rate, it is definitely going to create some kind of unstable course in its rotation around the sun. It is going to pass through a little era of catastrophic upheavals, so that the inhabitants left on it are going to wonder what has gone wrong with this old ball of clay they have lived on for so long. I will tell you one thing for sure, there will not be anyone sitting around laughing about it. (14) “And it shall be as the chased roe, and as a sheep that no man taketh up: they shall every man turn to his own people, and flee every one into his own land.” I read that last verse to give you this thought, the prophecy that we have just read started in verse 9. Isaiah was prophesying to Israel things relating to their present tense hour, when he knew Israel was going to be dealt with, actually was already being dealt with by their Creator, but when we reach verse 9, the Spirit of prophecy began to reach way out into the future tense. Isaiah soared through the spiritual atmosphere of the future, writing of things for our day; and then in verse 14, he is right back to his day and hour, right back on the same level he was before. That is how God keeps the doctors of divinity in your denominational ranks from being able to put a picture together. Without the Holy Spirit revealing it, the natural mind just simply fails to make the distinction. Let us look at the writings of a New Testament apostle concerning this same era of time we have been considering. Go to 2nd Peter 3:1, to begin reading; but verse 10, is what I want to get to. The apostle Peter is also speaking of this DAY OF THE LORD, and he holds back no words. Think of the license these self willed teachers have, to teach their garbage to mankind. They will present their charts and refer to them as though there could be no doubt about what they portray. They find all these skulls, skeletons, and various bones, they mark them, and date them, and give a little biography about each one. Then they write and elaborate thesis that is supposed to settle the whole issue. The most they can do is assume and accumulate a bunch of ideas, This is the path. This is the process. This is how we have come to the hour we live in; and all the time completely ignoring the scriptures. If ever there was an hour that the scientists, the atheists, the evolutionists, the agnostics, were in their hey day, it is now. You know it. Sixty years ago they had a hard time getting into schools with this nonsense, but this is their hey day. This is the hour Peter was talking about. (2nd Peter 3:1-10) “This second epistle, beloved, I now write unto you; in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance: (2) That ye may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets, and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour: (3) Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers. (What is a scoffer? Look in your dictionary. A scoffer is not a little old ignoramus; he is a character that thinks he knows what he is talking about. He thinks he has so much to back him up and prove his theory he no longer looks at it as theory. To him it is fact, and anyone who differs with him is just plain stupid. But in reality, he is the fool. We are talking about the same scoffers Peter was talking about, people who out rightly make fun of the word of God, and of anyone who believes it.) Walking after their own lusts, (Their own fleshly ways of reasoning.) (4) “And saying, Where is the promise of his coming? (They would say that to you and me, Where is, or what about the promise of His coming?) for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. (This word fathers can be a word better translated ancients, in this case. for since the ancients, the teachers of the same belief you believe, died, is what it all points to. In other words, those who used to say that are all dead now, and He still has not come. Your category of people who believe that, is getting less and less, and ours is getting more and more; so where is the promise of His coming? That is the final analysis of what that all leads up to. There is not as many of you as there was before. Let me tell you, When the hour comes that the Bride, the living element of the true Church, is to be taken, there is not going to be as many as there once seemed to be.) (5) For this they willingly (or because of their self willed attitude) are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water (or it could be read like this, existing in the water and out of the water) (6) Whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished(That scripture does not tell you that the planet perished. I hear Methodists, Nazarene who advocate the idea that all of this present creation will be burned up simply because they read this and literalize it so much. To them God will have to burn up everything. The Bible tells us that this earth is going to be burned, that is what the word of God says. They say that ignorantly, not knowing how to read what the Bible actually says. That is why they take what Paul said in Thessalonians and say, The Bible says we are to meet the Lord on a cloud in the air and we are all going to heaven for the rest of eternity. Well let us see what Peter really did mean, when we come on down. He gives us a remembrance of how the heavens and earth of old perished, but I ask you, What perished? Did God create a new world after the flood, or would you agree that we are living in the same world Noah lived in?) (7) But the heavens and the earth, which are now, (Everybody has to realize, it is the same planet, not another ball of earth out here in space. It is the same planetary body Genesis 1:1, speaks of.) by the same word (What does he mean by the same word? It is the same word of judgment, the same word of wrath.) are kept in store, reserved unto fire against (or for) the day of judgment and perdition (or destruction) of ungodly men. (8) But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. (After 1900 and some years have passed since the gospel of Christianity began being proclaimed, we have almost come to the closing of two millenniums, which is two days of time counting like that; and that scripture, or prophecy has been lying there all the time.) (9)The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance.” In every generation throughout these almost 2000 years of time that God has been dealing with us Gentiles, just think of the grace of God that has been ignored as it came, visited, and then moved on through nation after nation. Somewhere in those nations, that gospel, the effect of it, the purpose of God in it, was there long enough that it left a picture, a testimony, and it left a message that should not have been ignored. I have thought many times as we would read in our secular histories where Gentile Christendom started, really in the western coastal areas of what is now called Turkey, how in that same area today there are very few traces of the existence of true Christianity. It is now mostly all under Islamic control. At one time it was the very center of the existence of Christianity. The seven churches of Asia, which are mentioned in Revelation 1:11, today are all ancient geological ruins. God passed through and took His quota. Then somehow or other He struck those areas with situations, knowing they would never return to what they had been before; and those cities just lie there in ruins. We have come down to where Peter gets real specific and brings in details as to how this day of the Lord is to be executed. Notice verse 10. “But the day of the Lord will come (When Peter said this, he was actually speaking of the same period of time that we read about in Isaiah 13. Only he gives specifics as to how this day of the Lord is going to be executed.) as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. The way that sounds, people who literalize the disintegrating of the planet, think this planet is literally going to be completely dissolved and pass into oblivion, complete annihilation. They say the Bible says that, but if we stop there and just let that kind of attitude launch the rest of our thinking, then we have to read the rest of what he wrote with a lot of misgivings. (11) “Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, (12) Looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat?” (Peter brings this in, This will take you back to Isaiah 55 and 56, because his mind was looking back there to what Isaiah said in those last chapters; but you can rest assured, the burning God does will be for the purpose of cleansing this planet, not destroying it completely.) If you want to believe that pertains to a literal annihilation of this planet, then you would be more comfortable in the Methodist Church which believes like that. You cannot preach the true revelation a lot of the Bible in the Methodist Church. I tried it years ago; and was told that we ought not preach things that the Methodist Church does not believe. Well it is very strange, it was preached in the apostolic Church. If the Methodist Church is like the apostolic Church, then it ought to open up to apostolic teachings. Time may have changed people, but God has not changed; and neither has His Word changed. (13) “Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness.” A new heaven and new earth. What is that telling us? Is that saying that we interpret the epistle of Peter, that this planet we are on now is literally going to be dissolved, melted down, completely annihilated, and that we are going to be transported far beyond time into some distant realm of space to another planet, another heavenly environment, is that the new heaven and new earth? Is that the way we apply the scriptures? No. The point is, No one scripture you read is the complete determining factor as to how you apply the day of the Lord; and what it is to accomplish in the earth. Look with me, in the 21st chapter of Revelation, and I will show you why I say that. I will start reading in verse 3, because this is actually talking about what takes place in the eternal age, beyond the Millennium. The reason I will read this at this particular time, is to remind the readers of this important fact, Throughout these centuries of time that God has been among us Gentiles, He has been taking out of us a people to be known by His name. He has given to us the Spirit of regeneration. The Spirit of regeneration is the Spirit of God, the Holy Ghost which is in us. He is not making a complete new physical being out of us, but He is bringing about a renewing of the real you and me, making us into what we should be. We were born into this world by a God ordained means; but because of Adam’s sin we have an inherited sinful nature, which renders us spiritually dead. Therefore until the Spirit of God does something to get our attention, we have no desire to know God or seek after Him. There is no righteousness in us. Our nature is strictly earthly, animal, and very carnal. That is why Paul speaks of us in the many terms that he did, carnal, natural, earthly, and all of that. Without the Spirit of God in us, we only think in realms that we can reason ourselves through. On the other hand, when God gives us that Spirit of regeneration we have within us that part of His Spirit that sin caused us to be born without, and that we are helpless without. We do not know how to please Him no matter what anyone says to encourage us to live right; but His Spirit in us, causes a renewing of our spirit, and that is referred to as the regenerating Spirit of God. He will make a new person out of you, which in reality is the person we ought to have been, but we were not. That is what the Spirit of regeneration does. Did you know, The word regeneration, appears only twice in the Bible? First in Matthew 19:28, which we read at the beginning of this message, and in Titus 3:5, where Paul was instructing that young man concerning his ministry. Let us read verses 3-7, and see how the apostle Paul used the term, and then we will go to Revelation 21. “For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish, disobedient, deceived, serving divers (or various) lusts and pleasures, living in malice and envy, hateful, and hating one another. But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared, Not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to His mercy He saved us, by the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost; Which He shed on us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Saviour; That being justified by His grace, we should be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life. As you can see, the one in Paul’s writing is talking about the renewing of the individual person, and in Matthew where Jesus spoke of it, He was applying it to the social order of the whole planet. Therefore, this age of regeneration in which Jesus will sit upon the throne of His glory in Jerusalem, is going to bring about an era of time on earth that things are to be renewed and brought to a higher plane. Now we can go to Revelation 21, which picks up after the great white throne judgment is completed, and every abominable thing has been cast alive into the lake of fire, leaving on earth only the righteous one’s that have been regenerated, washed by that Spirit of regeneration. We will start in verse 1, so we can get the whole picture. (1) “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; (actually cleansed and completely changed from their former estate) and there was no more sea. (2) And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, (To where? Not to a newly created earth, but a completely renewed old earth.) prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. (3) And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, (Where? Right here on this same planet where we were redeemed by the blood of Jesus Christ, and renewed in our spirit to be like Him.) and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God. (4) And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away. (5) And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And He said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.” Here, it is even prophesied as the Lord speaks, “Behold, I make all things new.” If He is going to make all things new, do we interpret that to mean that He is going off somewhere ten million light years away to make another planet, another heaven and so forth, and that He is literally going to transport us from here to there? That is not the picture the Bible presents.

MANY PROPHETS-BUT ONLY ONE PICTURE

It should not be confusing for people to see the Bible prophecies of what is ahead; and it would not be if people did not try to interpret the whole picture by just two or three verses taken out of context. When you consider the whole scope of the plan of God for the ages, you can better associate the terminology of the various writers of the scriptures that were inspired of God to write their part of the plan, without being shown the whole picture from start to finish. Peter spoke of the heavens and earth, and how they will be dissolved by a fiery, catastrophic judgment. Well the planet is going to go through it, but not for total annihilation, just for cleansing. God knows what to burn and what to save. As I said, no one prophecy is the complete determining factor as to how we look upon that day of the Lord because each prophet only wrote what he saw. That is how God dealt with that prophet, and that is how God keeps the true picture from theology scholars and reveals it to whomsoever He has chosen. Let us now go back to Isaiah, chapter 24. Isaiah saw again, this terrible, catastrophic day of judgment and wrath, just as Peter described it in his epistle. It lays out here in front of mankind somewhere. When we read this, we need to look at our present world conditions round about us and realize why it is necessary for God to bring this present world system to such a drastic end, like is described here. (Isa.24:1) “Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, (That is the way Isaiah saw it, looking like it was empty. Him looking at it from an overall viewpoint, it would look empty to him.) and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof.” When that day of His wrath comes, and when God executes this kind of condition to bring about the ending of sin, wickedness, pride and such like, He will not be a respecter of persons. Their rank, wealth, status, nor anything else will make any difference, when God begins to cleanse this earth of all traces of sin and rebellion. And it shall be, as with the people, so with the priest; (Saints, there is going to be many so called preachers left here.) as with the servant, so with his master; as with the maid, so with her mistress; as with the buyer, so with the seller; as with the lender, so with the borrower; as with the taker of usury, so with the giver of usury to him. The land shall be utterly emptied, and utterly spoiled: for the Lord hath spoken this word. The earth mourneth and fadeth away, (I wonder if that is not a little of what the earth is going through right now, the earth is mourning and groaning.) the world languisheth and fadeth away, the haughty people of the earth do languish. The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because they have transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the everlasting covenant. Therefore hath the curse devoured the earth, (That is referring to the planet itself.) and they that dwell therein are desolate: therefore the inhabitants of the earth are burned, and few men left. Every time you hear the environmentalists speaking today, they are telling you that very thing. Greedy mankind is polluting the whole planet. We know how, in the past number of years we have had these giant oil spills. I would be a fool to elaborate on how not to have oil spills; but I do know this, when our ships were smaller and somehow or other man had not quite reached the state of greediness they have in this hour of time, we hardly ever heard of oil spills. All of a sudden though, there was an all out rat race to see who could build the largest oil tankers. Japan built theirs, some were built in Europe, and today they have them that look like aircraft carriers. They ride way up out of the water when empty, but think how deep down in the water they go when they are full. I have to say this: With the technical knowledge we now have, and with the capability we have to launch huge satellites that can bounce communication signals around the world, if man could get his greedy feelings out of the picture, we would be harnessing the sun for much of our energy today. That is a non polluting source of energy that mankind could be enjoying without so much fear and heartache. Huge batteries could be used to hold that energy for periods when the sun was at a minimum. I am just an ignorant farmer, but I can look ahead and envision the Millennium. There will be no oil spills in the Millennium. It is my opinion, there will be a knowledge of how to harness things of nature, that can be used for the tranquility of earth’s inhabitants, and for the cleaning up of a lot of things. Right now though, one of the things that has this earth mourning is the way man is allowed to cut down the rain forests. Eventually that will lead to a shortage of oxygen. The shortage of oxygen, and the increasing of the monoxides in the air, will eventually create such an environment in the air, man will have difficulty breathing. We are not far from that now. I saw this demonstrated on TV by an environmentalist, portraying the year 2000 and something; and they said if man does not do something to curtail that oncoming condition, in certain areas of the earth people would have to wear a mask and carry a little oxygen tank, in order to step outside their homes. Is that not a tragic future man has to look forward to? I cannot help but wonder what some of these people have for brains, that want to spend billions of dollars building space platforms, so they can go into space and experiment with the idea of growing plant life in glass bubbles. The idea is, when the world gets overpopulated, we will send a few up there. Let me tell you, When that time comes, God is going to render this thing void and He will do it in quick order. All of this type of thinking lets us know that man has come to the end of his road. I heard the other day, that the world population has passed five billion and in every ten years it is doubling its population. Well there is only ten more years until the year 2000. If this planet doubles its population every ten years, by the year 2000, there is going to be a lot of people on this old ball of clay. That means there is going to be less oxygen around. Things could be rough. I am not belittling, only expressing the fact that politicians, along with other greedy, carnal minded men are bringing this planet to an hour of ghastly tragedies. I say that the hour for greedy men to make wealth and control energy, so they can charge the poor in a reckless way, is just about over. God knows exactly how to bring the whole thing to an end. What a tragedy. In December 89, we had a terrible cold spell strike this area, and it set a record in this nation in over 105 cities,causing heating oil prices to shoot sky high. Then it warmed up; the oil companies did not get in any hurry about regulating their prices to reflect that. Now is our chance to get rich quick, no doubt they thought. They raised the price on everything. My point is: They are going to play with this kind of thing every chance they get, because they are getting it where they can control it. It is that dollar they are after. They are in a position to use the earths natural resources to squeeze out of you every penny, and every dollar for their greedy purposes. God is going to get tired of that. Do you know what He is going to do? One day He is going to simply choke the life out of them. That is why it is pictured here, when the world languisheth, and when the world mourneth. It is talking about a terrible environmental condition that has come about upon this planet; and no matter what man does now, it is too late to correct the situation. We have made our chemicals and thought we were doing a good thing; but the manufacturers were probably more concerned about jobs for their people and money in their bank account than they were the safety of the products. Little did they realize, that one of these days as these little river and streams flow to the oceans and the oceans flow nowhere, that all of this would catch up with us. One of these days our oceans will be nothing but cesspools of the overflow of chemicals of man’s industrial waste. It is all because greedy mankind wants to dig into the earth and use the earth’s resources for a carnal, greedy purposes. This is my way of saying, The earth is mourning today. Is that not why Paul says the whole creation groaneth and travaileth together until now? For what purpose? Waiting for that day. What day? The manifestation of the sons of God. No, not in this era, but in the Millennium. That is as soon as anyone has any right to expect this situation to be corrected. That is when the righteous will rule. That is when the planet will be lifted from its terrible struggle with death. Environmentalists are suddenly jumping to the rescue of certain species of birds, fish, and wildlife. They are going about it as if they think they are the only hope these species have; but God only needs two. Did you ever stop to think about that? He only needs two. But Bro. Jackson, we need to help Him. You were not there to help Him after the flood. He instructed Noah what to do, and then He destroyed all the rest. The point is, God is looking at this hour we are living in. He sees man in his sinful, greedy, selfish state. He knows mankind will not change. Things have gone too far. It has to be changed by the intervention of the coming of the Lord in the day of His wrath and judgment, when this planet will undergo a drastic, terrible, chaotic upheaval. He is going to cut off the wickedness, every existence of it. He is going to bring an end to all political regimes, and man’s systems of monetary control. He is going to send His Son Jesus the Christ, who after this time of wrath is past, will sit upon the throne of His glory in Jerusalem. He is coming back with His Church, which is called the Bride of Christ. He is going to set them over the nations they were taken out of, to rule with Him. This will be an era of time when the earth will be repopulated, the righteous will rule, and the glory and knowledge of the Lord will cover the earth. Yes, there will be children born in the Millennium. The earth will be completely repopulated, but Satan will never get another chance to pervert things. He will be loosed from his chains for a little season to test all of those born in the Millennium, but he will never be allowed to carry out any kind of evil plan for judgment will be knocking at his door. This time he will be cast into the lake of fire, instead of just being chained up. That is what the Bible says.

JESUS-FIRST HIGH PRIEST-THEN KING

Jesus is certainly not sitting on the throne of His glory yet. For almost two thousand years, He has been sitting upon the Father’s throne. The Father is not a person, and therefore needs no literal chair to sit upon; therefore we must think in spiritual terms when we read of these various positions of authority. The Bible says The Father took His only begotten, immortal Son and positioned Him on His right hand of majesty and power. The Father has invested in this Son His very divine presence, and given Him to be the head over the Church and all things that pertain to redemption. He has been, and still is our high priest, pleading for every lost sinner foreknown to be a predestinated seed of God. No. He is not pleading for the serpent seed of this world. Their destiny is the lake of fire, and no amount of intervention could ever change that. We have all been servants of the devil, but not his children. Religious beliefs around this world are as varied as the colors of a rainbow; and none of them like to hear anyone say that there are people in this world that are ordained to damnation, but the Bible says that. These words did not originate with me; they come from Jude 4, and John 8:38,41,44, and from various other scriptures through the Bible. Therefore there is a vast difference between being a servant of the devil and a child of the devil. We serve the interests of Satan until we come to the knowledge of what the Father has in store for His foreknown children. Hallelujah! We have an inheritance from the great Creator; for the Bible says we are joint heirs with Jesus Christ. The devil’s children do not have this promise, so do not tell me Jesus is interceding for the devil’s children. He is interceding for lost, predestined children of God, whose lives must be changed from reflecting the image of this old world we live in, to reflect the image of the One who died for us and rose again. Even though we are predestinated children of God, we still have to be washed in the blood of Jesus, and be renewed in the spirit of our mind’s by the washing of the waters of the word of God. The apostle Paul referred to this as the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost, in Titus 3:5; so that is what this Christian life is all about. Predestinated children of God being molded into vessels fit for the glorious privileges we have awaiting us. Over comers will partake of the tree of life which is in the midst of the paradise of God and will reign with the King of Kings, when He comes to rule and reign upon this earth for one thousand years. I will not try to limit my remarks just to the subject we are dealing with, The Age Of Regeneration, for there are a lot of other things that can be meaningful when you are on a subject like this. We need to get a picture in our mind’s of what our Heavenly Father is really after. He did not design this whole plan just so certain one’s could go to heaven and dwell there in His presence throughout the eternal ages. He wants the world filled with creatures like He created in the beginning, but He designed the whole thing so every human being that dwells with Him in eternity, is there by his or her own choice, after having been tempted and tried by Satan and offered all of the things that pertain to this present life in exchange for our soul. That is really what it all boils down to, you know. God did not just create a multitude of people and pick some to be saved and the rest to be lost. He created angels. He created one man and one woman and He created the animal kingdom. He gave the man and woman which He had created in His own SPIRIT image the freedom of choice. They originally had the privilege of fellowship in both the physical and the spirit realm. The choice was theirs to make, but like every promise we have in the word of God, their privileges and benefits were conditional. They were not to partake of the tree (or law) of the knowledge of good and evil, if they were to retain the original standing they enjoyed with the Creator when He would come by in the cool of the evening and fellowship with them. Well you know the story, how they disobeyed the word of God and became earth bound creatures. Not only did they loose their access into the spirit world, a penalty of death was imputed to them, making it necessary for them to be redeemed from that sentence of death, in order to be restored to a place where eternal life would again be their portion. At this point, every child born into the world from the genes of both Adam and his wife Eve, would be predestinated children of God, because the only adverse attribute in them was that sentence of death that was imputed to Adam and Eve because of their disobedience. The foreknowledge of the Creator is an important factor that you need to keep conscious of if you are going to understand predestination, because the story gets real twisted up from here on without it. What makes the difference is the fact that God knew before He ever created Adam, every person that would ever choose to serve Him throughout all time; and these whom He saw like that are the Predestinated seed of His. Bro. Jackson, how did the children of the devil that Jesus spoke of get into the picture? That is the part that you need to understand, if you want to be able to receive revelation of much of the written word of God; for without that understanding, you cannot make application of much of what you read.

 

WHERE SATAN’S CHILDREN CAME FROM

We have published other messages explaining that the serpent in the garden of Eden was an upright creature much in the physical image of Adam, even though he was of the animal kingdom God created. He was a servant to Adam. It was his responsibility to do the manual labor for Adam. However, when he (the serpent) allowed the devil to persuade him to seduce Adam’s wife, the whole story changed. I am not going into proving to you that the eating of the tree of knowledge was absolutely a sex act, because we have all of that fully explained in other messages. The truth is, the serpent introduced the sex act to Eve strictly upon the basis of the pleasure that could be had in partaking; when the true purpose of God was that the act be entered into purely for the purpose of reproduction, not only the humans but the animals likewise. Having sex only for the purpose of reproduction, would have been eating (or partaking) of the tree of life, had the pleasure part never been introduced. However, the serpent did introduce sex to Eve strictly for pleasure; and when she learned how pleasurable it was, she went directly to Adam and introduced the same act to him for pleasure. Most of the religious people of the world reject what I am about to say because it is contrary to their traditional religious beliefs, but Eve came out of that with a dual conception; and do not tell me that is impossible, for we have scientific proof of dual conceptions. We just have to believe God allowed Eve to conceive from that serpent for a reason. Therefore she gave birth to what looked like twins, but in reality those two boy baby’s were the offspring of different daddies. Cain was the serpent’s son; therefore he was part animal. Abel was Adam’s son with those attributes in him that made him God conscious and a revelatory capacity that caused him to know how to worship God. On the other hand, Cain being Eve’s son, he had a desire to make an offering to the Creator, but he had too much of that animal nature in him to have a revelation of how to make an offering God would accept; so he just brought a nice basket of his fruit and vegetables to God, and God refused to accept it. That was just like his kind do today. They build these beautiful buildings, furnish them with the best furnishings money can but, and think God ought to be thrilled to meet with them in such a beautiful place when the truth is, they want no part of a true revelation of the Godhead, nor of His true purpose. Up until the account of Genesis Chapter 6, there were two separate seed lines of mankind upon earth, the seed of the serpent, and the seed of Adam which made them the seed of God. However, after the events of chapter 6, when the two lines began to intermarry, every child born to those mixed marriages had attributes of both sides, and could go either way, depending upon the balance of attributes. That is how those serpent seed genes survived the flood; they were mixed within the family of Noah. Also that explains why some families even today, will have one true, God fearing child and the rest be renegades, or maybe one renegade among several that serve God. The thing about it is, God knew before He ever created anything, every one that would ever give their heart to Him and that is why it can be said that they are predestinated seed of God. Their destiny was known before they were ever born, simply because of the foreknowledge of the Creator. It is not His will that any of His predestinated seed be lost. He will reach into the most remote regions of the planet to get the attention of one of His lost children; and while that one is hearing the message of his inheritance, (the gospel of Jesus Christ) a thousand serpent seed may hear the same message, and it will mean nothing to them. Oh, a lot of them may get religion, but they will never go all the way to a born again experience of salvation. These are the make believers of the world. No. You cannot pick them out for they will do every outward thing they see a true Christian doing, but deep within their heart’s they have no revelatory capacity to worship God in Spirit and in truth. The one thing we can say dogmatically, is that every baby born to woman has that inherited sin lying within its genealogical makeup, and stands in need of this regeneration, or rebirth experience. The gospel is preached to all, and those who are foreordained to eternal life (because of God’s foreknowledge) will eventually believe and obey from the heart, and be made clean by the washing of regeneration. Praise God! Does that sound like God picked some to be saved and left the rest to be damned? It may sound like that; but if you will examine the whole picture, it is not a matter of God picking anyone for salvation above another; but the balance of attributes in the genes of every individual. That is what makes the difference. No one will have any reason to blame God when they stand before the great white throne to be judged because the same gospel is preached to all. Whosoever will, let him come; but God already knows which one’s will come to Him. God does not have to worry that more may accept the invitation to come, than what He has made preparations for at the marriage supper of the Lamb; (HIS SON JESUS) for He already knows those who by their own inability to accept the true word of God exclude themselves from that glorious gathering of the true saints of all ages. If you are hearing this, or reading this, and you can yield your heart completely unto God He will accept you. However, when Jesus sits upon the throne of His glory, He will no longer be high priest. The time of a salvation experience will no longer exist. Now is the time of salvation, just like the Bible says; but you have to remember, there are serpent seed out there that can never have a true salvation experience, no matter how much they hear the gospel preached because they are void of that revelatory capacity that must be there to receive the true experience. Do not say, Now Bro. Jackson that is not fair, because it is fair. God did not design them like that. He designed each species perfect. These are like that because of the mixture of animal and human genes way back there in the garden of Eden, when Eve allowed the serpent (their animal servant) to seduce her. Cain was of that union, and the results of that union are still present in the world today. Only when regeneration is finally completed, will that reproach upon God’s human family be done away with forever.

EXAMPLES OF WHY REGENERATION IS NECESSARY

Do you never wonder why you can go from church to church out here in this Gentile church world, and every one of them would have their own interpretation to the scriptures I am using? Is that the way the Church of the living God is supposed to be? You know it is not. It is like little children coming to the table just learning to eat good food and Daddy is saying, Do not eat that sonny, it is not good for you. Then when he drops it Mommy comes in and says, You must eat this, you need it. One says do not eat it and the other says eat it; and after a while the poor child will wonder what is right. I just use that as an illustration. How often do the same preachers get in the pulpits of the denominational churches and say we believe the word of God, and by their own preaching deny that they do. Even what they profess to believe they tear to pieces later, trying to use another verse of scripture they have no revelation of. That is just simply playing with the scriptures, and not preaching the word of God at all. When you use the word of God like that, twisting scriptures around trying to make them fit a certain traditional idea, you distort the whole picture. As for prophecy of the scriptures, there is not one verse of prophecy written to tear another one. It is carnal minded mankind that presents them like that. Every prophecy of the scriptures will somehow compliment every other prophecy of the Bible; for God has always been looking at the whole picture when He gave His prophets a certain portion of it to proclaim. Somewhere it all has to fit together. One cannot cancel out another. If God gave prophecies like that, He would be playing and we know He does not play with His word like that. That is the purpose of this message, to give the listener or reader an opportunity to see the word of God as it really is. We are not preaching this from a theological standpoint, because to me it is sickening to think of preachers doing that. What does theology have to do with presenting the gospel of Jesus Christ to a lost and dying world of humanity anyway? Just as our alarm went off this morning, (it turns the radio on instead of an alarm) a preacher was talking. It was a talk show, with a Catholic priest, a Presbyterian preacher and certain others that I do not remember, but it was a gathering of a bunch of preachers in this area. They were discussing the lottery and all of that kind of nonsense. It is bad when the religious world has come to the place that this is all they have to talk about. Will the Lottery be beneficial to our community? Is it right to have it? What will the long term effect be? I just have to say this: Nothing designed by carnal mankind is ever going to be a perfect solution to anything.

HOW MAN’S POLLUTED MIND CONTRIBUTES TO THE POLLUTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

We are going back to Isaiah 24, to the scriptures dealing with and portraying the day of the Lord, which is judgment and wrath. The day of the Lord is the ending of what this era of mankind has done on earth in relationship to, and because of being sinners. He (natural man) has corrupted the earth. This prophecy portrays the earth as we see it in our day and hour. We were down to verse 5, “The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because they have transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the everlasting covenant.” Like I said, the environmentalists are warning us everyday of the greenhouse effect that is threatening this planet because of our ways of living; but who can do very much about it at this late hour of time? The ocean waters are being polluted. That is a warning. The subterranean water table is being polluted by chemicals. That is a warning. Regardless of what some may say, The earth is not being defiled by the ground hogs, nor the polar bears. They are not the ones defiling this planet. They only add to the ecology. It is man creating a false environment of livelihood, that is defiling the earth. He has polluted the air, the water, everything that is vital to a healthy existence. I am not a meteorologist, but common sense will tell you, all you have to do is watch the pattern and trends of the air currents, especially in this Ohio valley that acts as a trough affecting the air currents that flow from the north and from the south, and you will understand a lot of what people are talking about. It picks up all the industrial pollution from St. Louis, Paducah, Evansville, Owensboro, Louisville, Cincinnati and right on up the trough it goes. It is no wonder that this area is called “consumption valley”. Weeping eyes, runny noses, shortness of breath and tiredness are common complaints among our residents. Did God create it like that? No. All of our problems are a result of what mankind has done to the perfect creation the Creator created. When I was a boy we hardly heard of anyone having sinus problems. If you caught a bad cold you could usually blow it away in three days. I know a lot of people do not like my way of saying things, but you cannot help but know what I mean when I get finished. I do not leave you hanging, with a lot of fancy words some people have to go to the dictionary to get the definition of. Medical doctors in this area will admit that this particular area has the most respiratory infected realm of human population there is in the nation, unless you were actually living right in the cities of St. Louis, New York, or Chicago. It is because this valley traps in all of the pollution. There are certain mornings when the air temperature is just right for it, that the chemicals from the various plants up and down the Ohio River have deposited something in the air that will actually burn your nose when you breathe and burn your eyes. It was not like that when I was a child growing up. That is why I say, If time was to last another 50 years, what would our environment be like? Will it be better? No. They used to catch the fish and eat them. Now they are telling you not to eat those caught from the Ohio River. Why? Chemical pollution. Some of them taste just like diesel fuel. Something is wrong. You cannot tell me this is a natural way to look at things. This is not progress. It is a greedy, covetous, Satan planned, false environment, created by people who presume that the almighty dollar is going to take care of everything, and provide all the answers. It will not. Time will tell. It will take its toll. Therefore, the reason the earth is defiled by the inhabitants is because they have transgressed the common sense laws every one of us should be morally obligated to uphold. Every common, logical law of nature, man has just broke and tore to pieces. They have changed the ordinances and broken the everlasting covenant. That is how mankind exists here at the end of the age. I am sure of one thing, That when the fire of God’s judgment starts burning, just like the rain started falling in Noah’s day, it will not be because man learned how to make liquor. Back then, it was because man had defiled his own moral conduct; and that is what it will be because of the next time God’s wrath is poured out upon the earth. All these other sinful things just go along with that. They are companions one of another. (Verse 6) “Therefore hath the curse devoured the earth, and they that dwell therein are desolate: therefore the inhabitants of the earth are burned, and few men left.” In what way has the curse devoured the earth? What is this curse? It is the side affects of what man’s greed has produced. Did you ever notice, Malachi 4 verses 5 and 6, as it speaks for our end time fulfillment, God said this, and He will send again that spirit of Elijah to do what? To turn the heart of the children to the fathers, lest I come and smite the earth with a curse. When we look back to the 60’s and on back, you did not hear of this greenhouse affect. We did not hear so much about acid rain and all that. They were in the making, but they had not reached the danger proportions. However, after that Elijah message hit the earth, it looks like the minute God reached out and took him off the scene, then it was the signal for all hell to turn loose. It was just about that time, that prayer was taken from our schools. The minute prayer went out of the school houses, God took His hand off the White House, and off of the U.S. Supreme Court. This nation is leading the world in the image of immorality. There has been more rapid decay in the moral, the social family structure in this nation, in a shorter time, than any other nation on the face of this earth. Yet the nation boasts that we are the nation the world should look to as the model of democracy. That is a laughing matter now. We have got one of the greatest sicknesses running rampage over the face of the earth that mankind has ever known. The curse is the side effects of all of man’s excesses. I am convinced that man has known for centuries what dope is, and what it can do to a human mind, but it is a fact that just as there has always been the knowledge of dope and what it can do; yet in every generation there was always a small percentage that was low enough and stupid enough to give themselves to it. Just look at a nation today that is crying out, We need to better educate our children. How can we expect to create more millions of dollars to educate our children in a better way of learning, and yet standing at the door in the bathrooms, in the streets, in the alleys, is every contraption of the devil to insert that evil dope, pill, powder, snuff, whatever it is, into their bodies? What good is the best mathematics going to do a human mind that is being gradually destroyed by the effects of that? It is not enough to just take the few leaves off a hemp bush, which is marijuana, and smoke it, but when they learn how to take certain chemicals and make artificial or synthetic dopes, which they say just a little bit of it can ruin you for the rest of your life. What kind of human being, what kind of brain do they have that wants to ward off the warning signs and say, give it to me anyhow? I have to say there is something wrong in this modern nation, and world. You cannot say today, that all our education has made it better for us. Our education was beneficial to us when we were willing to respect the God above that put us here to fulfill a purpose of His, and use certain things here for His glory in serving Him; but when we said, We do not need you any longer, we can get along without you, then He said, Go to it. Just go until it runs out your ears and out your mouth. We sure have that kind of a sick condition in our nation today. And they that dwell therein are desolate: therefore the inhabitants of the earth are burned, and few men left.” Now this is the last picture of this prophecy as we look at the effects of that day of the Lord. This is setting the stage. This is why God is compelled to eventually burn this planet with a terrible fire. You know when God does it, He will do it right. He will not cut it short because people are screaming too loud. My opinion is, when He turns the fire on, whatever method and means He devises to start this terrible inferno that the planet is to go through, it is not going to last for days and hours; but in a short interval of time He will have snuffed the light out of billions of people. They will hardly have time to scream because when He does something like this, He does not intend to play around just to torture people, just play with them like a cat with a mouse. No. The end effect is this, “Therefore the inhabitants of the earth are burned.” That has to fit in with what we have already read out of 2nd Peter the 3rd chapter, “Seeing therefore brethren that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of men ought we to be in all manner of godly living and so forth.” As Isaiah saw it from the way God showed it to him, he saw all this evil, how it has corrupted and defiled the planet, and Isaiah could see how God would bring it to an end by a terrible fire. Now right here it shows. Sure there is going to be a fire, but out of the terrible fire there is going to be a few men left. The Nazarenes and Methodists do not read it like that, but Isaiah said it; so there will be few men left. Now who could this few men be? I am sure that the few men that are left is a mortal realm of mankind that God has ordained for a purpose, that will be left alive to move into the era of time when Jesus will sit on His throne of glory and the Bride will sit in her positions, (thrones) relative to the nations she was taken out of. Those few men left of the nations, will be the nations of people they will rule over. That is what we see in Revelation 20:4.

WHAT GOD’S OTHER PROPHETS WROTE

Let us see what Jeremiah says, as we turn to his writings. Chapter 25, verse 31, “A noise shall come even to the ends of the earth; for the Lord hath a controversy with the nations.(He has something in His heart He wants to deal with, based on something that is then in existence, and it needs to be discussed.) He will plead with all flesh; He will give them that are wicked to the sword, saith the Lord.” The word here is applicable to anything God sees fit to use, because when it speaks of sword here, it is an anonymous way to say He will pour out His wrath. It is judgment. It can be earthquakes, it can be terrible tidal waves, it can be raging infernos, the belching of volcanoes, or anything like that. Whatever it is, it is His sword of judgment.Thus saith the Lord of hosts, Behold, evil shall go forth from nation to nation, and a great whirlwind shall be raised up from the coasts of the earth.” The word coasts, many times is translated, from the borders of the earth. Verse 33, “And the slain of the Lord shall be at that day from one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth; they shall not be lamented, (no weeping) neither gathered, nor buried; they shall be dung upon the ground.They will just be left to decay and stink. Let us analyze that. For too long religious philosophers of prophecy have read Ezekiel 38 and 39 and have read this as well as in the 14th chapter of Revelation, along with the 16th chapter, and they group Ezekiel 38 along with Revelation and say it is all pertaining to the day of the Lord. Well, what I have read to you is pertaining to the day of the Lord here, and what I have read to you is exactly the same thing we will read in Matthew 24 and in Revelation; but Ezekiel 38 and 39 is not even related to this. In this one over here it says, and the slain of the Lord shall be from one end of the earth to the other end. It is going to be such a devastating condition. It is going to be done under certain conditions that they are not even going to be wept over. It literally means there will be no funeral directors around to gather them up and give them a decent burial. There will be no flowers to decorate their graves. It is going to bring such a tragedy, such a startling experience to the ones that do survive it, when it is over, they are going to know exactly why it has happened. Therefore they will not weep over the effects of it. However when we read Ezekiel 38, we do not read of that same kind of picture. What we read in Ezekiel 38 is a description of a war, a war that will have a short duration, and it is a miracle war. Yes. God will miraculously slay a great host of that army of Gog and Magog and so forth, that come against Israel, somewhere in front of us; but it does tell us, that for seven months Israel will be gathering up the dead bodies that are slain by that conflict, and they are going to be hauled, transported to a certain predetermined spot in the land of Israel, given a burial, tombstones, crosses, or something erected there to mark their place. God has already named the place, it is the valley of Hamongog. Hamongog is not Jezreel, nor Armageddon. Hamongog is not this picture we are looking at, where God pours out His wrath upon all wicked mankind. Hamongog is not the effect of the day of the Lord. It is a war designed by God and brought about by God’s leading. It is one of those things that precedes the day of the Lord because it is one of the signs, the developments that shapes the social structure of man, bringing it closer to that terrible day of the Lord. In verse 33, it tells us that when that terrible wrath of God is struck in the earth, it is not going to just be somewhere in one little strategic spot. It is going to be a universal picture. Since it is a universal picture, let us try to analyze the various prophets as they saw it. Yes, there is going to be a terrible raging inferno of fire turned loose, but we must understand this: the God of heaven who has caused His various prophets to write, let us know what the end result will be just like I read in Isaiah, where it said the earth shall be burned and few men left. Now if there are few men going to be left, then we are going to read in a minute in another prophecy, Revelation 19, how that He will call for the fowls of heaven and beasts of the fields, to come to the great supper of God, that they may eat the flesh and drink the blood of the rich, small and great, the captains of the hosts and such like. You and I know, for a few men to be left on this planet, then it literally means that era of fire cannot annihilate all life, because it would mean there was no oxygen left. How many understand what I am saying. Anyone that is familiar with the atmosphere, knows hydrogen bombs, atomic bombs consume vast cubic feet of oxygen. That is why scientists for years have been fearful of a terrible hydrogen bomb to exploding, it would set off a chain reaction and you would have one explosion right after another as it is able to engulf more oxygen and feed on that. Well if we can trust the word of God, He knows there is going to be a terrible baptism of fire that is going to literally scorch and burn this planet. In some places it is not going to be to the degree that it will destroy all living species. All living species, whether they be birds, or animal life, breathe the same oxygen that you and I do. If all the oxygen is burned out of the atmosphere you can rest assured, trying to get your breath is not going to keep you alive one of these days. It will be worse than being shut up in a vacuum with no oxygen to breathe at all. I am saying these things to help you understand these scriptures. It is because of people’s ignorance and unwillingness to allow the spirit of God to plant a picture of understanding in their mind’s that they walk in ignorance. They would rather please the system of the church they are in than to please the God that is the author of these scriptures. We do not have another generation to make up our minds about what we are going to believe, and what we are not going to believe. I am convinced we are a generation God is giving an opportunity to have the understanding of what is and what is not laying in front of us. We do not have another generation of time to run around and try to find a church that pleases our flesh. Let us go to Matthew 24. This is the words of the Lord Himself, as He spoke in relationship to this day. This day of the Lord is the coming of the day of Jesus Christ, as He comes from heaven with all His hosts, His Bride and the angelic bodies of heaven. What is He coming to earth to do? He is coming first from the heavens to execute the judgment and wrath of God on the earth and upon wicked, sinful mankind. That judgment will be carried out in the earth in many ways, by nature being disrupted, catastrophic conditions turned loose. When we go back to Isaiah 13, as it said how the earth will be turned upside down and it will remove out of its place, only God can do a thing like that. There is not enough dynamite to make the earth change its course; but if there was a terrible earthquake brought about by an internal combustion of the pressure that bursts forth in these volcanoes scattered throughout the earth, deep down in the bowels of the earth, let us just say there is a renewing of pressure of gasses that suddenly begins to crack the earths surface, to the extent as it says in Revelation, and the cities of the nations fell. It will be worse than Los Angeles, it will be worse than Sacramento. That is not an earthquake of 6.4 magnitude. It is an earthquake that causes mountains to sink, it is an earthquake that causes islands to disappear. An earthquake that raises mountains up in other places where they had never been before. Now when you get that kind of convulsion taking place down in the earth, then this planet can absolutely rock and become ever so unstable. It will take the hand of God, after a period of time, to stabilize it again, in its transit through the universe. Yes, it is all in the plan of God. As He does it, what is He doing it for? God is going to make a fast burial of a lot of this stuff He destroys. When He makes an end of it, in some places you will never see their dead bodies, because He is going to bury them, and turn them upside down, so deep in the ground that they never will be seen. There will be tidal waves come and wash many away. Yet we do know this as it says, and as I read in other places, they will lay from one end of the earth to the other. Therefore we have got to realize, that this terrible day of the coming of Jesus, which is the day of the Lord and executing of the wrath of God, is going to bring a disastrous, chaotic period of judgment upon this planet. However each prophet saw it, you can rest assured, somewhere on this earth there will be a condition prevailing, that will be just exactly the way that prophet saw it to be. Here, in Matthew 24, is the words of Jesus as He personally speaks of the day of His coming. Verse 27, “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” This is not talking about the rapture. No. This is not the rapture. The rapture will have already taken place before this time. I hope every one of you realize that. This is the visible coming. This is when the heavens are opened, and they will see Him coming, as we see it in Revelation 19. “For wheresoever the carcass is.” Verse 28 has to be understood in this light. Verse 28 is a condition that prevails, and is applicable for and to a people that precedes verse 27. “For wheresoever the carcass is, there will the eagles be gathered together. Well that is the Lord’s own way of saying, or of illustrating how eagles will only come and eat on fresh killed meat. Right? How in the world do you think there is going to be a people on earth prepared to be taken out of here, sitting around listening to all these doctors of divinity chew, discuss, or debate. Are you going to get your mind made up by turning your ears to listen to that? Would eagles come down and sit near a carcass with other kinds of beasts standing there saying, Now that is not good for you? You better leave this alone. You know better than that, eagles know what they are after. They know where they are landing. They can tell by the scent, whether it is fit to eat or not. So that is like it is right now. Somewhere there is an eagle people, and they have a spiritual sense of understanding of something going on, how to appreciate the word of truth that is able to get themselves ready to be taken away to meet the Lord. Verse 28, because it is put there in that manner, helps to throw the doctors of prophecy off course. They will say, That is Armageddon. Well, Jesus was not even talking about Armageddon here, if you understand what I mean. Now verse 29 puts verse 27 in the order of time. Here He tells us that His coming will be visible from the east to the west. That proves His visible return to the earth is not something some man is going to have a monopoly on. That is why He warned us in verses 25 and 26. Verse 28 gives us a description that while you have verse 25 and 26 going on, eagles do not run to that type of stuff. Eagles know where the freshly prepared food is. Verse 29, puts the coming in its order, because He tells us, “Immediately after the tribulation of those days.” What is He talking about? The ending of the week of Daniel, which is the last three and one half years of that week of prophetic time. Therefore in our mind, that tells you and me, Jesus visible coming back to earth to fulfill all these prophecies we have read about up until now. That is going to be consummated and carried out at His visible return, as tribulation on earth is drawing to its climax. Then tribulation is ended by His terrible descent and wrath, and judgment, destroying wicked men. That ends the whole cycle. “Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened.” Did we not read that in Isaiah 13, how the sun shall be darkened in its going forth, how that the moon would not give its light and the powers of the constellations will be shaken? I am fully persuaded that every word of God will be fulfilled, and just exactly like it is written.

A DAY OF MODERNIZATION

This is a day of fantasy. Fantasy is something that liberal minded thinkers like to use to fantasize something, to catch the attention of other people. We used to read about fairy land; and I want to use this little illustration. When I went to school, they used to talk about Cinderella. How many know about Cinderella? Was she someone from outer space? No. She was a make believe person that something had come along in the magic realm and changed the whole picture of her future. It was not someone coming in on a flying saucer, like we see so much of today in these make believe stories. It was not her being visited by some of these lion faced, cat faced, dog faced, monkey faced, outer space creatures. Cinderella was not escorted to the ball by that kind of creature. The truth is, they do not want Cinderella any more. They do not want fairy land with the little angels fluttering in the background. No, that is too much like the Bible. That kind of fantasy is gone forever, to the liberal minded people. They like to brag, We are people of knowledge; we believe it is possible that there can be life on other planets. Oh yes, here they come, weird looking heads, funny shaped bodies, and this modern age of mankind just simply eats up that kind of picture. How do they know what they look like? Some of these drawings could be some imaginative mind that is actually devils they are drawing. I am not altogether sure that devils (or demons) have good features when they manifest. How many know what I am talking about? God can let those devils appear, and project their image to humanity in any likeness He sees fit, to confuse this bunch of scientific, liberal minded thinking characters. We are living in an age of science, when man’s mind is turned toward space; so his whole mind is being bombarded with all this fantasy. They show bodies like a man; but a head like a dog, and all sorts of things like that. Well I can imagine devils acting like that; and we know their chief enjoys pulling the wool over the eyes of carnal minded mankind; so do not be surprised at anything you may hear of. God can allow any amount of that kind of deception to come and capture the mind’s of people who have no regard for His word. As we think of man today, how he looks at life, the future and so forth, we see some grim pictures. Tribulation is going to close with some conditions having developed, and having affected mortal, sinful mankind, and I tell you, I would not want to be left here to face it. “Immediately after those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken.” Now I come to what I was leading up to. A few months back, they had put together a scientific film, whereby, all of a sudden scientists zeroed in with a huge microscope that peered through space of time and they saw a great big mass of asteroids, moving at a rapid speed toward the earth. Russia was notified. The United States talked with Russia. They got their rockets all ready and decided, either we will use our atomic rockets for a good thing, or those things are going to blow us to pieces. I sat and watched this thing and thought, Oh you silly, just plain stupid creatures. To imagine such a catastrophic thing could actually be, yet at the same time, how do we know but what maybe there are a few flying particles of certain substances way out on the fringes of you know where, and God has just kept them there, just enough that when the time is right He will turn them loose and let that take care of fulfilling some of these prophecies. When man is least expecting, then it will happen; but remember, I am not saying, “Thus saith the Lord” to this, I am merely dramatizing something that is in the realm of possibility; because it says here that the powers of the heavens are shaken. It also says the stars shall fall as a fig tree casts its untimely figs. I am not so sure that is Jupiter falling. Or Plato, Venus, Saturn, and those major planetary bodies; but somewhere out there, there could be a few old junk asteroids that have been floating around, just waiting to be brought into the time to fulfill God’s purpose. When those things go zipping around, flying through space, creating streaks of light, anything can happen. Yes a few can land in the Pacific Ocean, and one could hit a city, and bingo, it leaves a crater. I tell you, that may be fantasy on the part of man entertaining man in this age of unbelief toward God; but it can all fit into the plan of God in the day of His wrath. Why do I say that? Because He is going to shake this old planet, and He will shake it in a way that there is nothing the scientists can do to stop it. It will not do Russia or the United States any good to do anything with their rocket; because their rockets will never get off of the ground. “And then shall appear the sign.” This is why I said earlier, This sign is related to verse 27, for in verse 27 He is warning people, Take stock. When you are thinking of the coming of Christ in His visible earthly return, His visible appearance from the heavens, is going to be of such a magnitude and such a phenomena, no earthly creature is going to say, We have a monopoly. We have Him here, or we have Him there. No. They have no option on this. God has Him yonder, so to speak; and when God says, Now you can go, then He is coming. That is why you have to see verse 27, as we see it then in verse 30. “And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” His wife the Church, and all the saints of the ages are going to be with Him. I believer it is Zechariah chapter 14, that says, “Behold the Lord cometh and all His saints.” Even Enoch the seventh from Adam, prophesied, “Behold the Lord cometh with ten thousand of His saints.” To do what? To execute judgment on earth. Therefore that day of the Lord is going to literally be at the second coming of Jesus the Christ. we have one more verse of scripture to go with this. Turn with me to Revelation 14. We touched on this a little bit already. I have said this before and I say it again now, When we read from the first chapter to the ending, throughout this prophetic letter of Revelation, we are made to see Jesus, the immortal, glorified Son of God in five different image settings. We see Him in the introduction of Him in His priestly office standing in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks. You read that in Revelation 1. He is High Priest. The next image you see in chapters 4 and 5, He is sitting on the Father’s throne. There, He is enveloped with the manifestation of God’s divine presence. That is why His countenance takes on a different resemblance. When John saw Him standing in the midst of the golden candlesticks as the High Priest, when he turned to see, he saw one like unto the Son of Man. John knew His earthly features. That is what you have to understand. When he saw Him in the Father’s position of glory, he saw Him there veiled with the manifestation of God’s divine authority. That gives God the Father first and foremost attention. That is why it is that way. Simply because the throne is not Jesus’ throne. It is the Father’s position. Where is it? It is not on earth, it is in heaven, the realm of God’s divine presence. The third place we see Jesus, is in chapter 10. We see Him there as an angel. Yet with the same rainbow, and the same scroll, only the scroll is open. That shows He has come to earth in spirit form to get His Church; to take her to glory. Next, we pick Him up in Revelation 14, and let me say this, Whoever reads this article, or watches this video, when Jesus leaves the throne of God in heaven, as He is portrayed in chapter 4 and 5, He will never be seen as He was in chapter 1, or chapter 4 and 5, again. You need to understand that. The next setting is as He appears on earth with one foot on the land and the other on the sea. Within His hand a scroll is opened, and He lifts one hand toward heaven and cries with a loud voice. That is His next position as time moves forward in relationship to this prophecy. It is dealing with His coming for the Church; instead of Matthew 24, because the world will not be seeing Him when He comes for His Church. When He has taken His Church, we are moving through time, and we are moving through the tribulation on earth; but we (the bride Church) is in heaven, and time is running out. In chapter 14 in the 14th verse, let me word it like this, The same one that had been on earth with the open scroll and the rainbow about His head, is now in heaven. “And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man.” Is it not strange, He has the same facial features He had when He was High Priest? but He is not High Priest here. Hear what I say! He is not High Priest any longer. Why? “Having on His head a golden crown.” This crown cannot be placed there until His mediatorial work is finished. When the crown is placed there, He has already got His wife in heaven with Him. The rapture is over. The tribulation has been going on, down on earth, and it has just about run its course. Now the attention is on what is about to take place up there. There, He sits on the cloud. He is crowned. This is the crown of a King. “Having on His head a golden crown, and in His hand a sharp sickle.” The scroll has been laid aside, because it has done fulfilled its purpose. “And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to Him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.” This is another way that the Spirit is saying, The day of the Lord has arrived, and it is time to turn loose God’s wrath. Here is one way it is turned loose. “And He that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped.” That is portrayed like a man taking a sharp sickle and stepping out into a field of small grape vines. May I say this, In the land of Israel, grapes do not grow in arbors like we see them here. They grow on grape vines, bushes, they crawl around on the ground. I used to think all grape vines had to be trellised up, put on poles or tight wires. Not in Israel. They grow on a shrublike vine. That is why, when the spies went into the land of Canaan, they just pulled up one of these fruitful vines, the whole thing, turned it upside down and stuck a pole through it and came back. That is what you have to see, to understand what is written there. “And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle. And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe. And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.” Here is how Armageddon, spiritually, is set in motion, for the great battle, from the military standpoint, as to what man in his destructive means will bring about on the face of the earth. And the winepress was trodden without (or outside) the city, (Yes, in the plains of Megeddo, where ancient battles have been fought.) and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.That is going to be a terrible war. Saints, I want to ask all of you seriously, How do you listen to the news? What do you see coming together? We have watched the Communist world topple in just a few short months. It is very evident that soon as it becomes concrete and positive that the nations of Europe themselves will never pose as a common threat to each other, and as soon as it appears that Russia is no longer a common threat to disrupt the process of what is being accomplished in the European structure, you will see this nation, by conditions that prevail, gradually bring her armament home, because Europe will do it alone. She will have to do it alone. Something will make Europe become such an empire, with such an industrial potential she will be forced to do it alone. She will gain in a short period of time, such a structure, economical wise, and such a unity in her objective, that it will be said, just as it is said in the Bible, Who is able to make war with the beast? Listen, I hear also that we are to start pulling troops home from Korea. We are going to start pulling troops from the Pacific. Our Secretary of Defense goes to Manila and they spit in his face after we have given all that aid, aid, aid, for years. Now they are saying go home! go home! go home! Why is it that way? Sooner or later the kings of the east will no longer have a power to protect them there as to what will happen in the Far East. That Far East, just as Russia has fell to bring this one up, will fall to bring everything under one flag. When this battle of Armageddon is brought about, it brings the kings of the Far East to fight in a battle. I have to say, I pray that none of us are around when it takes place. I pray that we are in the balconies and courts of heaven, waiting to come in the great descent with our Lord. I tell you brothers and sisters, all this mass armament that the world has built over these last years, which right now they are thinking we can stack it up, we can begin to dismantle because we will not need to fight any more. Do not worry; there will still be enough of it laying around to fulfill the scriptures. Armageddon is going to be a terrible thing for those who are left here; but that is all in the hands of a very capable Creator; and His plan and purpose is flawless, so we need not worry. If worrying would help, we have plenty to think about; because we know so many who are completely without regard for a righteous God; but it takes more than worrying to change a picture like that; so just be thankful that you are among that number that will escape the wrath of God, when the abominations of the earth have reached the point of reckoning.

WATCHING GOD FULFILL HIS WORD

Israel is coming home, but I want us to look at something. If this is the hour God is going to show His miraculous power as it says in Isaiah and Zephaniah, when he will lift up an ensign to the nations, saints, I want to be spiritually alert. I do not want to miss anything. That ensign refers to some kind of miracle He will do on the international scale. He will make a way. That is not a highway, yet it is referred to in prophecy as a highway. We realize that kind of highway is a spiritual way for the Jew to be brought home by a miraculous act of God on the international scene and that emphasizes the nearness of the coming of the Lord for His Church. I just have to laugh when I read how Washington stipulates concerning their aid to Israel to help resettle these immigrants from the Soviet Union, that Israel is not to use any of it to resettle them in the occupied areas (which in reality are actually areas of prophetic insight). If that has to build up first, then remember, the scene will build up international wise so that when God does act, no man can claim to be the manipulator of it. People will be forced to recognize God is God. I believe God has timed a lot of things for your and my benefit in line with that. He is giving us a chance to recognize something that the world knows nothing about. When we Gentiles can begin to recognize the hand of God, I believe we can begin to see His hand because the two pictures of God begin to move together. Look what happened following World War 2. There was on the political scene a bringing out of Europe, of those displaced Jews. Then, at the same time, God began to move in the Gentile church world in a supernatural way. He did not do it within the ranks of the old fundamental systems, which was the last thing He had moved among. He just picked up there and began to move on. That is why divine healing and soul salvation, the way it was administered, became a great move of God. That move carried out its potential purpose while God was in the process of regathering Judah and establishing it as a nation. However, when Judah became established, that deliverance hour just sort of played out. That does not mean God changed His mind. You just have to remember, He has a plan and He is going to fulfill His plan. There is a lot more to this, and we will see a lot more take place on the international scene as time moves toward the end. Let me say also, “The Age of Regeneration,” covers to broad a scope to deal with it entirely, the way we would like to, at this time. I will say this at this time, There are entirely too many prophecies within the total scope of God’s word to even try to put them all in four sermons. However, we are going to do our best to cover the most important ones in an effort to project the picture of what the age of regeneration is all about. We read the text from Matthew 19:28, where Jesus was answering the question Peter asked, What shall be ours, seeing that we have forsook all and followed you? Jesus answered, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, (that is talking about taking His earthly, kingly position in Jerusalem, on the ancient throne of David, which was prophesied, because He, Jesus, is the seed, the Son of David that will fulfill that.) ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. That part lays over here in this, (pointing to the chart illustrating the Millennial reign of Christ and His bride Church) as we recognize how the entire Bride of Christ that will be taken up in the rapture and married to Him, will consist not only of that first age of Christendom beginning first with Jewish saints, then moved off that scene among the Gentiles and the whole Bride of Christ is made up of the beginning Jews and finally the Gentiles which the Lord called to make up the major body. We covered the major prophecies that deal with the day of the Lord and what it is. It is the coming of Christ to execute wrath, judgment and destruction on the earth. For what reason? To fulfill what God has foreseen and shown through the prophets, how this world would be in these later days. How evil and sinful, rebellious, and corrupt mankind would become. That is what constitutes the necessity for God to judge this world of humanity as we see it pictured here. We want to go to the 19th chapter of Revelation, and we are going to pick up a prophecy there, beginning in verse 11. This is a scriptural scene of the actual event of the Lord’s descent from heaven, just as it is described in Matthew 24, how immediately after the tribulation of those days, the sun is to be darkened and the moon and stars be affected, and then shall appear the sign of the coming of the Son of Man in power and great glory. It is portrayed by the Spirit of God, as He gave John an insight into that great and glorious event. This scene is not the rapture of the bride Church; it is the visible, bodily return of the Lord in glory, with His saints who have already been taken there. He is coming first to execute judgment and wrath and to destroy wicked mankind from the face of the earth, and to renovate the earth of the conditions that man in his carnal, sinful state has built upon the planet. God has many ways in which He is going to get rid of it, so let us begin reading. (Rev. 19:11) “And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and He that sat upon him was called Faithful and True.” Let us analyze Faithful and True, and compare it with Isaiah 7 and Isaiah 9. Isaiah 7, speaks of how the virgin would give birth to a Son, and thou shall call His name Emmanuel, which we know in fulfillment means God with us. Then in Isaiah 9 it speaks of how He is to be called Wonderful, Counselor, Mighty God, Everlasting Father, Prince of Peace. All those titles are attributed in and to the person of Jesus Christ. We know all those titles are in relationship to Him in His personal identity, as He came to be God’s means of salvation to lost mankind. That is why for 2000 years, if we understand the scriptures, (the Godhead scriptures) in the right revelation, we can see what all those titles are bringing out in the redemptive work of Christ in the whole scope of the plan of salvation. Right here, we see another title brought forth. “He that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness He doth judge and make war.” This is not names, but titles that describe the character that is to be expressed in and through His kingly work. Once God has invested in Him the authority to come to earth to be King, to be Judge, not as we see it in heaven, but to be a Judge in wrath for a period of time on earth. These titles are pointing to the attributes in the way the Spirit will use Him to bring this all about. It says here, “His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on His head were many crowns.” Well you know that many crowns on His head is only figurative. What a crown symbolizes is a kingly government or authority. He now has been given the right to come to earth and take over all governments and kingdoms of the world. We would not literally see a huge pile of crowns stacked upon His head, because when we look at the world and the many nations, and races, and governments that there has been through time, that would be sort of an abstract picture. Nevertheless, that is the way it is portrayed to John and we see it by revelation of the Spirit. Then we have to put it in reality, as far as application. It means the authority to be King of kings, and Lord of lords over all the earth is in effect. “And He had a name written, that no man knew, but He Himself.” This name is evidently to show how, or this name brings out His kingly role. Jesus, as we know Him from His first advent, is a name that brings out how God will name His whole family. That is God’s family name. That we really must understand. As I have said before, It has a compound meaning. It is not only God’s family name, but it also means He (God) will save His people. However, as He comes again, whatever that name is, it is not talking about a salvational role. It is laying emphasis upon another role that pertains to how He will be seen, and addressed in His kingship. The name is not written, but we do realize it is a new name that has to be tied in with the fact you and I are going to be given a new name also. You can read that in Revelation, chapter 3. This has caused many people in the Branham following, (because Bro. Branham made a statement along this line and they immediately jumped to the conclusion that William Marrion Branham was the Lord’s new name) because they saw how God used him in the power and demonstration the Spirit, in a way comparable more to that of Jesus than any other man. People are very prone to jump to conclusions way ahead of time, than they are to wait for a clarification of terminology. As long as we are in this mortal flesh, we are not going to know that name. You can be sure of that. There is another thing sure. When we are changed to be like Him, (Jesus) to have a body like Him, then it means our spirit is going to see things altogether different than what we do through this carnal realm of understanding. Therefore those things will be known then, and not before. This new name, He Himself was the only one that knew it. “And He was clothed with a vesture.” If you look up the word vesture in the dictionary, it literally means, He is clothed with a cloak. Many of you have seen pictures of kings in their cloaks; but how many ever saw a picture of a famous general? Generals today do not wear them; but back many centuries ago, generals, in their dress, wore a cloak draped over their shoulders. This cloak was so ornamented, it brought out all the rank and authority of the man who wore it. Therefore, we can actually say this word vesture, pertains to a coat or cloak. A coat puts it in the twentieth century, but in the true translation, it literally means a cloak. This cloak is significant of the fact that as Jesus has already chosen His Bride, and they are married in the plan of God. He is ready to execute His wrath upon the planet earth, upon sinful mankind. This wrath is going to be executed and carried out in and through the person of His only begotten Son whom we have known by the name JESUS. Now for that to be, He has to be invested with the authority and power to carry out that phase. Therefore, as He sits astride this white horse, He is to be looked upon not only as the King which He is, but He is to be known for something else at the same time. Remember, in ancient times, kings, when war was going on, did not sit at home on their thrones while their generals were leading the forces. Usually the king was out in the battlefield somewhere, supervising the operations. That is what we have to see in the person of Jesus as this scene is unfolded. This is a cloak, but it describes this cloak as dipped in blood, which is red. What is this signifying? We will read. “And He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood.” All of this signifies how He now has the authority to fulfill every scripture of prophecy, major and minor, that deals with whatever the prophets of old have spoken concerning this terrible day of the Lord. In other words, Jesus, this immortal Son of God, has the power and authority to set in motion in His descent from heaven to earth to carry out every means of wrath, destruction, and vengeance upon the face of this earth. As we read the various scriptures in the many places, we find that there will be terrible earthquakes. In many places terrible volcanoes will be belching out lava. In other places the mountains will disappear, and the islands will flee from sight. What does all of this signify? Jesus is coming. He has the power to execute and turn loose every force there is in the universe to constitute God’s wrath. It is all accomplished in and through the person of Jesus the Christ. Think of how mankind has preached about Jesus being the compassionate Son of God, the one that was willing to take your place and my place at Calvary. We, who were unloving, were loved by Him that much, that He would literally die for us. He is merciful and that is all we have ever seen of Him, his mercy. We do not see, or even imagine Him to be one that could execute such terrible wrath upon the earth. We do know this: When this era or period of God’s grace and mercy is over, and God begins to set in motion things to change the world order and execute His plan, Jesus, as this scripture is fulfilled, is no longer going to be seen as that merciful, compassionate Savior. He is going to be seen as the King of kings, and Lord of lords. He is coming in wrath to execute judgment upon wicked mankind. He has the authority to turn loose any means there is, both in nature as well as in political and military forces to accomplish God’s purpose. That is why there will be an Armageddon that will be, we might say, one of the final earthly things that will help bring about what we see here in this cloak dipped in blood. We do know this, as I read the other night of the last scriptures showing how Jesus is seen in the book of Revelation in five different images. Two of them portray Him in His mediatorial work. The third one is chapter ten where He is seen coming for His Church. That is the secret catching away of the bride Church. Then the fourth one is in the fourteenth chapter where He is already crowned, sitting on a white cloud. He has the authority to unloose spiritual forces for the purpose of gathering together the vines of the earth, which is none other than the forces that make up Armageddon. The fifth one is right here. He is King. He is the King that is going to fulfill that long awaited picture the Jews have read about in all their prophecies. They know that one day their Messiah, which will be the seed of David, will come. The part we know, that they do not, is that He has already come one time and their forefathers condemned Him to die.

 

1991-07-The-Age-of-Regeneration-Part-1

The Woman of Mystery, Part 4 – 1991, May


WE INTERRUPTED THIS MESSAGE ON THE WOMAN OF MYSTERY IN OUR FEBRUARY ISSUE; IN ORDER TO INSERT A MESSAGE PREACHED WHILE THE DESERT STORM WAR WAS GOING ON. WHAT WE INSERTED, JUST SORT OF BROUGHT THE MIDDLE EAST PICTURE UP TO DATE PROPHETIC WISE; AND ALLOWS AN OPPORTUNITY FOR OUR READERS TO BETTER UNDERSTAND WHY THE MIDDLE EAST IS IN SUCH A TURMOIL AT THIS PRESENT TIME. WE HAVE SEEN THAT GOD IS CLEARING THE WAY AND GETTING ISRAEL INTO POSITION TO GET THE REST OF HER LAND BACK. SHE HAS TO HAVE IT BACK IN HER CONTROL BEFORE THE 70TH WEEK OF DANIEL CAN BECOME A FULLING REALITY; BECAUSE THE FIRST HALF OF THAT WEEK OF YEARS WILL BE A TIME OF PEACE; AND THE LAST HALF, ISRAEL (THE WOMAN) WILL BE RUNNING FOR HER LIFE, GETTING AWAY FROM THE WRATH OF THE ANTICHRIST, WHEN HE KILLS THE TWO PROPHETS OF CHAPTER 11, AND DETERMINES TO RID THE EARTH OF JEWS.

WE DO WANT TO KEEP OUR SERIES OF MESSAGES RUNNING THOUGH, UNTIL WE PROJECT THIS BIBLE PICTURE ALL THE WAY INTO THE NEW CITY, RECORDED IN REVELATION, CHAPTER 21; SO AT THIS POINT WE WILL PICK UP WHERE WE INTERRUPTED OUR FEBRUARY MESSAGE. WE WERE LOOKING AT A PROPHECY IN ISAIAH 49, VERSES 11-21; AND WE WERE READY TO READ VERSE 14. WE WILL REREAD VERSES 11-13, AND THEN CONTINUE WITH THE COMMENTS AS WE GET BACK TO VERSE 14.

ZION SAYS-THE LAND ITSELF SPEAKS

You can look at your February issue, page 5, and catch up with where we are. Isa. 49:11 says,“And I will make all my mountains a way, and my highways shall be exalted. (12) Behold, these shall come from far: and, lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim. (13) Sing, O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforted his people, and will have mercy upon his afflicted.” God is going to show mercy unto His afflicted nation. Verse 14, takes on a different tone. Zion begins to speak. Zion is the mountain area on which Jerusalem, the city of God sits. This spot was chosen by King David; and in a sense he chose it because of its strategic importance; but he was divinely guided by God Himself, to take it from the Jebusites. God caused him to do a certain thing; and right there is where God chose to place His name. Just notice how this prophecy is speaking in behalf of this geographical spot, Zion, and the city that sits on it. (14) “But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me.” Since 69 A.D. when the Jews were carried away from there by their captors, there has been no Jews there singing Psalms and worshipping at the temple. That particular spot became a place for Gentiles, from that time on. Only the Lord Himself knows how the Gentile powers of the world have fought over that little piece of land. They have fussed, fought and killed for it; and for what reason? We know why the Jews want it, it is part of their inheritance; and their Capitol city. With the Jews out of there for almost two thousand years, scattered to the four winds, the land cries out, “The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me.” You certainly cannot say the land has been without habitation all this time. There have been Arabs, Greeks, French, Germans, Russians, and who knows what, dwelling there during that time. Wealthy people went there and retired; just simply to live and die in the land of sentimentality and antiquity. But Zion languished. Zion wept. Verse 15, “Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee.” Oh brother, God has been looking at that little spot of ground for almost 2000 years, remembering those to whom He had given it. No matter how that old city has been treated, desecrated, made to stink like a hog pen many times, God knows all about it; and He certainly knows all of those who belong there in it, and how to get them back there from wherever they may be presently. Notice verse 16, God is speaking concerning that spot and city. “Behold I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me.” He has seen those walls when they were not even there. He saw them when they were rubbish. He saw them as the Crusaders rebuilt what they thought would suffice; but that is not what the Lord was looking at. He was looking at her old dimensions, where there will again be walls that will fulfill the prophetic picture the way He wants it. He even has a prophecy that tells how He is going to do it; but to do that, these other things have to be set in motion. Verse 17, I like this one. First He says, I have engraved thee upon the palm of my hand; (still talking to the land) but now, listen to this, Thy children shall make haste; (This lets us know that is to be a generation of Jews somewhere in time, that God is to definitely deal with, to bring back to inhabit that place on Zion. There will be a time come when they will make haste to make their presence there. That is the way you have to see it.) thy destroyers and they that made thee waste (This is talking about the Arabs that live there.) shall go forth of thee.” That is the stalemate today, in the peace process in the Middle East. Israel stopped when she took Jerusalem proper. She stopped at the western wall. She would not enter the temple grounds, for fear that the whole world would pounce upon her and say, “Oh you have turned it into a holy war.” You know you cannot do that. Therefore for the sake of what world pressure might be, she stopped short. That took place 23 years ago; but at least it brought the Gentile flags down. That fulfilled what Jesus had said. No more, will Gentiles feet trod the city of Jerusalem while flying their flag there. It is just that little spot, the temple ground, that is the focal point. For the last 23 years now the bickering has been, If Israel wants peace, she must not only give up east Jerusalem, (which is the old Zion city) she must give up the territories of the west bank also. That would be basically, land belonging to the tribe of Judah. Israel, from a political standpoint, is divided. Her politicians cannot agree upon a proper stance for them as a nation to take. Never has there been an era of time that they were as divided as they are right now. They know the Arab pressure inside their society is just about to explode like a stick of dynamite. They know on one hand they have to do something, but they have world pressure whispering in their ears, You cannot do that. Unless you do thus and so, we will not do this and that. She is caught between the cross fires of what the Arabs say; and whatthe the rest of the world is saying. That is why I say, We may as well make up our mind, it takes a condition like that for God to show His hand. I want you to know, Pharaoh was not an agreeable character. He was a dirty, stinking, lying, conniving character. One minute he would be sitting crying, and saying, Go ahead, get on out of here. An hour and half later he had called his men in and forgotten all about it. You just have to realize, that if God is going to show His hand so that Israel will know assuredly, I am on your side, then He has to bring it about in a way that will cause them to recognize His hand in what takes place. They are going to triumph over the liberal, peace now philosophy that says, Give up, give back, go back, anything just to have peace. It will not work that way. God will not let it go that way. That is why He will bring about conditions that will require the governors of Judah to be compelled to get their heads together and look at their existence, and their future, from the standpoint of, We either do thus and so and survive, or we compromise and eventually be nothing. Time just in front of us, will tell what that will all lead to. This prophecy thrills my soul though; just listen to how it is worded. (17) “Thy children shall make haste; thy destroyers and they that made thee waste shall go forth of thee.” You know, as well as I do, that this is not going to be brought about in an election. This is not a picture of the Israeli parliament saying to the east Jerusalem Arabs, We will give you an option. We are going to have a free election, so you can vote to stay, or you can vote to leave. Such an idea is pure nonsense. Those Arabs that are in that east city are definitely determined that they are going nowhere. Do not forget, when this thing started back in December 1987, it started in Old Jerusalem and the Gaza strip, the two areas pertaining to the prophecy of our hour of time. Right where it started is where the prophecy said they would eventually leave. Therefore that lets me know, George Bush, Jim Baker, Gorbachev, nor anyone else in the west, is ever going to change the picture through negotiations. It can look like it is not going to be according to this prophecy; but I imagine, that if you had stood in Pharaoh’s court and heard the conversation between Moses and him, you would probably have said it looked pretty dark then also. When God got through working in the situation, that bunch of Egyptians were ready to say, Go ahead, get out of here. Leave. The quicker you go, the better. When this thing is just right, those Arabs are going to leave east Jerusalem; because there will be nothing left for them to do but get out of there. They are going to leave the Gaza strip also, just as sure as you are sitting here listening to me say so.

WHY JEWS ARE GOING HOME

I really like this next verse. Did you ever drive down a country road and see an old farm house that looked more or less deserted? As you looked it over, you could see that at one time it had been a beautiful homestead. Maybe two stories, wrap around porch, a house that could have accommodated a large family. You say in your mind, A well to do family was raised there. Maybe two, three, or four generations of people have been born in that house. You said, If that house could talk, it would no doubt have a story to tell. That is what Zion is doing. This prophecy tells us Zion has a story to tell. (Isaiah 49:18) “Lift up thine eyes round about, and behold: all these gather themselves together, and come to thee. As I live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely clothe thee with them all, (the city shall clothe herself with them all) as with an ornament, and bind them on thee, as a bride doeth.” This pertains to Jews coming home in an appointed time. Jews that are ordained by God to eventually inhabit the new occupation. It will be Jews coming home with a vision. Jews coming with an outlook, we are coming because our Messiah is coming. We want to beautify the city. The Arabs could not care less how it stinks; because they have no prophecy that encourages their heart to do anything for the city; but the Jews do have. In that appointed time, when those Jews that are ordained to be its new inhabitants do come home, they come with a vision. They will not just come expecting a free ride, they will have something to contribute to the overall picture. The prophecy is telling how the city should clothe herself with them as though they were ornaments. She will adorn herself with them. (19) “For thy waste and thy desolate places, and the land of thy destruction, shall even now be too narrow by reason of the inhabitants, and they that swallowed thee up shall be far away.Because of these prophecies, there is destined to come a great mass exodus, and flow of immigrants into the land of Israel. Russia, and our the State Department is telling Israel, Now this aid we are giving you, you cannot use it to establish these new immigrants in the west bank and occupied areas. That includes east Jerusalem, the old city. Well regardless of what anyone says, this prophecy tells us they are going to do just exactly what they are cautioned not to do. By that, we know that somewhere on up the road there is going to be some diplomatic, political shaking taking place. I cannot help but believe, that when the hand of God has shaken this other thing and got it all lined out the way He wants it, we will see some action here. When that door is propped open so that it fulfills that part, then He is going to start preparing the land to really receive the influx. It will be very interesting to see what happens here; for what I have just read, plainly tells us how that in that hour the land will be too narrow by reason of the inhabitants, and they that swallowed it up shall be far away. That lets us know that the new population of Jews that are eventually to settle that city, will be so many, that it goes on and tells us in this next verse how they will cry, Make place for me. (20) Notice, “The children which thou shalt have, after thou hast lost the other, shall say again in thine ears, The place is too strait for me: give place to me that I may dwell.” Let me tell you in my words, what this is actually saying. The population that will occupy you when you are restored, shall be greater in number than that society that occupied you when you were destroyed and carried away from here. That is what it means. I am a seed of David also; so I want to live in this city. When we see that take place, it can help us understand why the rural areas of Judah had to be reestablished first. That establisheds a foothold; an area of protection, so that when God does fulfill the city part everything will be as it should be. We will realize that this is a picture of the reestablishing of the whole house of Israel; not just the two southern tribes. It comes about, all at the same time. (21) “Then shalt thou say in thine heart, Who hath begotten me these, seeing I have lost my children, (This is Zion speaking) and am desolate, a captive, and removing to and fro? and who hath brought up these? behold, I was left alone; these, where had they been?” That is how she has been for the last 1900 and some years. Not desolate because of not having people dwelling there, but because it was not Jewish people. Brothers and sisters, when you and I live in a generation that is privileged to see all of this coming up, it is almost like projecting a picture on a screen that is a little out of focus. All it needs is to be brought into focus. At a certain time, it will all clear up. It is still a blurred object now; but after awhile, the projector brings it all into perspective with a proper focus. Then you will look at it and have to say, How beautiful it is. We are living in the hour of time, and the generation of this world, that will see all of this come about. Yes, Zion the city, will say, Where have these been? They have been in a lot of different places; but now they are home, praise God. They are right where their Creator wants them to be, at this present time.

IT IS TIME FOR A RENOVATION

We could go a little further in the rest of this 49th chapter; but I want to take you to the 60th chapter of Isaiah. This is the chapter that deals with the building of Jerusalem, beautifying, renovating, building the temple, and getting everything set for the coming of their Messiah. The temple cannot be built in a city that is hostile to such a thing. That is why the three fourths Arab population has to go. The Jews know it; but they also know that world political pressure will not let a thing like that be done before the proper time. When the time is right, the Jews will be pressured by the hand of God to do it; and when those Arabs are out of there God will show Himself in such a marvelous way. As we look at this 60th chapter, it covers the same period of time, so let me just go right to verse 9. You can read the preceding verses, because all of it is pointing to this period of time in which we live. Here, is what verse 9 says, “Surely the isles shall wait for me, and the ships of Tarshish first, to bring thy sons from far, their silver and their gold with them, unto the name of the Lord thy God, and to the Holy One of Israel, because He hath glorified thee.” What is God talking about, He hath glorified thee? That Means, He has taken possession of old Jerusalem. He is getting the city ready to take on that renovating era wherein that city is going to be beautified and renovated for the coming of the Messiah. Then, as that city goes ahead in that great renovation, the temple will also be started. Remember this, God said He will shake all nations. He will shake everything that can be shaken. What will He shake all nations for? To line them up, and set everything in order for the fulfillment of His word. He will shake A-L-L nations; not just the Communistic part of the world. He is going to shake Uncle Sam so badly, it will cause a lot of people to do drastic things. Naturally I do not know what our shaking will incorporate; but this country will be shaken like you have not seen before. God will shake the high places, He will shake the low places, He will shake the Arabs, and the whole Middle East, until He gets everything lined up for the finish. As God promised to shake all nations remember this, that shaking is not something that happens in six months; and then everyone can take a breathing spell. This shaking is something that keeps going on, evolving, bringing about sudden changes you never thought could have been possible. Suddenly there it is. All of that shaking will eventually lead to the fact that God is establishing peace. Peace to what? The whole earth. What has man been trying for the last forty years to do? Establish his own carnal, lucrative, bureaucratic era of peace. God only knows the numbers of innocent people that have suffered and lost their lives, to carry out some of the diabolical, political schemes that have been presented under the disguise of peace. The millions that have been spent, just literally taken away from poor people, to carry on these miserable programs of self centered politicians have not gone unnoticed by the Creator. There is a payday coming. That is why God has let them go. He has let them do their little thing, and they think they are going to keep on going. One of these days He will reach out and strike something and begin to set it in motion the way He wants it to be. There is truly going to be a Jewish temple built; and it will be built upon the very spot of ground where the first temple stood, regardless of what world opinion may be right now. If there is going to be a temple built, what is it built for? It is going to be built for a Messiah to sit in, and rule from. Not a carnal one, but the one God’s word speaks of. That temple will not be built in the midst of an old dilapidated run down hog smelling cesspool, like it is now. You would need to have been there yourself, to know what I mean when I say that. Those who have occupied that land for centuries, have not been concerned with maintaining the beauty, the majestic splendor that God will require for the Messiah to come to. God is going to beautify that city, and He will not be forty years in doing it. It tells us right here in the Bible how He is going to do it. Let me read this verse 9, again. “Surely the isles shall wait for me, and the ships of Tarshish first, to bring thy sons from far, their silver and their gold with them, unto the name of the Lord thy God, and to the Holy One of Israel, because he hath glorified thee.” After reading in the Jerusalem Post, how Israel was seeking to establish direct flights from Tel Aviv to Moscow, to help bring the immigrants home, it let me know, this is not just a nonchalant happening, it is serving a prophetic purpose of God. Russia does not know what is really taking place; and neither do most of the one’s that are involved in making the arrangements to facilitate the immigration; but we know what it will all eventually lead to; because we see it in God’s word. Hallelujah! Even knowing what we know, I believe we all may be in for a surprise, as time gets closer to the hour for God to wrap the whole thing up. One thing we do know though, is that this shaking will lead to the reshaping of world thinking; and to the eventual rebuilding of Jerusalem, renovating it, dedicating it, and getting it ready for the appearing of their Messiah; and for a Messianic reign. Verse 10 says, “And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls, and their kings shall minister unto thee: for in my wrath I smote thee, but in my favour have I had mercy on thee.” This is not talking about Jews; nor is it talking about 13 year old kids either. Who are the the sons of strangers that will build up the walls? It is professional contractors, professional construction men who have modern, twentieth century equipment and ability. Once that old Jerusalem is in the hands of the Jews, and the world is made to know it is now Jews who have the say so, you will see a completely different picture. You are going to see the hand of God work in such an outstanding way, Gentiles will know that God is on the side of the Jews. They will plainly see Him working on their behalf. He will be fulfilling things in Israel; and those who recognize what is happening will want to have a little part in it. When the six day war was going on, and the Jewish relief agency was having their drives to collect money, Hollywood actors, and people from all walks pledged money. (I know they do not live right; and that they cannot buy salvation; but God can cause the richest men on earth to walk up and say, I will give a million dollars to the cause of Israel.) Why will they do such a thing? Because as the Lord prophesied through Haggai saying, (Haggai 2:7) “And I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations shall come: and I will fill this house with glory, saith the Lord of hosts. The silver is mine, and the gold is mine, saith the Lord of hosts. The glory of this latter house shall be greater than of the former, saith the Lord of hosts: and in this place will I give peace, saith the Lord of hosts,” this lets us know what the end result of all of this shaking will be. If it were left up to politicians to build that city, they would take up the next hundred years trying to decide what kind of tax they need to put upon the working people to raise the money for it; but when God does it, He just creates a condition that shows His hand, and you will have Gentile construction men, and wealthy people of every sort saying, I will dedicate my resources for six months to help with that work. Suddenly some will say, I am going to Israel! Others will say, Why, to do what? To help rebuild Jerusalem. Why? There is something going on and I want to have a little part in it. Will that bring about a world conversion? Absolutely not. We do not look at it that way. This will just be God’s way of getting the job done. But why will He look to worldly people to do His work? Why not? If, as the Bible says, all the silver and gold belongs to God, and He has allowed them to use it in this life, why should He not get a return from it? It is not a matter of anyone buying salvation or favor with God; that only comes through personal faith and trust in the finished work at Calvary; it is just a simple matter of God using what is His. Just as Isaiah prophesied, “And their kings shall minister unto thee: for in my wrath I smote thee, (That is what He did.) but in my favour have I had mercy on thee.” Rumania, Hungary, Czechoslovakia, all those Communist states that was so locked up with Russia, as soon as they threw out the Communist system and established their own, they immediately contacted Israel to set up diplomatic relationships. For what reason? A few little Jews in every one of those nations, and now they are standing out, because they know they have the opportunity to go home. Those new governments are going to stand by, to see that they get to go there. I like this next verse, verse 11. “Therefore thy gates shall be open continually; they shall not be shut day nor night; that men may bring unto thee the forces of the Gentiles, and that their kings may be brought.” This is not referring to armies of military forces. This is material forces, material means, material equipment. Why? Everyone has his eye on something in that hour. As the little song says, Something is going on in Mt. Zion. I love that little song. There is something going on in Mt. Zion; and it is going to cause the world, one day, to sing. The Mafia will not rejoice; but if God wants them to give up some of that filthy money, He sure knows how to get hold of it. In other words, elements of the world, for a period of time, are going to bring their material means to the Jews, for them to use. The next verse lets us know how God looks upon Israel in that hour when He has gathered them homhome for the fulfillment of His purpose. (12) “For the nation and kingdom that will not serve thee shall perish; yea, those nations shall be utterly wasted. (That is the end result.) The glory of Lebanon shall come unto thee, (What in the world does Lebanon have left now, after all she has gone through with? Let us read further.) the fir tree, the pine tree, and the box together, to beautify the place of my sanctuary; (That is the temple.) and I will make the place of my feet glorious.” (still talking about His temple.) What is the glory of Lebanon? When we were there, we learned that high on the Lebanese mountain range, ten thousand feet above sea level, is an ancient national park. They claim there are so many ancient cedars, and they say they are close to five thousand years old. Of course you cannot prove that by me; but these cedar trees are old; and they are the remains of what was once the giant cedar forest that King Solomon got the cedars from, as well as ship builders along the Mediterranean, for hundreds of years. I have read a little about that cedar forest. In order to preserve it, not to lose the identity of what that particular forest was known for, Lebanon turned it into a national park. There is no more timber cutting in there. They still talk about the oldest cedar trees on the face of this earth, growing on top of the Lebanese mountain range. Therefore if God wants a few cedars, you have to realize, He will not have to get them from the state of Washington; nor the state of Colorado. Somehow or other, someone in Lebanon, (not the street cleaners, but Lebanese government officials) when they see what the hand of God is doing in Israel, and how it is all coming about, will want to have a part in it. God is going to force nations to say within their political decision making, We want to have a little part in this thing that is going on. This scripture goes on and tells us how the city will be rebuilt, and how the temple is going to be built. Let us go ahead and read this scripture pertaining to the temple. The 16th verse tells us how God will treat the Gentile forces; but we may as well read the other verses that go with it. (Isaiah 60:14-17) “The sons also of them that afflicted thee shall come bending unto thee; and all they that despised thee shall bow themselves down at the soles of thy feet; and they shall call thee; The city of the Lord, The Zion of the Holy One of Israel. (15) Whereas thou hast been forsaken and hated, so that no man went through thee, I will make thee an eternal excellency, a joy of many generations. (16) Thou shalt also suck the milk of the Gentiles, and shalt suck the breast of kings: and thou shalt know that I the Lord am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the mighty One of Jacob. (17) For brass I will bring gold, and for iron I will bring silver, and for wood brass, and for stones iron: I will also make thy officers peace, and thine exactors righteousness.” What does it mean, “Thou shalt also suck the milk of the Gentiles?” When you put that in proper language for our day, that does not mean He is going to turn the dairy herds over to them. He will just cause them to commit their economic potential to Israel for a little while. As you consider the temple and its contents, just keep in mind, it is not a large building. You are not looking at a huge building that will take years to build; you are looking at a beautiful building; that could be built in just a few short months. That is what you need to realize. Notice also that all of the former material used will be upgraded.For brass I will bring gold, (Now King Solomon used a lot of brass in the making of door knobs and things like that. Whatever King Solomon used in making beautiful brass ornaments and such like, this temple is going to be replaced with gold which of a much greater value.) and for iron (for iron that rusts.) I will bring silver, and for wood (Yes, where they formerly used wooden beams, He would bring something of greater quality) brass, and for stones iron: I will also make thy officers peace, and thine exactors righteousness.” Brothers and sisters, we know in ancient times the buildings had stones, with their walls ever so thick. That is the way they did it. However for this latter house He will bring Iron But why did He say, for stone He would bring iron? Look at the Empire State Building. That thing is built of iron piling driven deep down into the ground, and then that steel girder work goes up, to form the structure of the dimensions of the building, and then that is veneered with Bedford limestone. I read that in an article. The best quality of limestone in the world comes from up here in Bedford. Can you not just almost see them driving the piling for a temple. Instead of building a wall ever so thick with just stone, you put down the iron, and then prefab the rest of it. That will not take many truck loads of that kind of stone, to prefab such a structure.

WHAT COMES NEXT AFTER THE SHAKING?

We will return to Revelation 12:6, now that we have examined some of the events that need or needed to transpire between verse 5, and verse 6 where the woman is seen fleeing into the wilderness on the two wings of an eagle. We have titled this message, The Woman of Mystery of Revelation 12, because for centuries of time church people have debated about who the woman is. Well we know who the woman is, who the man child of verse 5 is, and why the woman is pictured fleeing into the wilderness in verse 6; but we do not know the exact time when verse 6, will be fulfilled. We do not need to know the exact time; but there are some prophecies of the scriptures that must be fulfilled before then; and that is what we have been looking at. We have seen how, in the last 40 some years God has been fulfilling prophecies related to how He would bring Jews back from dispersion; and we know why they need to be back in the land; that is the only place where they can hear the two prophets of chapter 11, that will appear there when this Gentile age is drawing to a close. Verse 5 was fulfilled when the Jesus the Christ was received up into heaven in a cloud, after His resurrection from the dead. He fulfilled the promises of the scriptures concerning a coming Messiah to Israel; but the nation as a whole rejected Him as their Messiah; and opened up the way for us (Gentiles) to become partakers of a great blessing from God; a plan whereby lost sinners of every race may have opportunity to become loving sons of the living God. Let us read the first five verses of chapter 12 again, to get them fresh in our mind; and then we will continue on with the rest of the thought. (Revelation 12:1-5) “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: (2) And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. (3) And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads.” (We have thoroughly covered that; and I believe every one of you have had a chance to understand that all of this description has been represented in the Roman Empire as it passed through various stages of evolution; as it evolved from what it was before the birth of Christ, to what it is today, with the Roman Catholic pope sitting in the seat of the old caesars, just awaiting the hour when he will conduct himself as they did in centuries past. (4) “And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. (the woman being the nation of Israel, and the child the baby Jesus) “And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to His throne.” The Romans crucified Him; but it was the Jewish Sanhedrein court that condemned Him to death. They were the ones that stood in the streets crying, Crucify Him, Away with Him, Let His blood be upon our shoulders, and upon our children. For two thousand years, generation after generation of Jews in various nations of the world have been persecuted. Many of them no doubt have wondered, Why are we so persecuted, what did we ever do to deserve to be treated like this? Their ancient forefathers brought it upon them; when they cried, Let His blood be upon our shoulders, and upon our children. Jewish people, are a proud race of people. I am not saying these words to humiliate any Jew, if he or she should ever read this or see this video. We are living now, 1900 and some years after the descent of the Holy Ghost, which came on the day of Pentecost, in an upper room in Jerusalem. That experience was first given to Jews that would receive it. God set in motion the fulfillment of something; and even today it is not completely fulfilled. Certain Jews received and accepted that prophetic blessing; but the nation as a whole rejected it. Then God gave it to the Gentile people, to fulfill scriptures that related to you and me. The Jews do not yet understand why Gentiles received Jesus Christ as their Savior, when the Jews could not see Him as their Messiah. Well the apostle Paul explained how blindness in part has happened to Israel, until the fullness of the Gentiles be come in. Well we have just about run our course. Gentiles have just about had their last call. Jesus is still on the mercy seat; but the fast way so many prophecies are now being fulfilled, He is destined to soon step forth with the little scroll open in His hand, calling for those whom He has redeemed with His own blood. When that time comes, the Holy Spirit will from that time forth to the end, work exclusively with Jews. No Gentile will even have an opportunity to believe the gospel and be saved. For 1900 and some years, we have had the gospel of Jesus Christ; just about as long as the Jews had the Law dispensation and the prophets, from the call of Abraham to the birth of Christ. Our time is running out. Yet you cannot tell the Gentile church world time is running out; they are still looking for a great worldwide revival. All you have to do is look across the waters, at what is going on in Israel; and if you know your Bible, you will know that Gentile time is running out. We realize of course, that many of the Jews that are there in Israel today, are as secular minded as any Gentile anywhere. They are not there to get ready for a Messiah; they just want a place, a nation where they are economically and racially allowed to function as a people, and be left alone. Well that is one standpoint; but we realize that all scriptures have to be fulfilled. We can see from the past forty years, how prophecies of Isaiah, Zechariah, and those have come about, by the regathering and birth of the nation, up until now, and as we brought in about prophecies that are now in the making, of bringing back the rest of the remnant of Israel, basically the ten northern tribes, somewhere in front of us in a little short interval of time, and then this will all lead to the rebuilding of Old Jerusalem, cleaning it up, restoring it back to its original city of glory, as it is supposed to be for the coming of the Messiah, as well as the building of the temple. At that time, as we have already shown you from the prophecies, the people now that occupy that old part of the city, which we know also, are Arabs, for some reason or other, they are going to have to pick up and leave. The world will say, You just simply cannot do that; those people were born there. Well the world is not running everything else; and they have already said what they want to do; but God Himself is running this; and He is going to show some people what it is like, when prophecies of the scriptures are fulfilled in a way no one can deny that it is the hand of God doing it. As we stated some time back, this verse 1, of Revelation 12, is a panoramic picture of the nation of Israel, through all time; coming from the Law Age, right on into her Millennial glory. From the time they rejected their Messiah and God cut them off and scattered them, the Jews have existed only as a people, not as a nation. However for the last forty some years He has been bringing them back, getting them ready to pick up verse 6. They have got to be restored as the real nation, geographically and spiritually, to be in a position for verse 6 to be a reality. Therefore as we see her (Israel) in this heavenly scene, this is God’s unique way of telling a whole story with one picture, to those who will allow the Holy Spirit to open their eyes to see and understand truth. Seeing her clothed in the sun, lets us know that this is her glory in the Millennium age which is just ahead. That is when Israel will shine as the nation in which God, ruling in and reigning in and through the person of His Son, the Messiah, draws the attention of the whole world; and knowledge shall go forth from the Lord, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. All nations shall flow unto Jerusalem to worship the Lord of hosts. For the sake of what some critics may be led to say concerning the Zionist movement, I want to say this, Yes, I too know what the Zionist movement has been. I know what their philosophy was, according to their own writings. They were going to try to fulfill prophecies based solely upon a carnal objective. Well God let certain parts of it come about, to set in motion certain things that He wanted to use; but when that objective reached a certain point, He just simply reached out and cut it off. There will be a Messianic reign in Israel; but Israel as a nation, will not reign over Gentiles. That is right. Jews will not rule over Gentiles. To the Jew who would hear me, your Zionist philosophy that the Jewish nation will rule the world, is not according to the plan of God. Your own prophets have prophesied how it is to be. It is the Jewish Messiah that will rule the world; not the Jewish people. Furthermore your Jewish Messiah will not be a mortal man that you have selected; It is going to be one who is immortal, coming back to earth from above, where He has been for the past almost two thousand years. The one your forefather’s rejected two thousand years ago, and crucified, putting scars in His side and in His hands, one day will be asked by you, Whence come these? He will say to you, In the house of my friends, I received these scars. The one you crucified is the very one who will be your Messiah; and you will not dictate to Him where He is to rule. He will tell you where you belong; and He will have a Gentile wife which at this time, you do not even see. His wife will not be bureaucrats, elected by a Gentile bureaucracy. She too will be an immortal people. They will come from heaven with Him; and they are divinely appointed by the God who chose her to be the wife of His Son. Through His wife, which is His true Church, which you Jews also fail to see, the Gentiles will be ruled. That is God’s theocracy government, the way it is set up in the Bible.

ANOTHER PANORAMIC VIEW–WHAT IS IT?

As we look at this great red dragon in verse 3, we understand that this also is a panoramic view of something else. It represents the Roman Empire from its beginning all the way through to its ending. It is pictured as a great red dragon because of that conquering and devouring spirit that has always been present in it. When the Roman Empire first came upon the scene, it did not yet have seven heads nor ten horns; but it was still called a beast nonetheless. As I stated before, We have to associate those other characteristics as connected to the various evolution that took place through political changes. As we are made aware of this reflection in the heavens, we need to realize that whatever the heavens reflect, somewhere down on earth geographically, it has to come into fulfillment. Have you ever stopped to think, that for the past forty years while Israel has been in the process of being restored, and enjoying her rebirth as a nation, a nation out of which a certain element will flee from the clutches of the Antichrist, there has been another restoration taking place also. During that same time there has been a move in the air bringing about the reviving and restoration of the Roman Empire, just as prophecy said it would be. It was Rome before there was a Christ. It was Rome when there was a Christ. It was Rome after He was crucified and taken away. It was Rome when the Church was born in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. It was Rome that ruled right on into the Dark Ages; and Rome will again rule, just as she did in the Dark Ages. The point we need to be sure we understand, is HOW Rome ruled during the Dark Ages, when Roman rule was no longer seen in the form of the ancient caesars. It was through the power of the Roman clergy. They were first called bishops, then popes; but their form of rulership was just as diabolical as any Roman Caesar that ever lived. Bro. Jackson, why are you always talking about the Catholic Church? How else can I help you, if I do not tell you the truth? I am not talking about individual Catholic people; I am talking about a system of religion that is as diabolical as the Mafia; and affects the lives of more people than the Mafia could ever touch. Any person that will close their eyes to history, and try to look somewhere else for the antichrist, is scripturally blind and insensitive to truth. I say that, realizing that some doctor of divinity might get hold of a paper or a tape; and want to take issue with what we teach. I do not argue with anyone about these things; but if anyone is willing to bring a Bible, and try to convince me by the scriptures that I am wrong, I can be easily found. Ever since WW2 ended, we have been witnessing the restructuring of the continent of Europe, and today all those horns are there, economically and politically tied to the geographical area that was once part of the Roman Empire. When the Reformation struck the world around 1520 A.D., it was the sword of God coming against that power that kept all of Europe in such a state of darkness and bondage. What was it directed against? The power of the papacy of course. It was that papal head that was wounded by a sword with what looked like a deadly wound; but was healed. First came Martin Luther with the revelation that the just, or justified shall live by faith in God, not by the power of the pope of Rome. Then there came Huss, Swingley, John Knox, Calvin, and finally a man by the name of John Wesley, out of the church of England, a system of religion that was half sister to Roman Catholicism, adding an even more deadly blow to that already wounded head. These Reformation preachers attacked the power of the hierarchy of Rome enough, that when in 1887 A.D., Napoleon of France dethroned the pope and declared that there would never be another pope sit in that chair, that would have power to exercise authority over the temporal heads of Europe, it looked like the power of the papacy was a thing of the past, never to be reinstated. According to secular history, from that time until just a few short years ago, the popes were little more than just figure heads. Through the order of the Jesuit priest, Catholicism still carried on their underhanded political tactics, always trying to undermine those who did not bow to their dictates; but the power of the pope was no more a threat. They pit system against system, waiting their hour and time to come out on top. When WW2 was fought, no matter what good deeds you may have read about, that Catholic nuns or priests did in a humanitarian way, it was all in the interest of the spirit of that system. That has been their tactics for centuries. They will build a hospital and give medical service to all kinds of people in a humanitarian way, just for the chance to undermine the politicians of that city; and twist their politics around so their purpose will be served. Can you honestly tell me that true Christianity has any calling from God to do such things? Is that the way to preach the gospel of Jesus Christ? You know it never was meant to be so. I am not against helping needy people; I am just against anyone trying to buy human souls with such carnal tactics. It is all a front, a disguise. Anyhow the pope is back in the place where he needs to be, in order to fulfill his role in prophecy for the future. When the reformation struck Europe, and Napoleon did what he did, that fulfilled Revelation 13:3 “And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; (Then when Europe was restored and the pope brought back into the spotlight, we can see how the rest of that verse fits the occasion.) and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.” It is in history, that even Catholic writers, after Napoleon had done that, wrote one article that said, (I have copies of it.) The power of the papacy is wounded, and not one finger is lifted to heal the wound. After that, the horns of Europe, France, Germany, Belgium, were all free to do as they pleased. That old pope is not going to tell us where we can go and what we can do any more. That was the era of colonialism. Our young people read all about colonialism in school today. Do you know what allowed it to be? The wounding of the power of the pope. Then that is why we had WW1. It set the stage. It turned the tide. Then when WW2 came, mankind was moving close to a point where prophecy must again pick up; so God pressed the button that released the time mechanism; and the old clock started ticking again. When WW2 came to a close, what has the past forty some years been? The release of those ten horn nations of Europe from all their colonial territories throughout the world. England came home from India. The Dutch came home from the Dutch East Indies. France came home from Vietnam. Belgium came from the Congo. Germany came from central Africa. Portugal came away from that little place, Bangladesh, Pakistan. Why? Because they all must come home, bringing their power back home for the fulfillment of these end time prophecies. God was weakening them to such a point that the only time they will ever shine again, is in the hour of Revelation 13. Therefore for the past forty years, while Israel, as a nation, has been rising to a restored position, Europe has slowly been reconstructed also. When their power of colonialism was cut off over here in these other areas, it only forced them to come home and be realigned in the continent of Europe. Therefore a year ago, when President Bush went to the NATO conference in Brussels, and stood there making his speech, he said words that fit right into prophecy. At that time he was going to offer Gorbachev this sort of gesture, If you will be prepared to pull back certain conventional forces and you will go that far, we will take out of Europe so many thousands of troops also, as a token that we believe Europe can be rid of all this massing of armament, and the fear of another war. As the ten horn nations sat there listening to him, every one of their leaders were smiling. There seemed to be a unified spirit come on that gathering. The words were said, Greater Europe is in the making. That is a twentieth century name for the beast of Revelation 13. When you read it, (Rev. 13:1) “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.” That is the same old Roman Empire that had went down, wounded and defeated, in the closing of the Dark Ages; and it stayed in that wounded state for a hundred and some years. Now they are all unified and tied together once again. Every last one of these political leaders, when it comes time to make a move of some kind, the first thing they do is run to the Vatican and talk with the pope. Saints, I want you to know, The Vatican is not God’s holy seat. The Vatican is not God’s church headquarters. It is Satan’s strong hold. The pope sits today in Rome, right where Caesar Augustus and Tiberius and Claudius, and Nero used to sit. It is the same spirit of Satan, only his men wear a different cloak. The caesars were temporal powers; and the pope represents ecclesiastical power; but they are all of the same spirit. The pope of Rome is not looking for the coming of Jesus. He might let you think he is, but behind the scene, he does not believe this world is ever going to be ruled by the Messiah, the way you and I believe it. As we see Europe coming to the surface and entering this era she is destined for, she has not yet come to the point of requesting that the pope become the administrator of this new, greater Europe envisioned for mankind; but she will. Remember the article I read last year, written and compiled by a bunch of Charismatic church men, and a copy sent to the pope, suggesting that he receive the Prince of Peace Award. That is how this carnal minded church world thinks today. We hear much today about men receiving This award or That award; especially the Nobel Peace Prize; but that is not what they are suggesting the pope receive. It is another type of prize altogether. They envision that this should be brought about, at least by two years from the time that letter was written. Well we know already, that the economic market has 1992 as their focal year for setting things in motion. We can see how, for the past forty years the west has fortified Europe, and spent millions of dollars rebuilding it financially, and we can see what it is all leading to. As I sat watching, when President Bush made the speech suggesting what he did, I said, Europe will never fight another war among themselves. Fighting is gone from them. They have no will to fight any more. Why? They see a new era. They actually want to be brother helping brother. They are yielding themselves to this vision. As they yield themselves to this, you cannot help but see it is a Europe in which economists are now saying, Europe is the next great industrial power the world will be forced to contend with. The United States is a dying industrial nation. Europe is coming alive now, as the new world order our President spoke of, is being ushered in. As Europe came on with this, just all of a sudden, within the same year of time, as Europe was beginning to rejoice with such a hope, what happened? The hand of God began to strike the great Communist empire. The thing that had stood there as a scare crow for forty years, making Europe do what she has been doing, all of a sudden God just reached out and blew it all to pieces. That is why I say, You Assemblies of God, and you charismatic preachers who have preached for years that Communism is the Antichrist, where is your revelation now? Even Gorbachev had to come and stick his cheek against the pope, like they were brothers. Something is wrong somewhere down the line.

THE POPE, WESTERN EUROPE, THE ANTICHRIST, WHO IS WHO?

Of course the pope is playing it very cool these days; just like the others before him always have. That is the spirit of Rome. When we see all these other things that will be done in that terrible time, it is not that the pope is that smart, it is just that the world economists, world politicians, are the instruments that Satan anoints and inspires; and they hand it over to him. When he gets their heads all together, they come out with this beastly, carnal, world system. It is their utopia, their era of peace and tranquility upon the earth. Oh praise the Lord, they say. Well I know what it says in Revelation 13; it plainly tells you there, that John saw that one head wounded with a deadly wound; but the wound was healed. Oh you religious character that think you have the answer to everything, tell me this, When and where was it wounded? It was sure not wounded in Russia, nor New York City, nor Tokyo. Wherever it was when it was wounded, when it comes back up out of that water, that is where it will be. That gets them. When you take Roman Catholicism from 500 A.D. and bring it through the 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th and 14th centuries, you see the power of the Roman clergy, and then the power of the pope growing, conquering, subduing, becoming fierce, abominable and diabolical. Even their own writers speak against what they were. That is why in the past forty some years, the Roman Catholic Church has tried to take a lot of the writings of their old writers out of the libraries. They would like to rid the libraries of the records of some of their old writers that wrote those dark pages of their past history. Whatever conditions were back there, that is what still lies ahead for the world. In Daniel, chapter 7, where you see that Roman beast come up, and then you see how it eventually had ten horns come upon it, those ten horns are the territories of old Rome in its geographical makeup. The interesting thing though, is the little horn that came up in the midst of those ten. It exalted itself above its fellows. It had eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things. That horn was not a national horn, it was the power of the Roman Church over secular state. That is the picture you get of the Roman Empire in the 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, centuries. I am not shooting you history in the exact dates. We have repeated it enough, until sometimes my mind has so much history in it, I can hardly think of anything else. That is why we printed the message, From Rome to the Vatican, you can take that tour, but you still have not gone anywhere. You just went from one building to another, still in the same city. It is still the same devil running the show, no matter which chair he sits in. In 1990, the world is fast moving toward the hour when the horns of Greater Europe, because of conditions that will be brought about by the hand of God, will surrender their power to the power of the pope for a little short time while prophecy is being fulfilled. Just prior to that though, old Jerusalem is going to face an era, a short interval wherein she will be completely renovated, renewed from one end to the other with all new structures. The Jewish Messiah, the King of Kings and Lord of Lords will not come to earth and set up His earthly kingdom in the midst of a city that looks like old Jerusalem does in its present desolate state. That is why I read the 60th chapter of Isaiah; so you could see that it is going to take on a face lift. In that short interval while it takes on that face lift, it also leads right into Israel building the new temple for their Messiah. That is why Haggai prophesied about the shaking of all things, which is going on right now; it is to eventually lead to that era when the temple is to be rebuilt. Israel today, finds it hard financially, to be able to bring this great influx of immigrants home from dispersion; so what would they do if they were suddenly faced with the era that requires them to build the temple? It is to be the most glorious building on the face of God’s green earth. That is where we have to realize why we see scriptures like the one we read in Isaiah, how the forces of the Gentiles shall be converted unto thee, and how the sons of strangers will come and build up thy walls. And the ships of Tarshish shall bring thy sons and daughters from afar, and their gold and silver with them, and their kings shall minister unto thee. Do you think that is going to bring a world wide Holy Ghost revival? No. You are not going to revive the pope. You are not going to convert Roman Catholicism. The six day war did not do it; and neither will anything else, no matter how miraculous it may be. I will tell you what the six day war did do, In six days Egypt that was set to push Israel into the sea, had been driven back across the desert. the war was over. In just six days, Israel did that; but it was obvious that God had intervened. As we talked with that certain Israeli General, a Jew out of France, he told us that he was a commander of one of the tank divisions that went through the Sinai. He himself stated that the six day war was a miracle war in which the hand of God was shown favoring Israel. He said, As we chased the Egyptians through the Sinai with our artillery and our tanks, many times as we were firing upon the Egyptians, it looked utterly impossible in the natural term of artillery potential for us to hit them, knowing what our range was supposed to be; but it seemed like every time we fired toward them, it went farther than we believed it could, and would hit its mark. Brother, that was not hard for me to believe. God just had angelic beings up there grabbing those projectiles and passing them on to their targets. Hallelujah! When God wants to turn something into a miracle war, Do not ever limit Him. He went ahead to say, Many times Israeli soldiers were known to have seen angelic beings in the desert. Saints that is just like it was back in early Bible times. We have not heard much about anything like that for a long time, out of Israel. That little war made our military men in Washington, as well as England and Europe, at least for a short while afterward, to know there was a higher power fighting for Israel. Military men of the west who knew the fields of warfare, and the technological advantages various things, knew Israel was out numbered, out gunned, and at a disadvantage in everything as far as potential ability. However God just took the little they had, (and as the song goes) Little is much if God be in it. He multiplied it ten thousand times over again, and those military men all over the world readily confessed that the hand of God was with Israel. It was the hand of God for sure! How many of those who witnessed that miracle, became Christian’s as a result of it? It never made any of them get down on their knees to repent and say, I want to be a Christian. God has His ways to make rich, mighty, kings and all, bow their heads and acknowledge that there is a God; but it does not cause very many of them to become Christian’s. In front of us, there is another condition coming up, when God will do the very same thing. Israel will have all of Jerusalem, the temple grounds and all. God will design the outcome of an unfavorable condition that will bring it about. Under pressure, various one’s of the Israeli governing body may be coerced into a compromise concerning their stand on various issues; but God will not let them go too far. The hour is to late. Those Northern tribes are not going home just for the sake of increasing Israel’s population; God is getting them ready to meet their Messiah.

A LOOK AT SOME WELL ESTABLISHED FACTS

Some may think we put too much emphasis on the Roman Empire; but I assure you, we had better not fail to watch what is taking place in that part of the world, lest we get caught sleeping while something takes place that we have been looking for. As you bring John’s vision down to an earthly, geographical application, you see it in greater Europe today. Once again the pope is slowly working his way to the head of the class, so to speak. Keep in mind, the pope is not out making speeches, threatening, Now boys you had better be good, or I am going to cook your goose. No, he is not threatening anyone; but he has done more traveling than all the other popes of any other era of time. Wherever he goes, he takes every opportunity to make speeches about world peace; and about the world sharing its wealth with poverty stricken people. He does not tell how the former popes, of the Middle Ages looked upon that kind of thing. That is why South America is in the pitiful state she is in even today; simply because the Catholic Church has held the people in darkness, poverty, and superstition, throughout past years; never allowing them the opportunity to better themselves. She has persuaded the people that riches only makes fools out of people; and that the church should control all such. As long as the church has it, then she can control the masses. She did not even care how many peasants starved to death, just as long as they were obedient to walk in her light (which is darkness) and serve her system of religion. Now, times have changed; so the pope has to approach the world from a different standpoint. He is nonchalantly awaiting his hour. No he does not know everything about the role he will play in the fulfillment of Bible prophecy; he is just doing what he believes he should do. He can look back through history and see how powerful other popes have been; and he no doubt feels that he should have more to say about the affairs of the world; but he is smart enough to know he will have to work his way into that position; and what better way is there, than to talk of peace and sharing, when multitudes are starving to death, and the whole world is crying for peace? He is getting into position for his role in the great peace covenant that is just ahead for many nations, including Israel. In the meanwhile, as Jews continue coming home from dispersion, and a rebuilding of Jerusalem and the temple gets under way, a spirit will hit the Gentiles; and a certain element of them will want to contribute to what Israel is doing. That is what fulfills the prophecies we have already read, especially Isaiah 60. This will also usher in that era of time when the two prophets of Revelation 11, will appear on the scene in Israel. All of this has to go together. You will not find God fulfilling some of these end time prophecies now, and then waiting another hundred years to bring it all to a climax. It is all pointing to the same era of time; but each chapter gives certain details of things that will fit into the overall picture. Therefore when these two prophets do come on the scene, it will be during the time when Western Europe is in power. The pope will be enjoying his acceptance as the moderator of that great peace and prosperity covenant that will be signed to invoke the seventieth week of Daniel’s seventy weeks prophesied to Israel. He will have made the covenant with the nations in and around the Middle East, Israel included. That is when the great revival breaks out in Israel; as those two prophets prophesy to them of their Messiah, and of what is ahead for them. You talk about the Holy Ghost being poured out, brother it will be. Also, there will be miracles; for it says in Revelation 11:5-6, that in the days of their prophecy if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies: and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed. It says these have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. That is exactly what Moses and Elijah of old did. These miracles will not be taking place world wide; they will just be basically in the Middle East; because that is where god wants the attention of the world drawn to. They will see water turned to blood, something that has not been witnessed since Moses and Aaron went to Egypt 3500 years ago, to set the children of Israel free from bondage under Pharaoh. Bro. Jackson, do you really believe that? Yes I do. You may think it is fanaticism; but it is not fanaticism to God; it is exactly what He has ordered for that hour of time. When God had all those frogs hopping in everyons’s windows, getting in bed with them, and causing an all out nuisance, it made a lot of people angry; but it served its purpose in His plan. They would go to bed at night, stick their feet down in the sheets, and there was a little old slick frog already there. Can you not just imagine the screams that were heard throughout all of Egypt during that time? That was only a part of their problem. Next came lice throughout the land. God really knows how to aggravate people when He has a reason to do so. He just literally gets under their skin. Things they cannot produce, He can. When frogs and lice did not do the job, He sent swarms of flies; and then death to their cattle, and so forth until He broke Pharaoh’s will to resist. Well those two prophets of Rev.11, are going to be doing some of those same things in Israel, getting the attention of some who might not otherwise respond to just their prophesying and witnessing. For a period of 3 1/2 years, their ministry will bring a great revival in Israel; and they will be exposing Catholicism, the Antichrist, and that beast system; so do you think the old peace loving pope is just going to ignore all of that? Not on your life. By the time that has gone on for 3 1/2 years, he will be fed up with it. He will have those two pests (That is what he will call them.) killed right in the streets of Jerusalem; and let their dead bodies lie right there in the presence of the whole world, (T.V. News coverage will make sure of that.) until God resurrects them and calls them to “Come up hither.” The pope cannot afford to ignore them any longer. He will already have Europe in his hands. He will already have the world church in his power; so why allow that to go on? What do I mean by that? Simply this, All Protestantism is going to be trotting right along in his footsteps. When it says in Revelation 13, that his deadly wound was healed, and that the whole world will wonder after the beast, that is exactly what is implied. The head was wounded by the Reformation, as those Reformation preachers hacked away at the power and authority of those old popes of the Dark Ages; so it took a returning to the old mother church by the Protestants, to bring about the healing. Not that they go back into Catholicism, but the fact that they no longer protest that Roman Catholic dogma; and they are all just one big happy, ecumenical conglomeration that can coexist with each other. That scripture says, (Rev. 13:4) “And they (The world church, so to speak) worshipped the dragon (the devil, that anoints that beast man, which is the pope, which is also called the antichrist, and the false prophet) which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make war with him?” That does not mean people will literally fall down and worship the devil; it just simply means they will be so thrilled about the signing of that peace covenant, they will be saying, This is wonderful. We should have had this a long time ago. No one will dare start a war, with the holy father, as they call him, being the moderator over world situations. Why has it taken so long for us to have such a beautiful era of world peace? With Europe (which is what makes up the body of that beast) solidly behind every decision the pope makes, why would the carnal minded people of the world not say, “Who is able to make war with the beast?” The pope is going to be sitting right in the saddle. What those two prophets will be doing inside the nation of Israel will just literally upset all of the plans of those that are lined up behind the pope. At that time there will be four different elements of Jewish people. You will have the liberal, political minded element that will be responsible for selling out the nation, to cooperate with the beast system. At the same time, you will have the woman element that is seen fleeing into the wilderness to hide from the terror of the Beast, after the two prophets are killed, and the peace covenant is no longer in effect. You will also have the 144,000 servants of God that will flee into the nations of the world preaching the everlasting gospel to their brethren which are still in dispersion among the nations. If you will think about it, you will see that there are four elements of Jews during that time. The woman, and the 144,000 servants, will be sealed with the Holy Ghost. The political element that has found no time nor place for God in their lives will be marked for damnation; and many of those in dispersion (which is your fourth element) will seal their own testimony of faith and trust in God, by giving their lives in martyrdom rather than accept the mark of the beast, after those servants of God preach the everlasting gospel to them, warning them to Stay away from the beast and have no dealings with the 666 mark of the beast! Their message will not be a Repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of your sins message, it will warn them of what is coming down the road; and instruct them on how to escape damnation, admonishing them to fear God and worship Him. Let us just read it. (Rev. 14:6-10) This is the Apostle John speaking, telling what was being shown him, that would take place at a later time. “And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters. And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb.” I believe you already understand that the angels flying through the air are not the ones doing the preaching to earthly inhabitants; they are just simply anointing the 144,000 servants of God to preach the last gospel message dwellers on this earth will ever hear.

TWO BIBLE WOMEN, ONE A HOLY NATION, THE OTHER A WHORE

When we speak of the woman of Revelation 12, we are speaking first of a nation that brought forth a man child; and then a spiritually awakened element of Jewish men and women, boys and girls that have to flee into a hiding place for the duration of the 3 1/2 years of great tribulation that is just ahead. On the other hand, when we speak of the woman of Revelation 17, we are speaking of the Roman Catholic Church, an antichrist system of religion that the word of God calls, a whore; and I might remind you that her Protestant daughters are called harlots. That system has produced harlots and abominations of the earth. As for the woman of Rev. 12:14, being given two wings of a great eagle, I am sure all of you realize that this is symbolic; there will not literally be a woman with eagle’s wings fleeing from the Antichrist forces. The woman of verse 1, verse 6, and verse 14 are all three Israel, just portrayed for different era’s of time. Verse 1, portrays her from her birth as a nation of people, all the way into the Millennium where she is clothed with her Millennial glory. Verse 5, speaks of the hour she gave birth to the man child they called Jesus, verse 6, speaks of an hour just ahead, which marks time exactly in the middle of the 70th week of Daniel. Naturally the Gentile grace age of two thousand years, is squeezed in between verses 5 and 6; and the two wings of a great eagle of verse 14, is symbolically pointing to the message delivered to her by those two prophets during the first half of that week of years. You can go to Exodus 19:4, and see how the bible refers to God’s prophets as eagles. Notice, “Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto myself.” It was God’s prophets Moses and Aaron, that brought the Israeli’s out of Egyptian bondage; yet the Bible refers to it as them being brought out on eagles’ wings. For you who do not know what we mean when we refer to the seventieth week of Daniel, it is that one week of years still left to be fulfilled to Israel of the seventy weeks prophesied to her, that God would deal with her because of her idolatrous ways of long ago. Of that 490 years, of the total dealings with her for her disobedience, 483 years have been fulfilled already, leaving only the one week referred to in Daniel 9:27, “And he (the antichrist) shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst (or exact middle) of the week he (the antichrist) shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, (This is where he breaks the peace covenant and kills the two prophets; and starts an all out persecution of the Jews.) and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.” At the end of that week of time, Jesus will return to earth literally, with His bride Church, to pour out the wrath of God upon the wicked, judge those who are left alive at the conclusion of that, and set up His Millennial reign upon earth.

WHERE THE SEAT OF AUTHORITY IS-OF THE ANTICHRIST

I assure you, the antichrist man will come from Rome Italy; not out of Moscow, nor Antioch Syria, nor Damascus. The fact that he must come out of Rome does not mean he is a Roman born citizen; it just means that is where his authority comes from. He could be a German. Right now he is a Polish man; and it could very well remain so; I am not saying it will or will not. Most of the popes we have observed up until now have been Italian; and things did not progress very fast; but when this man went into that office, things pointing to the end time have really been on the move. That just lets us realize, Got puts up whomsoever He chooses to; and by the same token He casts down whomsoever He will. He knows what He is doing. He always sees to it that the right man is on the job, when the time comes. Regardless of whether it will be this pope or another one in his place, I can just see the pope of that hour when the two prophets begin their ministry in the nation of Israel, sitting across the Mediterranean, in Rome, Something is going on in Mt. Zion. Tom Brokaw will be there, Connie Chung will be there, Dan Rather and no telling how many more. All of the major News Networks will be there. They will no longer have their eyes on Russia. Gorbachev is an old story by that time. On the other hand though, things will really be going on in Israel. They will come on at night, Our featured story is from Israel again this evening. Today there were protests throughout all Israel as their water was turned to blood. It seems that those same two men some are calling prophets of God, are behind this latest disturbance also. We have had continuous coverage there for days now; and this thing just goes from bad to worse. It seems that nothing can stop them. This is just a little example of what will be heard on the News Networks during that time; and it will go like that for 3 1/2 years; so it is no wonder the Bible says people will rejoice over their sudden death; and that they will have nothing but praise for those who put them to death. Not the true people of God, that worldly multitude that will be doomed for damnation. In other words, when God is on the scene doing just exactly what His word says He will be doing, critics are rising to protest, smart alecs are blaspheming, and the old pope is getting more angry every day. It says fire comes out of those men’s mouths and devours those who try to harm them before they finish the work God sends them there to do. The Holy Ghost will be falling upon Jews who believe what those men will be prophesying to them. The political element of Jews will be those that try to harm them; for their anger will intensify from day to day. He will be unable to see anything worthwhile in what is going on. Naturally their mind will be on what this is costing the nation in a material sense. That is all politicians of this sort are concerned about; they could not care less about whether the God of heaven is doing it or not. They do not believe in Him; or their outlook would be different. Any time you have a revival going on, you always have a bunch of carnal people ready to rip it to pieces, finding fault with everything anyone does. While these prophets for three and one half years walk the streets of Jerusalem prophesying, they are going to expose the developments in world affairs. To one element of that Jewish society which makes up this woman, pictured right there, (on the chart) will be given understanding of the world in its political, economic, and military makeup. They are going to know that in just a short interval of time, this is all going to be over, and their Messiah is going to be here. Just as those two prophets will cause that 144,000 Jewish men to be sealed for their part in the prophetic picture, so also will the woman element be sealed for her part. She will reign with Christ in the Millennium.

WATCHING THE POPE

Let us just watch the pope in our mind’s eye, while this prophetic picture is being fulfilled to Israel. He has sat and watched this scene in Israel for 3 1/2 years; and has seen that no one could contest what those two prophets were doing without being struck down. He has watched as they shut up the heavens and would not allow it to rain; and he knew what that would do in Israel. That is going to hurt her agricultural productive capability. This means economically, she is going to have less and less to export to Europe. After so much of that, she is going to begin to have an economic deficit. She is going to begin to have economic problems beyond anything they have known to that point. That is why that political Jewish element is not going to be very happy. He has nobody to blame but those two men out there in the streets. Is that not what it was in the days of Elijah of old. He sent word to Ahab, It will not rain until I say for it to. It will not rain; and what water there is will be turned to blood. Men will go looking for water. They will dig wells for water; but to no avail. It is going to bring a hardship. It has to be that way to accomplish the full purpose of God. As the pope begins to envision this, he begins to take all of it into consideration, as to the effect it will have upon their economic agreement; and by the time three and one half years have passed, (which is the first half of that week of Daniel) God will allow him to think an evil thought. God will allow him to conclude, I have to bring this thing to an end. That is why it says in Daniel 9:27, that in the middle of that week the same man that made a covenant for a seven year period, (which is one week) will break it. Something has to cause him to do this; and it will certainly not be what is going on in Rome, that will cause it. It is what will be going on in Mt. Zion. All of that will cause a lot of problems over there. The political Jews will be crying, Our economic system is in ruins; something has to be done to stop this thing before our economic condition goes beyond the point of no return. When the pope hears that, he is going to begin to theorize, I think it is time for me to step in and bring this thing to an end. Well he is the only one that could; and he will not do anything until they have prophesied for the full appointed time. Just imagine anyone else up until this particular time, trying to reach out and hurt them: it says fire proceeds out of their mouth and devours their enemies. That very simply points to the fact that they will have power to pronounce death upon them. Did not Elijah do exactly that? You know he did. In the book of 2nd Kings it will tell you what he did. As we think of this antichrist sitting there in Rome, do you think he will have any power to do anything before the middle of the week? Absolutely not. Only when God allows him, will he have power to lay a finger on them. When he does begin to think like that though, I can see him load up his international police force and head for Israel. Here comes the amphibious landing craft, well trained European troops, paratroopers, and everything else needed for modern day action in a situation like this. Only at this time, is he anointed to do what he will do; when the prophets have finished their testimony to Israel. We can read it in Rev. 11:7, “And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit (That will be the spirit of the devil in the pope; it is only a spirit, that can come out of the bottomless pit; and that spirit will enter the pope; just like it entered Judas to cause him to betray Jesus.) shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them.” The pope and his international police force will enter Jerusalem, placing Jerusalem under international control. He will confiscate and take control of the temple. He will deny the Jews the right to offer any further sacrifice upon the altar. When he successfully accomplishes all of that, can you not just imagine the affect that will have upon the people of the world? They will be saying, I guess that shows who is the greatest. Now who will we worship? Those prophets that it seemed like no one could get to are dead; and look who took care of them. If they were really prophets of God, how come they allowed themselves to be killed like that? That no doubt, is what some of the people will be saying; but what will the pope do next? You can read it in 2nd Thessalonians, chapter 2; and in Daniel 11. I will just read a couple of verses from 2nd Thessalonians at this time. (2:3-4) “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, (the rapture of the Bride Church) except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.” That is the kind of devil your peace loving pope turns out to be. After he successfully kills the two prophets, he will take over the Jews’ temple and literally demand worship. That scripture is all you need, to know that the temple will be rebuilt before the Millennium starts. We know by this, that it is already built when the middle of the seventieth week of Daniel arrives. Just think of it, the temple that the Jews will build for their Messiah, will first be occupied by a false Messiah; and it will be that carnal, political element of Jews that will open up the way for it. That is exactly why Jesus said in St. John 5:43 “I am come in my Father’s name, and ye receive me not: if another shall come in his own name, (meaning the antichrist) him ye will receive.” It certainly will not be the spiritually awakened element of Jews that receive the antichrist; they will know from listening to the two prophets who this fellow is; and what he will do. That is why they flee from there until after their true Messiah has come and set everything in order for a true reign of peace. God will allow that false prince of peace to sit in the temple for the space of three and one half years; but when that comes to a close there will never be another manifestation of the antichrist. He will be bound and reserved for the lake of fire. Naturally though, the very fact that he successfully killed those two prophets that no other man could touch, convinces a willing element of the world population that he is the most powerful force there is; and they reverence him. None of those miracles manifested through the ministry of the two prophets will mean anything to the element of mankind still walking the streets; they will be too taken up by the fact that there is one present that had power over them. For the next 3 1/2 days after their execution, there will be great speculation due to the fact that they are left lying there in the street without burial. Verse 10, says, “And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.” I do not picture the street cleaners and other not so important people doing that; it will be King So and So, and this dictator, and important dignitaries of the world that will take so much delight in seeing them put to death. These are the kind of people who rejoice over developments such as that. After three and one half days, Tom Brokaw, and all the rest will no doubt still be there, when all of a sudden those two Jews stand up. Try to picture this, They will have already begun to swell, flies will be swarming all over them, and no one will want to touch them; and suddenly they just stand up; and it says great fear fell upon those who witnessed it. That in itself could cause a lot of heart attacks; but then a great voice from heaven is heard saying, “Come up hither;” and they ascend to heaven in a cloud, just like Jesus did. God will make sure the Television News gets a good picture of what is taking place; because the whole world has been seeing everything else and speculating about the significance of it all. I do not know what Connie Chung, Tom Brokaw, Dan Rather and all the others will tell the world; but I do know this thing is so close at hand, that these I have called by name could very well be on the scene with live coverage of those events. We must realize, that when it says in Revelation 11:9, “And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations (a worldwide scope) shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves,” it has to be through the medium of television that this is accomplished. One hundred years ago, there was no way the whole world could have witnessed this event and been rejoicing about it while it was still going on. No saints, it is the satellite technology that has made the fulfillment of this prophecy an understandable thing. Everything is right on schedule. Time is moving right on schedule; and prophecy is being fulfilled right on schedule. Somewhere just ahead, when that antichrist seeks to bring that picture to its end and kill those prophets, that will be the signal for the 144,000 servants of God to go to the nations with the everlasting gospel. Read the 14th chapter of Revelation. We have already preached it, printed it; and talked about it in this message. They will have that everlasting gospel to preach to their brethren in dispersion. The last good news of any kind that mankind of the world is ever going to hear, will be preached by them just before God closes this era of time and pours out His wrath upon unbelieving mankind.

TO WHERE WILL THE WOMAN OF REV.12:6 FLEE FOR SAFETY?

A lot of people have asked, Bro. Jackson, where will the woman element of the nation of Israel flee to, that she can be kept safe during that time of awful persecution of spiritual Jews? I have never endeavored to project any certain place in the world where Jews would be safe from the wrath of the antichrist; but I do know that God will have a place prepared for them when the time comes that they need it; because the Bible plainly tells us so. It is not written where that place is; and I am persuaded that the wisdom of God would not let it be known ahead of time, lest it turn out not to be a safe haven after all. Here is the picture though, of that spiritual realm of Jews that will be spiritually awakened by the ministry of the two prophets. Not only will those prophets prophesy and testify, they will also instruct those who will believe what they speak. No doubt they will say to the believers, When you see so and so take place, it is time for you to get out of here and go to the place God has already prepared for you. Naturally they will tell them where that place is; and how to go about getting there. Let us read the verse we are referring to. (Rev. 12:6) “And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.” That is the exact amount of days as is allotted to the antichrist; and also to the great tribulation, which is the same 1260 days. It is God, that has chosen the place; and the T-H-E-Y is not the people fleeing; it is the people in a goegraphical area of the world somewhere, that God has prepared to take care of those Jews until the storm passes over, as the song goes. Naturally it is hard for us to realize that there could be such a place upon the face of the earth today; since world travel is such a common thing any more; but God will reveal it to them in due time. Their prophets will tell them. That is why it states in verse 14, that she (the woman) was given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness. As we have already stated, The two wings of an eagle represent the message of those two prophets; as we vindicated by reading Exodus 19:4, that speaks of the time when God delivered the children of Israel out of Egyptian bondage by the ministry of two other prophets. It is the purpose of God, to protect an element of mortal Jewish flesh; because when the tribulation is over and the wrath of God has destroyed the sinful element of mankind in the world, this woman element of Jews is going to come back into the land of Israel. This is the woman that is going to be there, to be clothed in the glory of God pictured in verse 1, and she will rule and reign there with Jesus the Messiah throughout the Millennium. He is their King, their Christ, their Messiah; and He will rule the world from the temple there in Jerusalem. He will have a queen, the Gentile bride Church; but they will not rule from Jerusalem over the Gentile nations. They will have thrones they sit upon, as is seen in Revelation 20, verse 4. Let us read that verse. “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, (That is the bride Church.) and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, (That would have to be the Gentile foolish virgins of Matthew 25, those who let their lamps run out of oil.) and for the word of God, (That would be the Jewish element that accept martyrdom rather than the mark of the beast, during that tribulation hour.) and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” Yes they will live and reign with Christ a thousand years in immortal bodies; but not in the same capacity as the bride Church.

THOSE WHO WILL BE MARTYRED IN THE GREAT TRIBULATION

We will take a look at verses 7, 8, 9, and 10, here in chapter 12; because they present a picture of the spiritual conflict that goes on in the heavens between good angels and bad angels. The bad angels are the fallen angels that sided with Lucifer when he tried to exalt himself to be equal with God. Most of you know this already; but we can read 4 verses in Isaiah 14, just for the sake of having it in the message. (12-15) “How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit.” That gives a little picture of who the devil is. Before he sinned He was a beautiful archangel of God. Ezekiel 28, gives more information on what took place that caused God to kick him out of heaven; and thereby causing him to be the enemy of God, with a burning desire to thwart the plan of God for mankind. With that little background to set the thought trend in the proper direction, let us now look at the three verses in chapter 12, the verses that follow the one that speaks of the woman fleeing. It is what goes on between spirit forces, Satan’s angels which are the fallen ones, and God’s angels, the righteous ones, that ultimately affect us in our every day walk of life. Let us begin to read. “And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; (That represents the embodiment of Satan’s power in the Roman system.) and the dragon fought and his angels, And prevailed not; (In other words, they lost the heavenly battle.) neither was their place found any more in heaven. (In other words, when God drives them out of the heavenly spirit world, down to earth to be embodied and carried out in the earthly setting, it means time is just about over.) And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, (I will not be able to say everything that could be said, because in the denominational church world today, they are doctrinally confused; and cannot get it straightened out about when the rapture will take place for the Church. They read the scriptures and some see the Church going through the dark tribulation, to be martyred by the antichrist forces; and again, certain ways you read other scriptures, the Church is taken. Well we just have to realize that what Paul wrote to the Thessalonians about the translation, the coming of Christ for His Church, and our gathering together unto Him, is exactly the way it is going to be. According to Paul’s revelation written to the Thessalonians, the coming of the Lord for His Church is a secret event; but what we read here is how and what is going to progress during that tribulation hour, affecting those who are going to be left here to face their part of it, spiritual and unspiritual, in that hour. I will now read the rest of verse 10.) Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night.” That literally means that in that three and one half years of time which is left when the two prophets are killed, Satan’s power is what is projected in the earth. The only people that he can possibly work against then, is the Jewish saints and the Gentile foolish virgins that you read about in Matthew 25. In other words, those who did not have the oil, (the Holy Ghost and a true revelation) will be left on the outside, to go through that terrible time of weeping, and wailing, and gnashing of teeth. That is not hell; but it is fair to say that it is like hell on earth, if you understand what I mean. Let us go on to verse 11, and identify those who are mentioned there. And they (They who? Those Jewish saints, and the Gentile foolish virgins) overcame him (Who? The beast man and his beast system that will be motivated by that old dragon, devil spirit.) by the blood of the Lamb, (The Gentile foolish virgins will claim the blood of the Lamb, for they do believe in Jesus.) and by the word of their testimony; (Jewish saints will hold to their testimony, that they do truly believe in the God of their forefather’s) and they loved not their lives unto the death.” That simply means that these two elements of mortal mankind will refuse to take the mark of the beast; because they will have heard the everlasting gospel preached by the 144,000 servants of God, that distinctly tell them to worship God, give glory and honor to Him, and refuse the mark of the beast, lest they be damned; and they are killed (martyred) because of their stand. In other words, whatever their spiritual condition is when this hour comes upon the world, and they are found living in that time, they will be faced with conditions that will require them to prove it, if they truly do believe in God. If they do not have anything real, as pertaining to an experience with God, they will take the mark of the beast rather than face death for confessing faith in God. It is a simple thing to say you believe in God when there is no price to pay; but when sure death is staring you in the face if you make such a confession, it takes a genuine experience to face martyrdom for it. We every one know someone professing faith in God, that at the least bit of difficulty in life, they are ready to give up and quit going to church. Do you think an unstable person like that will look death in the face and refuse the mark of the beast, when it requires that identifying mark before they can buy bread to feed their starving children? Let us be realistic about this, When you see people literally overtaken, and overcome by mere problems in life that are nothing to compare with this, where will they suddenly get the strength and determination to face the antichrist and say; You can kill me if you like; but I will not renounce my faith and trust in God? Some people can just get in a financial bind, and they are ready to quit going to church and give up. What do you want to quit for? Salvation is too important. Well if anyone will do that now, what in the world do you think they are going to do when their life is threatened, and they cannot even work or buy and sell unless they abide by the dictates of that antichrist and his beastly system in that hour? This goes to show, that hour of time will bring out the true quality of every person left here. Nevertheless there will be a great multitude of people in that hour that will love God so much, that a million dollars in a bank account could not persuade them to renounce their faith in Him. You would not think so by what you see out here in the world today; but when you go to Revelation 7:9-17, and pay attention to what the angel told John about that great multitude standing there before the throne of God arrayed in white robes, you find that they have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Let me read verses 13-14, and you will get the answer. “And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they? And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. (In other words, I do not know, but you do.) And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. The best security bond in the world will not be worth two cents to those left here on earth to face that dark hour of great tribulation. Those who have believed in God, but just never get around to a full surrender to Him, will suddenly be faced with total commitment to God or damnation, when that beast rule goes into effect. Some will see for a fact, that to live for God and serve Him, or die for Him if need be, is more important than anything else in this world. “And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. (12:12) Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabitants of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.” This is not a different picture, it is just looking at the picture from a different angle in the geographic world that will be in existence in that hour. (13)“And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.” That dragon spirit is the spirit of the devil, originally a beautiful angel of God, but now the enemy of God and of all that is righteous. God cast him out of heaven down to earth; and he will be embodied in those European nations that geographically make up the territory of the old Roman Empire when they enter the picture for their diabolical, end time reign with the antichrist. Rev.17:12 and 13, tell us they will give their power to the beast at the end time. “And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.” Saints, in that last three and one half years, human life will have little value; because that man of sin will have it all under his control. Notice, it says he (the dragon) persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child. (This is not another picture. It is just another way of describing the picture, to bring out certain other details. The fact that he persecutes the woman, proves he has no heart for that Jewish, spiritual person. (That has to be referring to spiritual Israel. They are the Jews the devil wants to get rid of.) “And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, (Where will she get them? From the two prophets, in the first half of the week. Therefore she knows where to go in the last half of the week.) into her place where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.” (Read Daniel, chapter 8:19-27; and you will find the angel explaining much of this to Daniel.) “And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood (a flood of persecution, You will find that water, here, points to people, the same as in Rev. 17:15, which says, And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.) after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.” (this flood of racial persecution.) “And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, (that is spiritual Jewish people) and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.” That is Gentile foolish virgin people that have played around too long before they woke up to the fact of what is going on in the world. They will not be damned along with the ungodly; but they will have to go through the great tribulation and seal their testimony with their own blood, so to speak; for they will be slain for believing in God and refusing to accept the mark of the beast. In the natural, as all of this was given to John, he could see what symbolized a huge crack in the earth, we might say, just opened up; and all of that water which he saw come rushing out of the mouth of that dragon, just flowed right into that opening in the earth; but that is absolutely symbolic. The earth, as it is used here, speaks of the place and the people somewhere in the world, that will be prepared by God Himself to help the fleeing Israeli’s, referred to as the woman. When we can realize the terrible holocaust that six million Jews went through in WW2, and realize that it took that, to get the process of Jews returning to their home land under way, we can see that God allowed it to happen; just like He will allow this next group to suffer the same thing. We know, by the Revelation and understanding we have of the 5th seal, that when this hour has come again and the spiritual element of Jews in Israel have to flee from the beast with the dragon spirit, and hide out for 3 1/2 years until Jesus comes back to earth, there will be another bunch killed just as merciless as those of the holocaust. Let us go to Rev. 6:9-11, and read what is written about the fifth seal. “And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held: (This is the souls of the spiritual element of the six million Jews killed in the holocaust, crying out to God for Him to avenge their blood that was shed by an ungodly tyrant and his henchmen; and you can see how God answered them. There is yet another go around of this very same hatred toward the Jews; and then God will avenge all of them. In the meanwhile, they are to rest yet for a little season.) And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellow servants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.” That little season is the time between the holocaust of WW2, and the hour of great tribulation when the next unmerciful slaughter takes place. As we have already stated, Even though the woman element is protected from those evil forces, there will still be Jews scattered among all nations in dispersion, in areas of the world where that terrible beastly system can get to them; and you can be sure that he (the beast man with his beast system) is going to do his best to liquidate every Jew he can get his hands on. That is why it is said like that to the souls under (at the foot of) the altar. No doubt there are yet many details to be revealed of this end time picture; but meanwhile we are to live for God and wait patiently until the time comes for Him to reveal the rest to us. Surely we are so close to the end now, that it cannot be long until the rest comes. In the few short months ahead, as world events and time itself bring about things that are in the making, we will understand it all more clearly. No matter what you may hear some of these Radio and Television Preachers preach, the woman of Revelation 12, is the nation of Israel in a panoramic view coming from the Law Dispensation right on through to her Millennial glory. We know this also, when the tribulation period is all over, and Jesus has come back with His Church to rule and reign, Israel will be that great nation shining. Israel will be the nation that stands out, in that day.

A VINDICATED GROUP OF SAINTLY PEOPLE

Before we bring this message to a close, I just want to say a few more words concerning that great multitude John saw arrayed in white robes recorded in Revelation 7:9-17, that a lot of your modern day preachers are saying is the bride Church. Believing that this multitude is the bride, it is no wonder they teach that the bride has to go through the tribulation; for the angel told John in verse 14, “These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.” Well Bro. Jackson, how do we know they are not the bride? Because we take all of that which has been written about the bride, and build our revelation on the whole picture, instead of just one verse. 1 Thessalonians 4:13-18, speaks of a catching away of believers; and 5:9, says, “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ;” therefore if the bride Church was appointed to go through the tribulation before the catching away, the apostle Paul would not have made that point about her not being appointed to wrath. Neither would he have said in 4:18, after describing the catching away, “Wherefore comfort one another with these words.” Where would be the comfort, if we had the great tribulation staring us in the face before we get out of here? The simple truth is, people who do not know the difference between the bride of Christ and the foolish virgins, according to what Jesus illustrated in the 25th, chapter of Matthew, will always see the Church going through the tribulation. If you will carefully read Matthew 25:1-12, you will see a definite difference between the two groups in the parable; and then if you will read verses 13-30, you will see how God looks upon those who have had something given to them that they could have invested for gain, (spiritually speaking) and failed to do so. They were cast into outer darkness (the great tribulation) where there is weeping and gnashing of teeth. Yes saints, there is a beautiful picture laid out between the pages of this blessed old book of the bride of Christ; and because of that picture, and the hope that it gives believers, the apostle Paul could rightfully say, “Wherefore comfort one another with these words.” Nowhere does the Bible promise us that we will slide through this life without being tested; and that testing can be pretty hard on our flesh; but the true child of God has an assurance in his or her heart, that when the testing is completed it will have worked for good to our spiritual man inside. Furthermore we have the assurance from God’s word, that we will no be tempted, or tested beyond that which we are able to bear. That is in 1 Corinthians 10:13 “There hath no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful, who will not suffer (or allow) you to be tempted (or tested) above that ye are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it.” That is truth from the word of God; and we can depend upon it. We can also depend upon the truth of Romans 8:28, which says, “And we know that all things work together for good to them that love God, to them who are the called according to His purpose;” no matter how dark the way up ahead may look. Hallelujah! Amen.

1991-05-The-Woman-of-Mystery-Part-4

The Woman of Mystery, Part 3 – 1990, April


WE ENDED OUR LAST ISSUE STILL LOOKING AT THE BEASTS OF THE BIBLE; SO THAT IS WHERE WE WILL BEGIN THIS ISSUE.

Daniel saw four great beasts come up from the sea, all different from each other; and the fourth beast was the most terrible of them all. That is the one we want to look at now, after having looked at the first three. That fourth beast was destined to be the last beast system ever to rule the world before the coming of Christ. Here is what Daniel wrote concerning that fourth beast. (Dan.7:7) “After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse (different) from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.” What was he seeing? He saw the arising of the Roman Empire. When you go to your secular history books you find that another city began to take shape at approximately 800 B.C. The Roman Empire started out a city empire, city oriented and city controlled. However it grew until it controlled more territory than any of the other empires before it. We must understand this, though Rome is in Italy, there is quite a distance from Rome to the uttermost areas it controlled. History allows us to know that the ancient inhabitants of Rome were not just merely the native backwoods people of the peninsula of Italy. They were immigrant people coming from Athens Greece and many of these other regions. Small areas of people, falling constantly into conflicts between what was going on in the eastern realm, as well as the western realm, just kept fleeing from one place to another; and eventually ended up in Rome, because they had heard of the life style there. They heard that Rome was a growing city; so they came to Rome. Why am I going into all of this? I am going to ask you a question to help you get the picture of what we are looking at. Why do we have so many different races of people in America today? It is because people, through years gone by, have heard of the lifestyle here in America; and of the possibility of gaining an easier way of life to provide for a family. Remember, this continent was at one time the land of the American Indians; but they have been pushed way into the background. My point is, the population of America is made up of people from all over the world. I point this out so you will listen to me portray Rome to you. As Rome grew, it pushed outward until a few years before the advent of Christ it had pushed into all these regions. It rose up in what was called the west, as a metropolitan, military city power, and it reached out through the various backwoods territories in the Bavarian area of Europe. I must also point out though, that as they spread their influence eastward to the Grecian, Macedonian areas, they did not necessarily build their empire by constantly warring with the inhabitants of those areas. They did it many times through treaties and such like. Finally there came a time, as we study the Roman Empire under the caesars, she had spread her influence all through Europe, all across the Dardanelles, all through Turkey, and all way to the borders of India, taking in all of this area right on across north Africa. What a territory. What an empire. It was all done by the caesars. In their position of authority, they were called emperors; so let us understand what the word emperor means. It is a blasphemous title. Caesar means the emperor was of that particular family of royalty. They were just like the czars of Russia, the pharaohs of Egypt and the kaisers of Germany; all of a line of kinward rulers. When the Russian revolution came, it brought an end to the czars. Likewise the caesars came to an end when Nero died. The word emperor means imperial, sovereign, universal ruler; and that designation belongs only to God. The caesars who established this great Roman Empire believed that the gods of the heavens had established their reign and their right to be the supreme power over all of the earth. That is why they would take that title emperor. It also means imperial. In other words, everything must be subject to their rule. You can recognize that old spirit today, if you keep your eyes open.

DANIEL INTERPRETING NEBUCHADNEZZAR’S DREAM

I want to leave the particular line of thought concerning the buildup of the Roman Empire; and go to king Nebuchadnezzar’s dream that Daniel interpreted for him. We can go from there to get back to where we want to be, as we try to get a picture of this last world beast power coming into authority. In the days when Daniel was a young man carried off into Babylonian captivity, (you can read in the first and second chapters of Daniel what started all of this) he was faced with the task of doing something no one else could do for the king of Babylon. Daniel, along with Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego somehow fell into very dreadful circumstances. They were among the captives taken to Babylon when king Nebuchadnezzar besieged Jerusalem; and by a set of peculiar circumstances they had found favor with the prince of Nebuchadnezzar’s eunuchs. Well the old king had a dream, and he had called in all of his astrologers, his soothsayers (they were participants in witchcraft, nothing but) trying to get an interpretation of the dream; but to no avail. Therefore things got pretty serious for all of those fellows; because the king decreed that they should all be put to death. However God intervened and turned the whole thing around. That king, a little later, was more sensitive to God than most of our politicians are today. They will not listen to God; but they will go to fortune tellers for advice. Maybe they do not realize it; but that is the same as going to the devil for advice; because that is the spirit behind all fortune telling and palm reading and all such like. When old Nebuchadnezzar called in all his fortune tellers and soothsayers saying, I have had a dream that I do not remember; but I will give such and such to the man who can tell me the dream, and tell me the interpretation. There was not a man among them that could do that. They all said, Oh long live the king. If you will tell us the dream, then we will tell you the interpretation. That made Nebuchadnezzar angry; so he finally said something to this effect, Look here, if you are what you think you are, and you know so much, you either tell me the dream, and the interpretation, or I am going to have your head. He was really angry about their failure to fulfill his demand; so he saw no further need to have any of them around. Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were counted among those fellows, so when they heard about this decree Daniel said to his fellow brothers, We had better pray; or he will get us too. They began to fast and pray; and God gave Daniel the answer. God gave him the same dream; and the interpretation of it. Daniel requested that he be given the opportunity to stand before the king, and here is how it went. (Dan 2:24) “Therefore Daniel went in unto Arioch, whom the king had ordained to destroy the wise men of Babylon: he went and said thus unto him; Destroy not the wise men of Babylon: bring me in before the king, and I will show unto the king the interpretation.” Permission was granted, so let us go to verse 31, and follow the conversation. I can just see that old king sitting there, so angry he was almost beyond rational thinking; yet he agreed to give Daniel a chance. Just listen to how that little Jewish prophet talked to that old king. “Thou, O king, sawest, and behold a great image. This great image, whose brightness was excellent, stood before thee; (In other words, he was not looking at a dried up thing. He was looking at some great monster of an embodiment standing before him.) and the form thereof was terrible. (32) This image’s head was of fine gold, (Pay attention to this description.) his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass, (33) His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay. (34) Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces. (35) Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer threshing floors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was found for them: and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth. (36) This is the dream; and we will tell the interpretation thereof before the king.” As Daniel looked at him and told him that, can you not just see the look of shock that came upon Nebuchadnezzar? He was surely thinking, If he can go this far, there is no doubt he can interpret it also. He was right. Here is the interpretation. Without hesitation Daniel continued,Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the God of heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, and glory. And wheresoever the children of men dwell, the beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven hath He given into thine hand, and hath made thee ruler over them all. Thou art this head of gold.” Did it ever occur to you, that of all earth’s metals gold is the most valuable? Do you know what that tells me? That in that day and time when the Babylonian Empire marked the beginning of man’s progress in creating a social structure, and begin to have world dominance, God likened the quality of men, their character, the social way they went about things, and their attitude and purpose, to these metals, and so forth. Gold was the best. It was the beginning of such an era; and we can see how people were affected by that. Here, was when man really lived in the best of his ability to be sensitive to the God of heaven that had created him. That is why God placed the value of gold there. You do not look at man’s pagan or brutal means of torture or anything like that. That has followed all down through time. You must look at man from the standpoint of his quality to be sensitive. (Dan 2:37-45) “Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the God of heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, and glory. And wheresoever the children of men dwell, the beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven hath he given into thine hand, and hath made thee ruler over them All. Thou art this head of gold. And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, (the Medo-Persian) and another third kingdom of brass, (that was the Grecian Empire) which shall bear rule over all the earth. (40) And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron: (This is the one that concerns us, this fourth one that lasts until the coming of the Lord.) forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all things: and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break in pieces and bruise. (41) And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters’ clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; (Rome and Constantinople) but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay. (42) And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken. (43) And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay. (44) And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, (His own kingdom) which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever. (45) Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known to the king what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation thereof sure.” When Daniel got through talking to Nebuchadnezzar, what did Nebuchadnezzar do? He acknowledged the God of Daniel. What did he say? (Dan 2:47) “The king answered unto Daniel, and said, Of a truth it is, that your God is a God of gods, and a Lord of kings, and a revealer of secrets, seeing thou couldest reveal this secret.” He acknowledged Daniel’s God; and according to his pagan ways (which was all he knew) he set about to honor Him. That is what you have to understand as you read this scripture. That pagan king was more sensitive to the God of creation than our political leaders are today. Will our leaders today acknowledge God? Does God have to blow them off the face of this planet before they will even bend their knees or bow their heads? They have heart’s today like iron. Some others are like a piece of old burnt clay. They will compromise, and do just about anything except what would be pleasing to God. That is what you have portrayed right here. The quality of these various empires was likened to these substances. This one that was likened to Gold was in the time of Daniel the prophet. Daniel lived through the Babylonian era, and right on into the Medo- Persian period which corresponded to the silver. This goes to show the quality of people, how they were affected by time and relationship to God’s purpose among mankind. It was going to deteriorate; though within that structure there were certain individuals that God used, to be sympathetic to His Jewish people. Cyrus the Great made the decree that the Jews could go home to rebuild the house of God. (Ezra 5:13) “But in the first year of Cyrus the king of Babylon the same king Cyrus made a decree to build this house of God.” That lets us see, that even on into the Persian Empire God was still able to move upon those kings and find them pliable; but as time moved on, the quality of leadership deteriorated concerning sensitivity to God. Alexander the Great was represented in the brass. Notice this, gold is softer than silver, and silver is softer than brass; so as time moves on down in the image, it is getting harder. This portrays man and his nature, his ability to be flexible and realistic toward God. Therefore as we move on through time, and come through the Grecian Empire, time is in the legs; and that puts us in the rule of the Roman Empire. The Roman Empire brings time right on into the era of Christianity. When we look at these legs of iron, we need to understand, it was with this kind of strong determination that the Roman Empire walked all over the known world in that hour. When her empire got so great, while she still existed within the realm of iron, she ruled the people with an iron fist. One leg signifies Constantinople, the other is Rome Italy. We know this, Christianity was born as time was moving into the leg period of the Roman Empire; and you did not profess to be a Christian, unless you had the genuine experience; for it was not a popular way.

TRANSITION OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE

We still have a lot to look at, as we study this fourth beast. That is why I wanted to bring time through the different cycles portrayed in Nebuchadnezzar’s dream; and then go on into things that really show what this beast looks like today. However for the sake of our visitors, let me say this, When we move on down through this period of time, on into the toes, the Roman Empire has already gone through many changes. That is the way you have to interpret that vision of Nebuchadnezzar. It is an image that illustrates time, where God is dealing, and how God looks upon mankind. If Daniel had gone ahead and interpreted this whole thing to him, what it all meant, I wonder what some of these politicians would be saying today? In the days of these kings, when time shows Europe, the ten horned beast brought back up, will the God of heaven set up a kingdom that shall never be destroyed. Hallelujah! Time is pointing to Europe today saints. Look how this part of Europe, in one sense of the word, has been a little reluctant to go with us in this Persian Gulf episode. England and France, and a few Italians have said, We are with you; but Europe as a whole society of people, actually, in their heart’s have been reluctant to really say, We will go with you all the way. They say, we will go with you up to a certain point, but beyond that we are scared. Of course it is true, one would have to first understand some of these prophecies of the Bible, to understand the attitude and outlook of a lot of people today; but when you already know what some are destined to do in the last days, these adverse attitudes do not alarm you too much. Just remember, time is no longer here in the legs, when everything was considered iron. Time is moving down here in the toe area, and these ten toes on that image are symbolic of where time is, when this stone is going to come on the scene. That is when we look at Europe, as she comes back up. When WW2 came to a close, the European nations had fought their last territorial war that they will ever fight. The North Atlantic Treaty Organization, and the European Common Market are two systems of man’s social rule that are used to bind them together. In 1988, as George Bush was speaking to NATO, what he said was almost like prophecy. He said, I envision a greater Europe. I thought, George Bush, you do not know the depth of what you have just said. Since that time the hand of God has hit that iron wall; and it has begun to crumble all to pieces. The perimeter of Russia that has stood there like a giant bear, scaring the people of Europe half to death for forty years, is no longer the threat that she has been in the past. As that bear began to dwindle in size, and as she began to pull back, Europe began to unite. Europe is blending together. Spain and Portugal have joined the Common Market; and the stage for end time fulfillment of the prophetic scriptures is set. I want to say this, and you can mark it down somewhere, Yes there are twelve nations that are members of the European Common Market, (meaning that they have a trade agreement) but the fact that there are twelve instead of ten, does not detract one iota from that which is prophesied concerning the ten horned beast. Greece, right along in here, (pointing to a map of Europe) is a member of the European Common Market; but keep this in mind, and I would like to scream this from the housetops to the church world, Wake up! Greece never was a horn in the Roman Empire. It is only a neck, linking back over here to this part of the world. When this whole thing begins to talk, and function as it is destined to do, it is going to be this European core that you will look to; because that is where time puts it. When these ten toes right here on this image correspond to the reviving and re-uniting of the ten horned beast that was, and is not, and yet it is, it lets us know where time is. It means, time is pointing to Europe. Western Europe is where the ten horns are at. I do not care how many other nations join the Common Market from central Europe, all back over in here, that only adds to the territorial body of that beast we are reading about. The horns are here, on the original ten that existed after the breakup of the old Roman Empire. God is looking at this thing from the standpoint of how Daniel and the apostle John saw it; no matter how many splinters there may eventually be. The brains do not come from here or here, or even here; the brains are over here in Rome, in the Vatican. That is why the hour will come, when Europe, those ten nations of Europe will be in such a position in the European and Middle East part of the world, that God will create the necessity for the Pope to be the moderator, or mediator, or the administrator of a world system that will promise Europe and the Middle East a time of peace, tranquility and great prosperity. The devil is working night and day, trying to thwart the plan of God; and Bible prophecy is being fulfilled every day. Everything is running right on schedule according to the word of God. The forming of the European Common Market, was an economical way to bind the ten horns together. It matters not if Greece, Yugoslavia, Bulgaria, Albania, or any of the others become a part of that trade agreement, that is only adding to the neck portion. The ten horns still have their role to play in this end time wind up. Time itself will bring in this body like a leopard; because that means all those territories that once the Grecian Empire ruled, will in this last day blend their economical agreement in with the beast power. When you watch the News broadcast’s, and hear the commentators telling what is going on in the Middle East, you just have to be somewhat amused at their lack of perception, as far as the war and the eventual outcome. They will say, We are going to have Dr. So and So, a Middle East analyst. He is an expert on the Middle East affairs. I just have to say, You poor miserable creature; there is no way you can predict the future of those Bible lands, apart from the word of God itself. I do not mean to sound like a know-it-all; but it makes me sick to hear them sit there predicting what each situation will lead to. They call them arm chair generals. Well if you will pardon my terminology, God is going to spit in their face before this is all over; because they just simply do not have the answer for tomorrow. What we have going on in this world today, is prophecy of the scriptures in the process of being fulfilled. God has to allow situations that will get everything in position, before the actual prophecy is fulfilled. That is what throws a lot of these so-called prophecy preachers off course. They see a situation developing, that comes close to what they see in the scriptures; so they just jump the gun and say, This is it. No, God does not just come close; when it comes to fulfilling prophecies of the scriptures, everything will always be exactly in place. God is absolutely precise. The beast with seven heads and ten horns, will not have eight heads and eleven horns; God does not do things that way.

A WORD TO THE WISE

I want to say something that I hope everyone of you will take as serious as anything you have ever heard me say. You and I as Christians, do not have time to play around with anything that is not absolutely vindicated by the word of God. The time of going to the church of your choice is passed; you had better settle down in the place of God’s choice; and give Him a chance to work on your carnal nature; if you have any hope of going in the catching away of the bride Church. You will never learn how to walk with God; as long as you are running everywhere looking for a church that will pacify your flesh. There are a lot of places where you can go; if you just want to be able to say you go to church every time the doors are opened; but there are not very many places where you can hear the truth of God’s word taught according to the revelation given in this age of Laodicea. Furthermore there is only one Church; and that is the Church of the living God. That is why these truths of the Bible were not written for the wise and prudent of this world, but were written for babes such as would learn. That terminology applies to all who have the true Holy Ghost, born again experience; regardless of age, citizenship, or cultural background. God’s word is so written, that it does not require a degree in theology to understand the revelation of it. All it takes is a hungry heart, a hungering and thirsting after the true things of God. No such person will remain a babe in Christ for very long; for the very word of God, when put into practice in our everyday lives, will cause us to grow up into mature Christian’s that know how to look at situations in the world we live in. God does not make us into odd creatures that need to go completely away from society in order to live a Christian life; yet He does expect us to keep ourselves apart from the ways of the world. We can live in this world without being a part of it. You just have to make up your mind about what is most important to you. Do you want to be like the world? You had better check up on yourself and find out for sure just what spirit is leading you. James wrote, “Know ye not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God.” It is time that true children of God recognize that we are to conduct ourselves as Christians 24 hours a day, every day. Sunday morning religion will not get you one inch off of the ground in the rapture.

WHAT TIME AND CONDITIONS HAVE PRODUCED

By the grace of God, I want to show you how to understand what went on when time was coming down here toward the ankles as portrayed in this image, when it was still iron. We relate it to this, how Daniel saw that Roman Empire walk out in time. Remember, he only saw four beasts; and the fourth was to rule the world until the second coming of Christ. Rome was in power when He (Jesus) was born; and Rome will be in power again, when He comes again. Praise the Lord! That is exactly what the Bible says. Stalin is dead; so we know he will not be the Antichrist. Gorbachev is only doing what he is supposed to do; and he does not even know why he is doing some of the things he is doing. God is putting it in the heart’s of these world leaders to fulfill their part in prophecy; but they do not know that is what they are doing. Saints: I thank God, that George Bush is doing what he is. He does not know what he is doing; but he is doing something God wants him to do. Please let me say this right here, Our military men went to Korea and died like flies, simply because a bunch of politicians held them back and would not let them fight. If Truman would have given MacArthur the same authority and the same free hand that Mr. Bush gave General Schwarzkopf, History books would be telling a different story about the Korean War. Our boys were butchered like hogs, because we had a bunch of politicians in Washington that created the massacre. Then we sent our troops to Vietnam. Why? Because we had made an agreement that certain nations in the Far East was in what they call, the Southeastern National Treaty Organization. We were obligated to protect all those that were a part of our territorial protective agreement. That is what put us in Vietnam. Then when we went to protect them, the government would not go along with it. We were there for many years; and it turned into a shameful thing. Our boys were butchered in the jungles and swamps; simply because they had their hands tied by politicians. That is why I prayed, God give our boys a little favor in the eyes of the world, in this Persian Gulf war. I believe He has given the American people a chance to regain a little of their former image. In WW2, when our troops went to France, North Africa, up the peninsula of Italy, the Americans were honored in any city they went into. They were looked upon as the men who had helped free them. I was in the Philippines; and those Filipino cried for joy when we went in there. They would come and wash our clothes; just wanting to do something to show their gratitude. Since that WW2 era though, it has been, Go home Yankee, Go home, almost everywhere we have been. Those KUWAITI’S sure had little hope; before our troops went in there. They have good reason to say, American boys, you have saved our home; because it has already been made known that those Iraqui’s went in there, raped their women, took little newborn infants out of the incubators, threw them on the floor and took the incubators back to Baghdad to use in the Iraqui hospital. Our news media did not tell the whole story. They stayed too busy showing what our bombs were doing to innocent civilians in Iraq, to tell you what Iraq was doing in Kuwait. I just have to admit, it has done my heart good to watch the News Broadcasts; and see everything working so well, that our politicians kept saying would not work. God just absolutely came upon the scene, and caused everything our forces endeavored to do to work almost to perfection. I want to get back to that 4th beast of Daniel’s dream, and the image of Nebuchadnezzar’s dream; and try to show you how to look at those things; and what to expect yet in this generation. We have preached it, and we have printed it; but when you start talking about that beast with seven heads and ten horns, a lot of people have a hard time getting a picture of it in their mind’s; so I want to make it as clear as I possibly can, especially the 17th chapter of Revelation. The angel said to John, (Rev. 17:9) “And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth. (talking about the woman of 17:3-4, not the woman of chapter 12) And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.” At the time the angel said that to John, giving him the vision and insight of this prophecy, we must realize that the Roman Empire had not yet evolved into what it was going to be when it would be fulfilling those things. The language the angel used telling John those things concerning the heads is not understood by everyone who picks up a Bible and reads those words. It says, There are seven mountains on which the woman sitteth. At that time the Catholic Church was not even in existence. However in the natural, the Roman world knew that the imperial city of Rome sat on seven distinct hills, or mountains as it was called. That was just naturally known; it did not require a special revelation. To that though, the angel said, “and there are seven kings.” As we look at this, we could say the seven kings are seven kingdoms. Notice though, the angel went ahead to break it down, five are fallen, and one is, and the other (number 7) is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.” Notice verse 11, and then we will go to chapter 13. “And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.” We are going to break something down; that I believe will give people a chance to catch the revelation of these mysterious scriptures. Therefore I will ask you to go to Revelation 13. We are starting in the fifth verse. We have read this verse, but I want to read it again at the beginning of this particular phase of the message. “And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him (This word power, is speaking of authority, or political recognition.) to continue forty and two months.” That is speaking of the beast man. The beast man is the same man that is referred to as the Antichrist. He has many titles. I have already given you the dictionary definition of what the word continue means; but I am going to give it to you again; because in the religious world, especially in the ecclesiastical realm where those doctors of divinity that know Hebrew and Greek, and who are looked to by the world as being the officials who ought to know something, if there is anything to be known, just seem to look right over this word. It is a pitiful state to be in; when your education has caused you to be blind as a bat. The New Testament was not written by that type of men. In the end time it is not going to be understood by that type of men either. Sometimes a simple little word in one verse, turns out to be a key that unlocks the whole revelation. The religious world knows from the scriptures that there is to be an antichrist at the end of time; but somehow or other they have lost sight of the fact that there has been an antichrist spirit running parallel with the Spirit of God right on through the centuries of Christendom; and that it has been able to get inside the Church and cloak itself in religious garb. Since WW2 we have had all kinds of preachers that have tried to convince the world that they knew who the Antichrist was. They began to say, Stalin is the antichrist, after Hitler had already committed suicide. Some said Mussolini was the antichrist; but then he was hanged. On and on went these presumptuous ideas, It is this, or that, and then as time went on, different preachers, as they watched the rise of the great Russian empire, and as she extended her perimeter out, they began to say, Communism is the antichrist. The antichrist will come out of Russia. Well remember this, Communism as we know it, in its real ideology, is anti God. It is strictly against the belief of religion. The word antichrist does not mean that it is against believing in Christ. It is a word that means anti Word, or anti revelation truth. In other words, it is a spirit that seeks to pervert your understanding of the gospel of Jesus Christ, and give you some kind of substitution. In other words, the antichrist spirit is a religious spirit that uses the Bible; but perverts its true meaning. Therefore if this thing which is called the Antichrist, the son of perdition, the beast, the false prophet, and the mystery of iniquity is going to be properly understood, then we have to understand something about what history reveals concerning the activities of this spirit in centuries past.

Emperor Constantine signs an edict

Emperor Constantine

The Roman emperor Constantine was not the Antichrist man; but he was definitely led and motivated by an antichrist spirit; because the end results of his so called Christian leadership, plunged Christianity very rapidly into almost total spiritual darkness. There are a lot of religious fellows today, preaching the second coming of Christ, that are looking for the manifestation of some kind of character or person here at the end time that will be the Antichrist; but they are looking in the wrong places for him. Some are believing that somewhere in the Middle East there has been a little boy born, maybe of a whore, and that the devil programmed his birth. For some unknown reason this child grows up, (programmed by Satan) and as he reaches a certain age he is anointed of Satan to fulfill what the Antichrist is supposed to do. They see him invested with all kinds of supernatural powers that will enable him to perform supernatural feats. He gains a following, and in the end time that person will slowly be introduced into the political realm of men’s affairs. Saints, the world has always had that type of person. If they were not in India, they were in Africa or somewhere else. Politicians might have stopped and looked at them and observed them in their functions, but those men never did stand out to affect world leaders, to cause them to want to worship or allow themselves to be influenced by that type of creature. This thing called the antichrist, the beast, the false prophet, and so forth, has to be understood, that it is something that has been in time all along. It is just that somehow or other it changed its disguise, or its cloak. The word continue, does not mean it is something new, that will hit the world all of a sudden. The word continue, means to pick up and go on, after an interval of time. That is why, when we talk about the seven headed, ten horned beast, we are looking at the geographical territory of western Europe. Not Greece, Yugoslavia, Bulgaria, or any of those areas. By the time this beast has completely got its body structure, and the beast is fully activated, and the man of sin is the administrator of its affairs, in its earthly function, all those ancient territories that were in the first three empires will be incorporated in it.

REVIEWING THE PROGRESSION OF TIME

The Babylonian Empire rose up, right in the country our troops have been fighting in. Right there in Babylon is where the Jews were carried off to at the beginning of that first world empire. Nebuchadnezzar had the dream about the great image; and it has been like a great hour glass down through time since. In that image is represented so much time. Here is the Babylonian Empire. (THE HEAD) Here is the Medo Persian Empire. (HIS BREAST AND ARMS) Here is the Grecian Empire. (HIS BELLY AND THIGHS) Here is the Roman Empire. (HIS LEGS AND FEET) Time came right on down through the ankles, into the feet; but later, in the foot, it becomes part iron and part clay. When we come into time here in the ten toes, and we are living in the hour of the ten toes, time is no longer here, (Pointing to chart) nor here, nor here; it is running out. Time is in the ten toes. Knowing this, and remembering Nebuchadnezzar’s dream, and that he lived here right in the same country where we are fighting, tells me something. The fact that we are fighting there tells me time is running out for this Gentile world. Look how the Europeans, in time past have fought their most drastic, terrible wars; and they have lasted from six months to a hundred years; so just think of the lives of mankind that have been lost on the fields of battle in Europe. Battles have been fought around the world; but we are right back where it all started from. Iran was the Medes and Persians. From there you cross over into the Grecian territory, and on westward to the Roman. As I have already said, The Babylonian Empire was a city named empire. The Grecians and Medo Persians were not city named empires. They had a capital, but you read very little about the capital in the Bible. Shushan was the city where the palace of the Medes and Persians was; but you read very little about that city. It was a people named empire. For the Grecian Empire, the capital city was Athens; but you read very little about Athens. It is a people named empire. However when you come to the fourth empire, (the Roman) it is a city named empire. The city stands out as the focal point all through its period of time. Therefore to continue, means to go on, after an interruption. In other words, to go on with, carry on, or extend something that was already set in motion at a former time. To resume, is to pick up where you left off. That ought to tell some people, if we are looking for the antichrist, the real antichrist, the world’s false prophet, the world’s false prince of peace, then we are not looking for some new, mysterious new something to arise somewhere. We are looking for the reviving, the re-appearing, or the resumption of something that has been in existence through the ages; but reached a point in time that there was an interruption. The interruption covered more than just one generation. The generation that saw that head which was wounded unto death, is dead. Between the wounding and the healing of the wound of that particular head, are several generations. The fact that time has brought on several generations who did not live when it was a functioning, ruling beast, makes it very improbable that you will have an element of people here at the end of the age, religious wise, that is going to be wise enough to know just how to identify this beast in the scriptures. As I have said many times before, I am not an educated man, and I do not have a vocabulary that sounds like I am educated; but I will do my best to try to break my thought down so it can be understood, as we use this chart I have behind me. (We will use a little different method when we print this portion, to try and make it as clear as possible.) Through the week, this has really stood out in my mind. In my mind, I can just see how time has brought about every bit of this, from Nebuchadnezzar’s image, right on through to the end of John’s vision. This little chart is one way to help people understand what time has produced since the beginning when Rome rose to become the great imperial city power it once was. From that time, Rome was always to remain the focal point, so in time to come, people sooner or later could look and say, It is the Roman Empire restored. There have been things take place in time, that somehow or other have changed the appearance of it. It has caused history writers to sort of just stop and go back to the old records of Roman history and keep writing new histories. They have no more to go on, than I do. We have the Spirit of God to depend on, to fill in the spaces; and they have very little of anything except their own mind. Now if this beast has always been a beast, and if the antichrist has been something that has to be associated with Rome, then I have enough history to place things in their proper order. I brought the one I like to use the best, because of the way it is compiled. I have two other histories at home, and they all agree with this particular one; so I am confident that we can get what we need, to present this picture to you. Follow me in time, as we go across the Mediterranean to Italy, where we will take a look at the great city of Rome that had its origin approximately 800 B.C., long before it ever became the 4th beast power to rule the earth. It did not just bloom like a rose. It was very slow in becoming a city of such proportion. By the time of about 187 B.C., the city of Rome was becoming a city of attraction. There was something strange about the leaders in this Roman city. To be an emperor, a caesar, placed you in a relationship to the society, where you might live for twelve or twenty years, or you might wind up with a dagger in your back. Of all the empires, Babylonian, the Medes and Persians, and the Grecians, this was one city empire that the throne position was always contested for. The Roman Empire established a political system of peoples’ representation, and they called it the Roman Senate. As the vast domains were incorporated and brought into its geographical dominion, Rome adopted a political form of peoples’ representation. These men, many times, would fall into anarchy, as squabbling grew to a peak. They would align themselves with a few, in order to be able to assassinate others. I do not have time to go into all the details; but to give you a little picture of how it was, I will say this, To be an emperor in Rome you needed to be a good man with a sword; and sleep with one eye open. You better also have a good detachment of Roman soldiers that really loved you, and that were ready to defend you in case your position was contended for. We have a list of the rulers that make up the main context of the revelation we need to get from John’s vision of this beast. We start with Pompey, as we endeavor to give you an insight of the rulers that sat upon the imperial throne in Rome, consisting of a continuous line of caesars. Here are the ones that existed down through the years to the time of Nero. He was the last of the old line of Caesar emperors. From the gradual rise of imperial Rome to the days of Nero, as you look at the lives of all these men, some of them were assassinated; and Nero committed suicide. Julius Caesar was assassinated. At one time there were three of them trying to rule together. They were all rivals at first; and then decided they would all three rule together, sort of like a triune seat of authority. Finally though, as is usually the case, anarchy fell among them. As Julius Caesar did succeed in taking the throne to become a magnificent leader, he was considered in his day the equivalent of Alexander the Great in the Grecian Empire. It was all because of his military capabilities. After Julius Caesar was assassinated, then we come on down to Antony, Octavian and Lepidus, which at one time were co rulers, in that the providence was divided between them. Antony committed suicide; and Lepidus only had the providence of Africa to rule over, so Octavian finally won out over the others and for himself assumed the title Augustus, thereby becoming Caesar Augustus. He is actually credited with creating the system known as the Principate; and technically he was the first Caesar Emperor of that particular system of rulership. According to Matthew’s gospel, it was during the reign of Caesar Augustus that Jesus was born in the city of Bethlehem of Judaea. That allows us to place Jerusalem in here as the Christian religious center over a short period of time as Rome begins to stand out in our biblical record. Jesus was born under Augustus; but Augustus lived only a certain number of years and was replaced by Tiberias, (according to the Encyclopedia) in the year 14 A.D. In Luke’s account, the third chapter, Jesus was baptized by John the Baptist at about thirty years of age. That same scripture says that in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberias Caesar, John came out of the wilderness and began to preach and baptize; and that Jesus came to him to be baptized. I just mention this to sort of pinpoint time; for during the reign of Tiberius, Christianity was born. Tiberius was the stepson and adopted son of Augustus; so you can see how this rulership became a family affair passed from one right down to his heir. Tiberius was still in office when Jesus was crucified; but not for long. His successor was his greatnephew Gaius, nicknamed Caligula, (which meant “Little Boots”) but he was assassinated after less than four years of rule; and his successor was his uncle Claudius who reigned for about 13 years and was murdered. His wife Agrippina had him adopt her son Nero, as his successor; and that is how Nero got into the picture. He brought nothing but shame to that position while he was in office; and after Rome burned in 64 A.D., he finally committed suicide in 68 A.D. That brought an end to that line of Imperial rulers; and there was nothing but turmoil ahead. The Roman senate sent for Vespasian to return to Rome from his siege of Jerusalem, and take over the throne; but before he could get back there, three other army commanders had already occupied that position for a few days and met an untimely end. Galba was assassinated, Otho committed suicide, and Vitellius was assassinated, all within the year 69 A.D., before Vespaesian could get back there. Well my point is, the beginning of Christendom started with Augustus and Tiberias, but then we come on down through Claudius and these others which we will endeavor to give you a little information on. Let me say this though, I know most of you who live in this country have access to most of this history; but I get letters from believers overseas who have no access to this information, and they want to know certain things; so this is the only way I know to get it to them.

FORMING OF THE SEVEN HEADS ON THAT ROMAN BEAST

Just as Jesus was baptized under Tiberias, the church was getting started in Jerusalem when Claudius came to power. He was the emperor of Rome when Agabus was in Antioch, and prophesied that there was going to be a great drought throughout all the world. (Acts 11:28) “And there stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the Spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.” Tiberius ruled to the year 37, and Caligula ruled from 37-41, and Claudius ruled from 41-54. Nero ruled from 54 on through to the time when the Roman army was set for the destruction of Jerusalem. Vespasian was leading that army until he got the call to come back to Rome; so his son Titus took charge of the siege and ultimately destroyed Jerusalem in the year 70 A.D. When Nero committed suicide in 69 A.D., I have to believe it all fell right within the plan of God. When Nero vacated the throne, there never was another of this kind of an emperor on the throne of Rome. The Caesar era ended. Vespasian occupied the throne for 10 years from 69-79; and was looked upon with much favor; but he never was able to establish any kind of rulership that could be looked upon as a head upon that beast. Likewise his son Titus, who took over the throne upon his death and ruled Rome for 2 years until 81 A.D. when he died, never did establish anything that could be considered a head. Vespasian had another son that ascended to the throne when his brother Titus died. His name was Domitian, and he ruled until 96 A.D. when he was assassinated. That was the same year John, on the Isle of Patmos, had this vision and saw this horrible looking beast rise up out of the water. Neither one of these 3 soldier emperors were ever able to establish a predominant influence to the Roman government, as these others had up until and through Nero’s time. That is why we have three dots here on the chart. The one large dot represents the old Imperial Caesar emperors down through Nero. Then the 3 smaller dots represent the 3 Flavian emperors, that somehow or other, in Bible prophecy, were only linking chains to what was to come on later; and the next 5 dots represent the 5 good emperors, (as they are called) who actually did establish five particular forms of Roman rule, that are counted as heads upon that old beast system. Christianity was persecuted by Rome from its inception, all the way down through time to the hour when Constantine who was emperor from 306-337, was supposed to have had an experience with the Lord along about 325 A.D., and afterward decreed that Christianity would from then on be accepted as one of Rome’s many religions. He is the one that took the heat of persecution off of the Christians; but it was Charlemagne, almost 500 years later, that was instrumental in merging church and state together; and opening the door that the Bishop of Rome would one day step through, to begin to exercise dominion over the emperors themselves. As for these that were referred to as the five good emperors, do not ask me why they were called that; because they reigned between 96 and 180 A.D.; and that was the second church age when Christians were slaughtered like beef cattle by the Roman Empire; but I will say this, All three of these little history books agree upon that terminology. The second Church age was known as the age of Christian martyrdom. That is why the second horse rider of Revelation 6:4, was riding a red horse; it was an age of martyrdom, and the red represents the blood that was spilled in that great hour of persecution of Christians. In spite of all of that, secular history shows that these five good emperors were able to establish a high degree of education. In fact, one of these men, according to this record of history, was able in his hour to extend the Roman boundaries to its furthest extremities the empire ever enjoyed. He became equivalent in his hour, in the A.D. period to what Julius Caesar was in his hour, before the birth of Christ. Yet none of these men were able to be followed by that of a cousin, nephew, brother, or anything. The old line of caesars were gone; never to be duplicated. These five emperors were established during that time, to stand out above the 6 that ruled between Nero and them. The records show that when that last one, Marcus Aurelius, passed off the scene, those five had at least brought a stable kingdom wherein the imperial government was able to an extent, to hold its territorial recognition and influence. However after the death of Marcus Aurelius, the secular history says of the Roman Empire, that out in the outlying territories, rebellion began to break out. The Romans would send an army here, and send an army there; and all of this began to bring about the gradual fall of Rome. You have heard the slogan, Rome did not fall in a day, and neither was it built in a day. What we need to understand about the fall of Rome, (as the old imperial head it once was) is what that fall meant. That once imperial political kingdom that was always officiated from Rome, somehow or other, to its outlying domain, began to lose its importance. As time came on, and the outlying domain of the Roman Empire kept rising to contest Rome’s imperial authority, it brought about a further weakening of the ability of Rome to control the people. Therefore between the reign of the last of the five good emperors which ended in 180 A.D., and the reign of Constantine which began in 306 A.D., there was a period of about 126 years that saw approximately 38 soldiers emperors come and go. They were soldiers called from the field of battle to take over the throne, just as Vespasian was when Nero committed suicide. Some would reign for only a few days and would be assassinated. For instance, the year 238 A.D., had no less than 6 different men sit in that emperor’s seat. Four of them were assassinated, one committed suicide, and the other was slain in battle. When a position in a group of people, or nation, or state is contended for by two or three parties, if there is not some kind of recognized law, with a certain established process by how those ambitions may be pursued, you are going to have anarchy and assassinations of every description. The history books tell what those different general emperors went through with between the five good emperors and the emperor Constantine that finally succeeded in getting things settled down. Constantine was not the sole ruler until 323 or 324, after Maxentius and Licinius were out of the picture. After he defeated Licinius, he was able to reunite the empire and establish a form of rulership that put the sixth head on that old beast. Remember, none of those men, after the death of Nero, could legally claim to be the Caesar. None of them were related to the old family of Caesars. In the old family of Caesars, it is true, some of them were like adopted sons, or a cousin or a half brother or something like that; but they were still considered to be legal Heirs to that throne, Nero being the last one of that ruling line of emperors. Remember now, when you are looking at the seven heads on that beast of Revelation 13:1, you do not include that Imperial Caesar head in among the seven. These are heads that formed upon the beast in later years, after that Caesar head was out of the picture. Here is what John wrote. “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.” The seven heads were seven separate forms of Roman rule, after the death of Nero, that stood out above the general trend of all those others; and the ten horns were ten separate kingdoms that were established as a result of the breakup of the old Roman Empire. The ten crowns, were the crowns of the kings of those ten kingdoms all within the old territorial bounds of the Roman Empire.

A LOOK AT THE CONSTANTINE ERA

Upon the recognition of Constantine as the sole ruler of Rome in 324 A.D., we have another transition period to look at. As the Roman Empire, political wise, reached this point in time from 324 to 337, when Constantine finally won out over his rivals, another great change took place. He too was rivaled by two or three other men; but he succeeded in all the rivalry, of finally gaining the appointment to be the supreme emperor of Rome. Notice now, as we bring the line in closer. Constantine stands out for one thing, because he introduced Christianity into the ranks of his army and set about to take the heat off of Christianity, which was running at a distance, parallel. However just as there were different emperors all along, so in the realm of Christianity, were there different preachers and bishops in the city of Rome. May I say this, Those bishops within the city of Rome, observing the situation, for the time Constantine existed there as emperor, (not as caesar, but as emperor) Rome was at peace. Rome was seen as the imperial city. How come Constantine introduced Christianity to the state, you may say? I will endeavor to relate the incident to you, that caused him to do that. In the Far East, there was a certain region beginning to stir up things trying to create a revolt. Constantine took a sizeable army and headed east to take care of that situation. As he began to reach the area where he knew he would soon engage the rebel troops in combat, he called upon his pagan priests to offer sacrifice according to his established practice. However in the night, he had a dream. In that dream Constantine saw the sign of the cross in the sky; and the words which said, By this thou shalt conquer, and thou shalt overcome. When he stood before his troops the next day, he first called his officers and told them of the experience. When he told the troops the dream, the sign of the cross was painted on the shield’s of his army. That was the beginning of the sign of the cross the Catholic Church has used down through the centuries of time. The Knights of Columbus and all those segments of Catholicism are known by the sign of the cross. The devil can use the cross too, you know. It was the devil’s means of execution. That is how the Romans would execute a criminal; when anyone was to be executed. They would either use the cross, or feed the condemned person to the lions. History tells that Constantine was actually saying, The God of heaven has told me: that if I will accept this Christian belief, recognized by this sign, then I will overcome. He engaged in battle, and was victorious. His victory only served to convince him completely, that the God of the Christians was on his side. Remember though, he did not abolish the worshipping of other gods he believed in; he just added one more to his long list. This was just one more he believed in. He was referred to as the God of the Christians. He did not give up anything, he just made room for one more god. Listen saints, what he saw in that dream, was not given to him by the God of the Christians; it was given to him by the spirit of the devil. The devil gave him that dream to deceive all who were void of a true revelation of the One true God. That is how Satan became embodied in a world system of religion, that has passed itself off as Christianity for the past 1600 years. When we had the chart up here, of the Babylonian Empire, that was not God’s empire; it was Satan’s empire. This was the beginning of God permitting Satan to embody himself in a world system that embraced economics, military, religion, and everything else. Why would Satan want to disguise himself in Christianity? Simply because he realized, that in spite of all that martyrdom among the ranks of the Christians, Christianity still flourished. He used a pagan, Roman emperor to set the stage for what he wanted to do. He gave him an experience, that he naturally thought came from God; so according to the records of history, Constantine ordered a mass baptism, wherein all of his soldiers were baptized. When Constantine returned to Rome he wrote a decree stating that the Christian faith would no longer be persecuted, as it had been formerly. The decree stated that it will henceforth be accepted and recognized as a true legal religion, to be practiced by those that want to practice it. Christianity was such a growing religion, and the fact that his experience had brought him to such a position, Constantine did not hesitate to speak for Christianity; even though he knew nothing at all about the new birth experience. Therefore as time passed, more and more of the Roman politicians began to embrace the Christian religion. Not out of conviction and conversion, but because of the prestige and advantage it afforded them. I hope this little sketch of history will help you see why the emperor Constantine marked the sixth form of Roman rule, and is credited with forming the sixth head on this beast. Here again are the first five. Nerva, Trajan, Hadrian, Antoninus Pius, and Marcus Aurelius, the five good emperors. Each one of these tried to establish an important type of government that would continue on as the Caesar rulership had, but each one of them was independent of the others. That is why they account for five heads on the beast; because they each stood out in time. Between 180 A.D. when Marcus Aurelius left the throne, and 324 A.D. when Constantine became sole ruler of Rome, there were about 38 other men that occupied that throne; but none of them count as a head on the beast. The emperors before Constantine all hated Christianity. Christians were martyred, slaughtered in every way imaginable until Constantine had that dream and accepted the religion of the Christians. In reality he was still a pagan; but he was called a Christian. What he did, took the heat off of the true Christians; and his form of government brought things under control throughout the Roman Empire. He succeeded for a few years, then passed off the scene in 337 A.D.; but his form of government continued on. He himself was not head number six; but his form of government was. It opened up a whole new era in the Roman Empire.

THE BEAST THAT WAS AND IS NOT AND YET IS

In order to have a clear picture of all of this, you need to understand what these men represent in time; and what took place between state, (the Roman government) and the church, once the two lines came together. Follow me, I am going to give you the run down, to show you what people have to understand, as they read about the beast that was, and is not, and yet is. The first thing you need to do is, always keep it Rome; it will not change. Do you know why I can say that, with no doubt in my mind whatsoever? You can read the 7th chapter of Daniel; and find that it plainly tells you the 4th beast, with ten horns will rule until the Ancient of Days comes. You should read the whole chapter, if you are not already familiar with it; but I will read just enough to establish my point. Chapter 7, verse 20, says, “And of the ten horns that were in his head, and of the other (the little horn, an ecclesiastical horn, the popes) which came up, and before whom three (political horns, kings) fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows. (7:21) I beheld, and the same horn (those Roman Catholic Popes, riding that beast) made war with the saints, and prevailed against them; (7:22) Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom. (7:23) Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, (We all know that was Rome) which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. (7:25) And he (the Antichrist, which will be the Roman Catholic Pope in that hour of time as this age closes out) shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. (That is exactly 3 1/2 years of prophetic time.) (7:26) But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto the end.” In Daniel’s day, there was no way for anyone to establish this thing; but in this hour, we have history to look to; and when you put the two together, (the prophecy, and the history) you get a true picture. It has to be referring to the Roman Empire; but to understand it, you have to understand what happened to Rome. What went on in time, following the great days of these certain emperors? That is what we are going to look at now. We are going to break time down, and we are going to break the Roman government down, from the old imperial system it once was, right on down, watching it go through the various stages. Each stage got weaker and weaker as time passed. When we actually come to Constantine’s hour, that was the last stable period of Roman government, as far as the emperors were concerned. From 337 on to 800, the Roman Empire went into a total decline. The decline meant this, the emperors that sat on the throne that the caesars once sat on, were mere figureheads. They sat in the emperor’s seat; but they were men of little authority. They functioned in an office; but they were so weak and unstable, little was accomplished by them. During all of those years, there was still that constant rivalry between those that sat upon the throne and those who coveted the position. It was during the time of this decline in authoritative leadership, that the ten horns began to form upon the beast. Germany, France, Spain, Portugal, the Netherlands, Denmark, England, Ireland and all of those that made up the ten, were territories within the framework of the once great Roman Empire, that broke away from Roman rule to set up their own kingdom during that decline in Roman leadership. In other words, As those emperors got weaker and weaker, the horns began to grow. We refuse to be ruled by Rome any longer. We heretofore cut ourselves free from Rome. It was this breakup of the old Roman Empire that formed the ten horns upon the beast. Daniel saw ten horns upon that 4th beast; and he saw a little horn come up from the midst of the ten and pluck up three of the ten; but it was the apostle John that was shown the seven heads upon that same beast. It was the apostle John, that heard the angel say, “Wherefore didst thou marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, (the great whore of verse 1) and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns. The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.” Let me take you back to Daniel at this time; since he was the first to see this great Roman beast come up. If we can see what it was, and learn why it was not, then we can better understand what the angel meant when he said, and yet is.

THE FOURTH BEAST OF DANIEL’S DREAM

Daniel had already described the first three beasts, and we know from his description that they were territorial empires with men sitting at the head of their government’s; and the various men that sat at the head of those beast government’s are described either by the figurative symbolic wings, or the ribs, or the heads of fowl, and so forth. All of those descriptions are significant, representing the men within the particular government during its main period of time. This 4th beast was such a different looking thing though, Daniel really had to find out about it. (Verse 7) “After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, (which is the Roman Empire) dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth.” You can see right there, that the way it was represented shows that time had moved into the iron part of what that great image portrayed. While we are right there, let me again remind you of what the Gold in that image stood for. Gold is one of the most valuable metals of all earthly mineral ore. It is what the economy of the world is based upon. Even when it looks like the American dollar is a sinking thing, many times a lot of people will invest in things made of gold, because it is a stabilizing element in the world’s economy. It is a metal that is flexible. You can make something with it. That characterized the quality of the man sitting at the head of the Babylonian Empire in that period of time when God gave Daniel the vision. Just think of it though saints, even though the Babylonian Empire was a pagan empire, and Nebuchadnezzar a pagan king, God could still give him a dream that would be a prophetic dream for the people of God down through the ages to be guided by. When he awakened the next morning, Nebuchadnezzar did not remember what he had dreamed; but he knew he had seen something terrible in that dream; and he meant to get the interpretation, one way or another. He first jumped on his soothsayers and astrologers and said, You tell me. They could not, unless he first related the dream to them. God permitted it to be like that; in order to bring Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego into the picture. When Daniel told him the dream, and the interpretation, he immediately knew he had heard from the God of Heaven. As I have already stated, My point in telling this is, God could speak to men in that realm, because they were men that would listen. Even Belshazzar, the last one in that kingdom, a man who was like some of our politicians in Washington, that would rather throw a party than to conduct the business they are there to take care of, could be brought down by the hand of God. There he was in the king’s palace throwing a big party, taking the golden vessels of the temple of the Jews and using them to drink wine, and getting drunk, Yet God was able to speak to him. The point is, Belshazzar was a man that God could speak to; because when he looked upon the wall and saw that hand writing, his knees began to knock. He knew he was in for something. It might be good if God could write on the walls of our governing bodies of men in this day and hour. How many of our politicians would pay attention to a message from God? They would probably call in scientists, physicists, psychiatrists and philosophers who would attribute such a phenomena to a defect in the plaster on the walls. Even over the Medo Persia Empire, there sat a man that had a commandment from God to fulfill. Notice what Ezra 1:1-2 says concerning that. “Now in the first year of Cyrus king of Persia, that the word of the Lord by the mouth of Jeremiah might be fulfilled, the Lord stirred up the spirit of Cyrus king of Persia, that he made a proclamation throughout all his kingdom, and put it also in writing, saying, Thus saith Cyrus king of Persia, The Lord God of heaven hath given me all the kingdoms of the earth; and he hath charged me to build him an house at Jerusalem, which is in Judah.” Cyrus was already a man that had been named by God in Jeremiah’s writings. Coming on down to Alexander the Great, when time had moved into the brass section of that Image, (I have already brought out how brass is less in value than gold.) there was still a quality in mankind that the spirit of God could speak to. The fact that God could give Alexander the Great a dream, before he ever got to Jerusalem, and that dream influence him on his meeting with the high priest, lets us know that through the ages, God has been able to influence the decisions of mortal mankind. When they met, fulfilling Alexander’s dream, Jannis the high priest, took Alexander the Great into the area where the priest lived and showed him the writings of Daniel, where he had been in the prophecies. That caused Alexander the Great to have great favor toward the Jewish people and give them much freedom all through his period of time. It was different with Rome though. I have not read anywhere in Roman history that the Spirit of God could speak to a pagan, Roman magistrate, governor, or general; but the devil could. He spoke to Constantine; and played a trick on the whole world. It even played a trick on Christianity. Keep in mind, had John and those men that lived in that period of time, been here in Constantine’s time, you may rest assured they would have cried out, Get away from that man! His vision was not of God! By that time though, Christianity was in its fourth century; with a different type people, and a different type of ministry. They did not have the insight and revelation held by those first century Christians. That is why iron stands out. It shows how hard it is to change the mind of man. Let me read the rest of the verse. “It devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it.” That is true. When you really read how Rome conquered and ruled, and what it put forth, it was a different type empire altogether. “And it had ten horns.” Keep in mind, Daniel the prophet, saw all this in his vision, but he was told that it was for a former time, and he knew it was to take the place, or be in the same area the Babylonian Empire had arisen. He lived when the Babylonian’s were in power; and on into the Medo Persian era, but he did not live in time of the Grecian Empire. In the dream he saw these others coming up later on in time; and as he saw that Roman Empire come up, way off in the future, he saw that giant head form on it; and then later ten horns began to make their appearance. That puts time right back where we were a little while ago, between Constantine and Charlemagne. When Constantine introduced the church to the pagan, Roman state, for the eventual purpose of a courtship between them, that Christianity was no longer going to be persecuted, but was going to be respected, here is what began to happen: From Constantine’s hour the angel marked the sixth head, as we read in the 17th chapter of the book of Revelation. His form of government marked the sixth form of Roman government, that was sufficient to be counted as a head on the beast. When he passed off the scene, again there was a repeat of the same from there to Charlemagne. From Constantine’s death in A.D.337, to A.D.800, when Charlemagne came to power, the upcoming emperors were weaker and weaker all the time. We find from reading secular history, that territories began to rise up and break away; and as they did, the ten horns were formed. In these prophetic scriptures, the horns speak of kings, or kingdoms. Each of those horns had a crown upon it; so that is what the great Roman Empire had come to, a territory divided into ten kingdoms. Then as the so called Christian people of these territories, and the pagan state began to court each other, do you know what they are beginning to do? The politicians began to look to the pope, the bishop of Rome for whatever he could do for them with his Christian religious influence. By that hour, just about all of Europe had been brought under the effect of the church, as that courtship continued. More and more the bishops begin to play an important role along with the oncoming emperors. As the emperors were getting weaker in the area of power and leadership, the church leaders were getting stronger. That tells you why we have a lot of clergymen today in high places, they are not looking for the second coming of Christ; they are looking for an important place in social recognition, and in the realm of world affairs. I just have to say this, Whatever you see clergymen doing today in that realm, you can be sure each one is an instrument of the antichrist spirit. Naturally they are doing it ignorantly, not realizing the spirit they are of. Nevertheless they are instruments of the antichrist spirit, that spirit that is against true revelation of the word of God. As for the horns, they did not all form at the same time; but John was allowed to see all ten of them on the heads of the beast; and also the crowns upon the horns, and the names of blasphemy upon the heads. Daniel saw the thing coming; but John saw it in its completed evolution. Along about 400 A.D., the horns began to grow; so by the time Charlemagne came to the emperor’s seat, the beast John saw was almost entirely formed. What remained was for the great whore of chapter 17, to be seen riding that beast; and that is the part we are going to talk about now.

THE SEVENTH HEAD, THE LITTLE HORN AND THE NAMES OF BLASPHEMY ON HEADS

We need to understand why that word Blasphemy is on the heads; and not on the horns. Charlemagne’s hour, beginning in the eighth century, marks the completion of the seven heads John saw on the beast; for his particular form of government is what formed the seventh head in time. Just the mere fact that he came to the emperor’s chair, did not put head number seven on the beast; but what he did after he came to that place of authority is what we look at. When you read in secular history what Charlemagne did, due to the fact that the church was becoming so influential in governmental affairs in Rome, you can well see that he was not like any of the other emperors that were responsible for forming a head on the beast. Charlemagne recognized the dissension that had been going on for so long, and the break away of territories; but in order to make Rome the central point of recognition, here is what he did; that played right into the pope’s hand. First of all he was blessed by the pope. Then this Charlemagne, an emperor with a sword, did something throughout Europe that was long remembered. He said, Everyone is going to become a Christian. Then with the sword and bow he went from territory to territory forcing those people to join the Roman Catholic Church. If any had not already joined the Roman Catholic Church, and they insisted on being a plain old pagan, they could expect their head to come off, or at least to be thrust through with a dagger. Throughout his reign, he married church and state. He actually began his own Christian crusade 28 years before he was acclaimed to be emperor of Rome, while he was known as Charles the Great, king of the Franks and Lombards. It was said of him, that he regarded himself as the divinely appointed Defender of the Church, and as its ruler and lawgiver also. That is what Charlemagne did. He married church and state together. Now that we know this much, we need to come to an understanding of why the angel said to John, “And the beast that was and is not, and yet is, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.” Let me read about the horns, in Daniel 7:8; before we say anything else. “I considered the horns, (meaning he watched them until he saw a change take place) and, behold, there came up among them (Notice that it says the little horn came up among the ten. That lets us know the ten horns were already there.) another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: (Plucked up by the roots does not mean he destroyed their national identity on the head; it was how he treated a particular king within a certain period of time, when he, the little horn reached that place of power and authority that enabled him to do what he did.) and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.” That little horn began to rise among the ten. Please take note of that. Remember also, HORN speaks of power. I will just say again right now, The ten horns were political powers, (kingdoms) but that little horn was an ecclesiastical power; which was none other than the Roman Catholic Pope, which in earlier times was known as the bishop of Rome. When you take that mouth speaking great things, it is the same mouth you see in verses 5-7, of Revelation 13, which plainly tell you he (that same little horn, though he is not called that there) had a mouth speaking great things, and spoke great blasphemies against the God of heaven. Daniel and John were both shown the same beast; but they did not both see every detail of the complete picture from Babylon to the end of Rome. Charlemagne married the church and state together by forcing the people throughout the pagan, Roman state to become Christians, whether they wanted to or not. What that did, was put the church and state on the same level; and as I said earlier, played right into the hands of the pope. Since we know that it was Charlemagne’s period that put the seventh head on the beast, I want to again remind you of that strange terminology the angel used as he talked to John. “Five are fallen, one is.” I will say this, Right here is where the angel was showing John something, as he talked to him in the 17th chapter of Revelation. Remember, as John was taken up in the 4th chapter of Revelation, when the voice said, Come up hither and I will show thee things that shall be hereafter. Then John, in the spirit, was taken into the future tense of time; and when it comes to what he saw in the 17th chapter, try to understand this, John was standing somewhere over here in the future tense, and he was being instructed by the angel who was showing him how to write this thing in such a way that when people would read it, they would not know how to put the picture together; except by the revelation of the Holy Spirit. He was projected into the twentieth century, watching the thing come toward him. Daniel watched it going away from him. That is what you have to understand. John stood over here somewhere in the 20th century, where he could see this whole thing come about; and the angel was standing where he could say, “Five are fallen, (past tense) one is, (present tense) and one is not yet come.” When he comes, what did he say, he will continue for a little space. Which means he will have a short duration. Then what did he say? (17:11) “And the beast that was, and is not, (talking about the seventh) even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.” When the angel said that, he was going to go right back to that old imperial authority, the way the caesars used to rule. You just did not resist that authority. Well there was a day way over here, when the popes of Rome had that same authority. Read it in history. That was the trick the devil played on the Roman Empire. First he introduced Christianity for courtship. Then he brought it for marriage. Finally the church took over completely. When the church took over, what used to be emperors back here that had authority, from there on the emperors were only figureheads. You do not read a thing about any of them. What you do read about though, is the popes that reigned in their stead, so to speak. That is what you have to look at.

AN EMPEROR CALLED THE POPE MAKER

I want to take a little time to pin down some of the statements we have made in the earlier part of the message. While it is true that the emperor Charlemagne, is credited with forming head number seven on the 4th beast Daniel saw rise to power, that to him was a beast with ten horns, it was many years after Charlemagne’s death before his form of Roman rule formed that seventh head. It was actually the latter form of it, under an emperor named Otto the Great, that really made it what we look at, when we speak of his form of Roman rule. After Charlemagne’s death, Rome again went into a further decline. He tries his best to establish a rule like Augustus and Claudius, and those first emperors had; but those ten horns had to have an opportunity to fully mature. In a political sense, they had to get complete independence from Rome, while still having that bond with Rome; in order for the prophetic scriptures to be fulfilled. (This is just my way of expressing it. Prophecy was written like this, because this is how God (through His foreknowledge) saw it coming about. I want to read to you a little sketch of history concerning Otto the Great. It will allow you to see from history, how papal authority came to be elevated above the authority of the Roman emperors. (This is history. “Otto the Great is not only to be remembered as a German king of the same race that Charlemagne was of: his reign was also noteworthy in the history of Italy. The country at this time was hopelessly divided between rival and contending peoples. The emperor at Constantinople controlled the southern extremity of the peninsula. The Mohammedians held Sicily and some cities on the mainland. The pope ruled at Rome, and in the estate of the church. (Even at this early date, the popes were already rising in power and influence.) Even the imperial title died out, and there was no longer a Roman emperor in the West; there was a pope. The deplorable condition in Italy invited interference from abroad. Following the footsteps of Charlemagne, Otto the Great led two expeditions across the Alps, assumed the iron crown of Lombardy, and then proceeded to Rome, where he secured the Pope John 12th against the latest enemies in the city. Otto’s reward was the same as Charlemagne’s. On Christmas Day, the year 962, A.D., the grateful pope crowned him Emperor. The coronation of Otto the Great seemed to his contemporaries a necessity, and a beneficial act. They still believed that the Holy Roman Empire was suspended, not extinct; and that now, 150 years after Charlemagne, the occasion was opportune to revive the name and power associated with the golden age of the Francish Emperor Charlemagne. Otto’s ardent spirit, one may well believe, was fired with this vision of imperial sway, and the renewal of the title around which clustered so many memories of success and glory. But the outcome of Otto’s restoration of the Roman Empire was not good either for Italy or Germany. It became the ruler henceforth that the man that the German nobles chose as their king, had a claim also to the Italian crown and the imperial title. The efforts of the German kings to make good this claim led to their constant interference in the affairs of Italy. They treated that country as a conquered province which had no right to a national life and an independent government under its own rulers. At the same time they neglected Germany; and failed to keep their powerful territorial lords in subjection. Neither Italy nor Germany, in consequence, could become a unified centralized state, such as was formed in France and England during the Middle Ages. The empire of Charlemagne, restored by Otto the Great, (Please take note of the fact that Otto R-E-S-T-O-R- E-D the empire of Charlemagne. That is why it can be said that the LITTLE HORN, the Pope took over the last form of Roman Imperialism. No other man after Charlemagne, was ever able to establish anything that even resembled it.) came to be called in later centuries, the Holy Roman Empire. The title points to the idea of a world monarchy, the Roman Empire, and a world religion. The magnificent idea was never fully realized. The popes and emperors, instead of being bound to each other by the closest ties, were more generally enemies than friends. A large part of medieval history was to turn on this conflict between the emperors and the popes.” Otto used the church to achieve his own purpose; but by opening that door, he allowed the devil the opportunity to have the papacy take over that 7th form of Roman political government; thereby making this 8th head (which was an ecclesiastical head) a part of the 7th, which fulfilled what John wrote in the 17th chapter of Revelation exactly. When that happened it just simply reversed the whole thing. Instead of state over church as it always had been before, it then became church over state; with the popes cracking the whip. This change did not take place suddenly; it was a gradual change that involved many popes, each one gaining a little more supremacy over the emperors than the one before. That is why it is said, that for about three centuries there were no unbelievers in Rome. Everyone was a Catholic. The pope was a (as some would say) sovereign ruler; and all the political leaders of the ten horn nations were all Catholic’s under his dominion. Knowing this, we can better understand the scripture that says, (Rev.17:8) “The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, (Only a spirit can ascend from the bottomless pit; therefore we understand that the devil is the life of that old beast system.) and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.” The devil first ruled the world through those old Roman caesar’s; and right on through time in the Roman imperial system, until it came time that he could rule the world through the Roman Catholic Church system. That caused the pope to become what looked like an 11th horn upon that old beast; but in reality it was not such a horn; because this horn (power) did not establish another nation within the old Roman Empire territory. Even though this was the most powerful horn of the whole lot, it did not change the makeup of the beast; for it still had only 7 heads, and only 10 horns. Daniel saw this “eleventh horn” rise up, having eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things, and it is written that he sought to change times, and laws, and seasons; therefore I want to show you from history, how this was fulfilled. Notice how the papal power ascended to a place of supremacy over the emperors, as we read a little more from history. “One might suppose that there could be no interference between pope and emperor, since they seem to have separate spheres of action. It was said, That God had made the pope, as the successor of St. Peter, supreme in spiritual matters; and the emperor as heir of the Roman Caesars, supreme in temporal matters. The former (the popes) ruled men’s soul’s; and the latter men’s bodie’s. The two sovereigns thus divided on equal terms, the government of the world. The difficulty with this theory was that it did not work. No one could decide in advance, where the authority of the pope ended, and where that of the emperor began. When the pope claimed certain powers which were also claimed by the emperor, a conflict between the two rulers became inevitable. Otto the Great, in 962 A.D., restored imperial rule in the west. Thus founding what in later centuries came to be known as the Holy Roman Empire. He made the pope to be completely recognized by all citizenry. There was no other religion allowed. Otto made the city of Rome the imperial capital. He deposed a pope who proved disobedient to his wishes; (This is why he was known as the pope maker.) and on his own authority appointed another. At the same time Otto exacted from the people of Rome an oath, that they would never recognize any pope to whose election the emperor had not consented.” At this juncture in time, the emperors had the upper hand over the popes; but later, we will see that the whole thing reversed; and the popes took over.

THREE HORNS PLUCKED UP BY THE ROOTS

I will not read all of the history that leads up to, and shows how these three horns were plucked up; for we have printed it before. I will just read enough to point you to the occasion; ant those who care to can get the rest of it out of a previous issue. Notice how the change came about. “The death of Henry the 3rd, which left the empire in weak political hands, gave the papacy a chance to escape the control of the secular powers. In 1059 A.D., a church council held at the Letern Palace decreed that henceforth, the right of choosing the supreme pontiff, (the pope) should belong exclusively to the Cardinal body, and no longer to political appointments. This arrangement tended to prevent any interference with the election of popes, either by the Roman people, or by foreign sovereigns.” All of this was designed by Satan to get rid of any obstacles that would keep him from sitting in the papal chair, being worshipped and adored through his instrument the pope. He (the devil) had ruled the world through the caesars; and now he would again rule the world through one office, the office of a man the world looks upon as the Vicar of Jesus Christ. The old pope is now worshipped in basically the same way the old caesars were. Therefore I want to read to you a little sketch that will allow you to see how this little horn began to blaspheme. From 1059 A.D., we will skip on down to the first pope that really began to blaspheme in a way that fulfills this scripture. His name was Hildebrand; but he took the name Gregory the 7th on his elevation to the papacy. He devoted all his time and talent to the advancement of the papacy, until the papacy could take full leadership of the Roman world. A contemporary document which may have been of his own composition, and at any rate expressed his ideas, contains the following statements, “The Roman pontiff alone is properly called universal ruler.” In that one statement, you find that mouth speaking great things, blasphemous things. This is that little horn Daniel saw. Not just this one, but all who follow in his footsteps. He speaks blasphemous things just like the old caesars of Rome, those emperors that claimed to be sovereign, imperial, universal rulers, a title that only God Himself can rightly claim. It is easy to see why God will judge that old whore system of religion at the end of this grace age; because she is a blasphemous, cultish system of captivity. Under the reign of those popes, it was just the opposite of what is was during the time of Charlemagne and Otto. Those emperors could remove a pope and appoint another in his place; but with the turn around, the popes cannot be touched by anyone. They claim the sovereign universal rulership title; because they rule men’s souls. Can you not see how Satan has gradually changed his disguise, from the emperor’s seat, right over to the papal seat? Let me finish reading these great swelling words of this pope. “He alone may depose a king from his throne; and he (the pope) may be judged of no one.” That is a total reversal of the way it used to be. Who did the apostle Paul appeal to, when he was falsely accused? It certainly was not the bishop of Rome. He appealed to the Caesar. His appeal was to the highest mortal authority of that time; but today, if such an appeal was to be made to the highest mortal authority, most would tell you it would have to be made to the pope of Rome. “He may absolve from their (the emperor’s) allegiance.” That means, regardless of what kind of public document the political king issue, he can end it quickly if he so desires. “The Roman Church never has erred; and never can err.” Pope Gregory did not originate these doctrines; he was just the first pope to publicly apply and enforce them. He soon issued a decree against lay investiture. It declared that no emperor, king, duke, marquis, count or any other (including the dignitaries of royal families or governments) should presume to grant investitures. This was a general decree applying to all the states of Western Europe; which was the ten horn nations. However circumstances were such that it mainly affected Germany; because the last political emperors that were ever recognized as emperors within that political sphere were Germans. That brings the whole thing down to Daniel’s vision of this little horn plucking up three of the first horns by the roots. It did not destroy them; it just broke them from trying to get free from papal authority.

FIRST HORN PLUCKED

History says this, “Henry the 4th, the ruler of Germany at this time, did not refuse the papal challenge. He wrote a famous letter to Gregory, calling him `no pope, but a false monk;’ telling him also, that Christ had never called him to the priesthood; and bidding him, `Come down from St. Peter’s throne.’ Gregory in reply, dethroned Henry as emperor, excommunicated him from the church, and freed his political subjects from their allegiance to him. This severe sentence made a profound impression in Germany. Henry’s adherence fell away, and it seemed probable that the German nobles would elect another ruler in his stead. Henry then decided on abject submission or surrender. He hastened across the Alps, and found the pope at the castle of Canosa, on the northern slopes of the Appenese. It was January, and the snow lay deep. The emperor stood for three days shivering outside the castle gate, barefoot, and clad in a course woolen shirt, the garb of a man doing penance. At last upon the entreaties of the Countess Matilda of Tuscany, Gregory admitted Henry, this ruler of Germany, and granted him forgiveness.” There, you see how the first horn was plucked up. The government of that royal family was not destroyed; but they found out for sure that no territorial government was ever going to be powerful enough to stand up against the power of the pope.

SECOND HORN PLUCKED UP BY ROOTS

That dramatic scene at Canosa did not end the investiture conflict; we have other events to look at. This will let you see how horn number two was plucked up by a pope. “Thirty years after the signing of the Concordant of Worms, the emperor Frederick, called Barbarossa because of his red beard, succeeded to the throne of Italy. Frederick II, of the Hoffenstoffen Dynasty was capable, imaginative and ambitious. He took Charlemagne and Otto the Great as his models, and aspired like them, to rule Christian Europe and the church. His reign is the story of many attempts, ending at length in failure to unite all Italy into a single state under German sway. Frederick’s Italian policy brought him at once into conflict with the papacy. The popes gave their support to a league of the free citizens of northern Italy, which were also threatened by Frederick’s soaring ambitions. The haughty emperor, having suffered a severe defeat, sought reconciliation with the pope Alexander III. In the presence of a vast throng assembled before St. Mark’s Cathedral in Venice, Frederick knelt before the pope and humbly kissed his feet. Just a century had passed since the humiliation of Henry IV at Canosa.” That gives you horn number two of the three Daniel saw plucked up by the roots; so let us go right to the third one, which we are taking right from the pages of history.

HORN NUMBER THREE PLUCKED UP BY ROOTS

A third horn was plucked up by a pope named `Innocent III.‘ History declares that the papacy reached the height of its power under him. Following some of the declarations he made, you can certainly see how he spoke against the Most High; for he, like Lucifer, exalted himself to a place no mortal man has any right to be. Therefore if God cast Lucifer down from his position for that very thing, why would He not look upon this mortal being in the same way? Just listen “Innocent announced the claims of the papacy in the most uncompromising manner. As the moon, he declared, receives its light from the sun, and is inferior to the sun, so do kings receive all their glory and dignity from the Holy See.” According to this, the pope had the right to interfere in all secular matters, and in the quarrels of rulers. “God has set the prince of the apostles over kings and kingdoms, with a mission to tear up, plant, destroy, scatter and rebuild.” Some of those popes did just exactly as that decree states; but in reality that authority belongs only to God. That was just another example of how those old popes spoke against God; comparable to what is written in the 14th chapter of Isaiah about Lucifer, wherein he (Lucifer) said, “I will exalt my throne above the stars of God.” That same old spirit was in those popes; and caused them to conduct themselves the same way. “Innocent’s claims were not just idle boasts. When Philip Augustus, king of France, divorced his wife and made another marriage, Innocent declared the divorce void; and ordered him to take back his discarded queen. Philip refused, and Pope Innocent put France under an interdict (a quarantine) and closed all businesses. From that hour all religious rites ceased. (no mass for births nor burials) There were no burials. The church bells were silent. The sick died uncared for. The dead lay unburied. Philip, deserted by his citizenry was compelled to submit.” Saints; I am sure you realize, that when Philip (that king of France) submitted to the pope, that constituted another horn being plucked up. What a joke, that men like those popes would claim to be the successors of St. Peter, the apostle to whom Jesus gave the keys to the kingdom of heaven. Those popes wielded so much power, there was no way anyone could resist what they determined should be. That whole church system always has been motivated by Satan. He left the emperor’s throne and has been sitting upon the papal throne ever since, in those Roman Catholic popes. The same territories that used to be ruled by the caesars, were ruled by the popes; and it was that papal head that was wounded, and then later healed. That beast head, church over state, was wounded by the Reformation; and then came right back up again, healed and restored, right back into the same position he held before the wounding, to continue on for a little short space of time. The religions of the world will go after the beast. That is why since 1948 there has been an image to that old papal system made; and it is none other than the World Council of Churches. She talks like the pope used to, and eventually the World Council of Churches will think and act and do exactly the same thing the old Catholic Church did, because the Catholic Church is a member of it. They talk of Jesus; but they do not know Jesus as their Savior and Lord, and soon coming King. They are looking for a world they can help to make better; but they are not going to make it better. When we begin to hear that the pope is now writing letters and saying what he is saying about Israel and so forth, you can rest assured, his hour is getting close. The sad part of it is, The world does not know what he (the pope) is destined to do. They will wonder after him, just like the Bible says. Before this Desert Storm War started, they would have liked for a man such as the pope to step out on the stage of time and say, Hey I have the answer to this problem in the Middle East, if you will just listen to me. That is what they were looking for; and one day there will come an hour that God will permit such a thing to take place. He will officiate a peace covenant, and be the guardian of it for 3 1/2 years. Then he (the pope, the antichrist) will personally break the covenant and start an all out persecution of the Jewish people; and the great tribulation will be in effect. All of this is prophesied in the scriptures; and it cannot possibly fail to come to pass. May God bless every one of you; and keep you in His care.

IMPERIAL CAESAR EMPERIORS

POMPEY,
JULIUS,
ANTONY,
AUGUSTUS 27 B.C-14 A.D., TIBERIUS 14-37 A.D., CALIGULA 37-41 A.D., CLAUDIUS 41-54 A.D., NERO 54-68 A.D.

FLAVIAN LINE OF
EMPERIORS

VESPASIAN 69-79 A.D., TITUS 79-81 A.D., DOMITIAN 81-96 A.D.

FIVE GOOD
EMPERIORS
FIRST FIVE HEADS

THIS IS THE FIVE THAT THE BIBLE SAYS ARE FALLEN

(1) NERVA 96-98 A.D.
(2) TRAJAN 98-117 A.D.
(3) HADRIAN 117-138 A.D.
(4) ANTONINUS PIUS 138-161 A.D.
(5) MARCUS AURELIUS 161-180 A.D.

CONSTANTINE,
KNOWN AS FIRST
CHRISTIAN EMPEROR

SIXTH HEAD

THE BIBLE SAYS, ONE IS, THAT ONE WAS CONSTANTINE 306-337

CHARLEMAGNE
HEAD NUMBER SEVEN

THIS IS THE HEAD THAT HAD NOT YET COME, BECAUSE CONSTANTINE’S FORM OF RULERSHIP WAS STILL IN EFFECT AT THE JUNCTURE OF TIME THIS VISION OF JOHN WAS POINTING TO.

CHARLEMAGNE LIVED FROM 742-814, WAS ROMAN EMPEROR FOR ONLY 14 YEARS; BUT WAS KNOWN AS THE FOUNDER OF THE HOLY ROMAN EMPIRE, BECAUSE HE ACTUALLY MARRIED CHURCH AND STATE. HE ESTABLISHED THE 7TH FORM OF ROMAN RULERSHIP THAT PUT HEAD NUMBER SEVEN ON THE BEAST WE ARE LOOKING AT, AND YEARS LATER, WHEN THE POPES BEGAN EXERCISING AUTHORITY OVER THE EMPERORS, IT WAS STILL THIS SAME FORM OF ROMAN RULERSHIP WHICH WAS REESTABLISHED BY OTTO THE GREAT, THAT WAS IN EFFECT. IT WAS ESTABLISHED BY CHARLEMAGNE, RENEWED BY OTTO, AND TAKEN OVER BY THE POPES. THAT IS WHY THE BIBLE SAYS THE 8TH IS OF THE 7TH., BECAUSE THE POPES JUST TOOK OVER WHAT WAS THERE ALREADY.

HORNS
THREE HORNS THAT
WERE PLUCKED UP

1ST HORN

HENRY 4TH, KING OF GERMANY, PLUCKED UP BY THE POPE, 1077 A.D.

2ND HORN

FREDERICK BARBAROSSA, KING OF ITALY, PLUCKED UP BY POPE, 1190 A.D.

3RD HORN

PHILIP AUGUSTUS, KING OF FRANCE, PLUCKED UP BY THE POPE IN 1216 A.D.

1991-04-The-Woman-of-Mystery-Part-3

The Woman of Mystery, Part 2 – 1991, February


WE ENDED OUR JANUARY ISSUE SPEAKING OF HOW ZECHARIAH 10:3-4, IS BEING FULFILLED RIGHT BEFORE OUR EYES AS WE SIT WATCHING OUR TELEVISION SETS; SO THAT IS WHERE WE WILL PICK UP.

Let us again read those two verses, before making any further comments. (3) “Mine anger was kindled against the shepherds, and I punished the goats: for the Lord of hosts hath visited His flock the house of Judah, and hath made them as His goodly horse in the battle. (4) Out of him came forth the corner, out of him the nail, out of him the battle bow, out of him every oppressor together.” Truly God has used the Jews that came back to the land of their father’s from Europe, (which were basically the two Southern tribes called by the name Judah) to get things ready to receive that element of the ten Northern tribes which would be coming out of Russia and other parts of the world, coming back to the land for various reasons of their own; but for the purpose of God, they are coming back there to prepare for the coming of their Messiah. God does not deal with the Jews as a nation anywhere except in the land of Israel; therefore the twelve tribes must be sufficiently represented in the land, before that last week of years prophesied to Israel by the prophet Daniel can begin, for its end time fulfillment. In Revelation 12:6, John wrote of this woman (Israel) fleeing into the wilderness, to a place prepared of God where she would be fed (and protected from the evil forces of the Antichrist) for a period of 1260 days; which of course is the full duration of the great tribulation period of time. Daniel spoke of it (12:1) as a time of great trouble. “And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: (Daniel’s people were Jews.) and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people (Spiritual Jews) shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.” As we have already stated in the first part of this message, the 144,000 servants of God, of Revelation 14:1, will flee to the nations of the world, preaching the everlasting gospel; and the woman element will flee to this place already prepared of God for her; until the time of trouble has ended; but let me add this, In 1948 Israel was in no way capable of flying away. She was in the beginning of first being restored to the land, from where somewhere in future time she would fly away. Therefore let us watch time; and the prophecy; and see how it is applied. To you young people, I realize that when you go to school, they care little about prophecy of the Bible; but you can know what to expect as the days come and go. They (the secular element of modern society) think this Bible is a book of myths; but in my honest opinion, before not too long a time, some of our school professors might have to hang their head and say, Something is going on in Mt. Zion. Hallelujah! They will not be saying it though, until God does something to awaken them to reality.

ZECHARIAH LOOKING TO THE TWENTIETH CENTURY

Notice verse 3, of Zechariah 10, “Mine anger was kindled against the shepherds.” That is speaking in past tense. That is how God looked upon the rabbis, the scribes, the priests, the leadership of the people of Israel, that were responsible; and held accountable by God, that caused Him to do to her, (the nation of people) what He did. “And I punished the goats: for the Lord of hosts hath visited His flock the house of Judah.” Brothers and sisters, if He punished the goats, we have to look backward to the time when He did it. That does not apply to the Middle Ages, nor anywhere else in time other than when that tribe was carried out of there into dispersion. Therefore we must look back to 69 and 70 A.D., when the Roman army was sent (by God) just like it was prophesied by Jesus. In that time the Roman army came against Jerusalem, tore the city down, demolished that beautiful temple which the Jews thought was so magnificent; and took them away into captivity. That was what fulfilled the words of Jesus, (Matthew 24:2) “And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things? verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.” From that time, the Jews were there, were scattered. This was basically the Judah tribe that became scattered into Europe and eastern Europe, to remain there for the durations of time until this prophecy would resume its fulfillment. Notice how God said this, as He has punished them, He also follows up and says, “and I punished the goats: for the Lord of hosts hath visited His flock. (As WW2 ended, God began to look upon an element of Jews that were established in the areas of Europe. We are not going to get technical with it; but we are dealing mainly with the tribe of Judah; because it is prophesied that Judah has to be moved first, for this beginning of national restoration, and the eventual climax of what it must come to.) and hath made them (the tribe of Judah) as His goodly horse in the battle.” That language structure is very mysterious; because the average person today, knows we do not fight wars with horses any more. That is so far in the past, it is not even written about anywhere in books, to really know how to relate to that; but in here the prophet speaks of Judah being like the goodly horse in the battle. How could Judah possibly be associated with anything related to by that likeness as spoken in this prophecy? We have to go back to 1948. As I touch this phase of her beginning, do not forget, No sooner did the U.N. say, We will partition that land and give it to these displaced Jews of Europe, did her boats begin to arrive at Haifa and wherever else they landed, and the Arabs in that land began saying, We will not let any more Jews come here. They sensed trouble. As long as it was a few at a time, buying up land, most of the Arabs were not saying very much against it. England was still the controlling power of that area. However when England gave it up, in order to allow the U.N. partition to go into effect, the Arabs took over England’s military equipment she left behind, and became possessed with one thing, killing every Jew that landed on shore in the land of Palestine. All you have to do is go back and study whatever histories are now written about it; but You will have to do it by the Jewish writers. When you read of the conflicts that began to take place as those Jews kept coming, you cannot help but thank God for the fact that you were born in a nation where you have not had to grow up under such conditions as those young Jewish people that lived to go from Europe to Israel. Some of those young people never even lived to see their dreams come true. As they landed there, war broke out. That was the war of 1948, you have heard about. Remember though, God said He has made Judah like His goodly horse in the battle; so if He had brought Judah back home eating ice cream and angel food cake, without any resistance, you can rest assured, she would never have known how to survive all the other wars she has had to fight, 1956, 67, 73, 80, 82, and all the other resistance she has had to face. I have read some of what the various writers have written, telling of the hostilities that took place at night. When they heard on the short wave radio, that the U.N. had partitioned a certain amount of land to be turned over to these Jews, that very night Arabs in many major cities throughout the land of Palestine, went on a rampage, shooting and killing. The Jewish underground army was the only thing Israel had, that they could look to for help; as they fought for survival. With that in mind, let us look at this goodly horse in battle, because we have to go back and pick up some story to relate this to. I have in my possession a booklet, that tells about the British occupation in Burma, back in the colonial period, back when they used horse cavalry, and horse drawn artillery. In her records of warfare, they wrote this outstanding article about this one particular horse in a certain unit, and the troops only had this one gun unit being pulled by these two horses; but this one horse had been in Burma for a long time. He had been under fire. He was a horse that knew how to conduct himself under fire. Instead of going mad, crazy, and going every which direction, he seemed to use his horse sense. That is what we have to see in this scripture. God likens Judah to a goodly horse in battle. He could either go wild and carry his rider into a trap, or else he could keep his cool and carry his rider to victory. It told how, as this British unit was moving along the Burma road, naturally it was in jungle like, heavy foliage. All of a sudden they were fired on from both sides of the road. The footmen immediately jumped to the bushes; but it left the riders on this gun carriage, and this gun, and the article stated how there was a bank there they thought was entirely too steep to even try to get the gun carriage to go up. Therefore the troops that were on this gun carriage just bailed out and went up the bank into the bushes, leaving this team of horses with the gun. That one horse, instead of him becoming wild, he had been under shell fire before, the one horse took a look at that bank and that is where you can say God let extra adrenalin come into that horse. Because as he looked at that bank, he made one leap and took the other horse, gun, carriage and all, and climbed the bank into the bushes. The men set the gun up, and the fact that it was saved, enabled them to keep from being massacred. In other words, that one horse was credited with saving those men; so that is what we are looking at, in this scripture pointing to Judah. As Judah came back to the land in 1948, if she would have looked at all this Arab hostility, and given herself over to fear, (because she was so overwhelmingly outnumbered and had so very few weapons) the history books would be telling a completely different story about the rebirth and restoration of Israel. I read one story in the book; called, The Exodus, telling how in a northern city there was a Jewish quarter, where Jews at the beginning of the century came back and settled. It was in that part of the mountain city of Safad. As this Arab hostility broke out in the Arab quarter, they lived in the hill population overlooking the Jewish quarter. As the hostility grew very bad, they knew that somehow or other, if some kind of aid could not be reached from the underground army supply systems, then in all probability the Jewish quarter in Safad, could possibly be overrun by the Arabs. One man volunteered to travel through hostile territory by night and make his way to Jerusalem, to the Haganah people, asking if they had any kind of weaponry, supplies, explosives, or anything. When he got there, he was completely refused, because the Arabs at Jerusalem had caused the Jews there to have to expend so much of their supplies, they had nothing to spare. In that book it tells how they were left with so many sticks of dynamite. That was about all the weapons they had. Well that man went back; and there is where God took a little and made a lot out of it. You know the song, little is much if God be in it. The Jews in that Jewish quarter of the city of Safed said, Then we have to take what we have, and devise some way to frighten these Arabs it. They gathered up all the nails, and all the small pieces of scrap they could find, and devised a contraption they named Goliath. They fixed up a launching instrument of some kind. Then they fastened knives onto the end of sticks, like spears. They had a few old rifles with just a few rounds of ammunition left. They were saving them for the last go around. They were mainly depending upon that one giant explosion to do something for them though; and in the book it says that when the Arabs started their attack, the Jews launched this Goliath contraption. When it went off, the Arabs began yelling, They have the atomic bomb! That broke their spirit, and they fled. Has not that always been the strategy God has used on behalf of Israel? Read it in the Old Testament. He will take a simple little something, and put fear in the heart’s of the enemy; and then just multiply it. I am bringing all of this in, just trying to explain how this scripture applies. Verse 5, says, “And they shall be as mighty men, which tread down their enemies in the mire of the streets in the battle: and they shall fight, because the Lord is with them, and the riders on horses shall be confounded.” Judah started out as she was being brought back into the land to start the reconstruction of this nation that would eventually be recognized, with very little to protect themselves with; but having the favor of God made the difference for them. God has always used strange devices to make His power known to Israel.

WHAT A DIFFERENCE A GENERATION MAKES

Before we read Zechariah 10:6, I just want to refresh your memory on what verse 4, says. God likens Judah as His goodly horse in the battle. In other words, Judah has been through it, he is experienced. After all, where did those Jews come from? Out of Europe. They had already been through a living hell. They had nothing to lose. Therefore verse 4, is talking about Judah. “Out of him came forth the corner.” What is a corner? It is a beginning point. That is what the tribe of Judah is. It is God’s beginning element, which He would use to start rebuilding that nation. If you are erecting a building, you must have a beginning point. You must have a corner to start with. That is why God referred to Judah like that. “Out of him came forth the corner, out of him the nail.” In other words, if there is something to be held together, Judah is going to be the tribe that God will use to do it. “Out of him the battle bow.” We are talking about a military instrument. Judah came back with no military equipment to speak of. No nation wanted to sell to those Jews going back. They were willing for the Jews to go back and be settled there; but no one ever stopped to think of all the hostilities they were facing when those Arabs had threatened to kill every last one of them. I have read in various writings, that through underground means, they bought obsolete rifles from any source that would sell them. That was their way of surviving, holding on, and establishing a foothold back in the land of their father’s. It was the beginning of God’s restoration and rebirth of a nation that one day would climb to be the fifth greatest military power in the world. That is what she (Israel) is today. Israel today, does not have to purchase her arms through the underground system. She is making many of her own weapons. Well we ought not be surprised; it is right here in prophecy. She brought the French Mirage fighter. She used to buy some of the British Spitfires. Finally Britain and France cut that off. Then it was the United States alone that would sell to them the various jet fighters. Finally, as the United States began to sell them the more sophisticated models, Israel and the United States launched a program of working together. The United States began to realize, that if some of her own military equipment was ever going to be tested, it should be tested in the fields of future Middle East warfare. Therefore we sold them the Phantom jets. Then Israel took them, modified a little of this and that; and now you know what they are capable of doing with them. They did the tanks the same way. She modified everything to fit desert warfare. Out of that, Israel began making a tank all of her own. While all other conventional tanks have to be entered from the top, Israel has her own model, that is entered from the back. That way, if the front end is blown off, the crew does not have to escape from it in view of their enemies. They can escape out the rear. She realized it is to her betterment, to save the crew rather than the hunk of iron. I am not going to dwell too long on these things; but I want to show you, that out of her (Judah) has come the battle bow. From nothing, Judah, in the forty some years she has been back there, has become a competitor, now manufacturing weaponry to sell to other parts of the world. She has made one of the best automatic rifles in the field of warfare. With that, she has made a pilotless plane. She tested it; and it proved successful in the war of 82. She has what they call a drone plane, maybe about six feet long. It has a TV scanning camera in it. She can fly it 100 and some miles away from base. She can fly it over enemy territory. One article told how a camera in it could pick out a spot on the top of a car, and show it back. In the 1982 war, they could spot an enemy moving through heavy foliage and so forth, and it would send the data back to a ground base; and from a ground to air rocket launcher, they would fire that rocket and hit that tank right where it was spotted. The United States was also working on building some of these type planes; but according to the article I read, the United States had not brought hers to a successful test. She wound up, if I remember correctly, she wound up buying approximately two thousand of those drone planes from Israel. Then Israeli technicians along with our native technicians, would experiment with these things together. There are many other things in the military line I could bring in right here; but I feel that this is enough for us to realize, that here is a prophecy right here in Zechariah, that we have seen fulfilled in the last forty years. Judah come from nothing, you might say, to where she is today; and now she is able to make way for the ten Northern tribes to come home. Verse 5 shows us that by the time Judah has reached a potential of being the precise instrument God wants to use, she is in a place to be used. Let us read it again. “And they shall be as mighty men, which tread down their enemies in the mire of the streets in the battle: and they shall fight, because the Lord is with them, and the riders on horses shall be confounded.” That of course, is talking about her enemy, if they were on horses. We know modern day warfare has no place for horses. It would be foolish to bring horse flesh against all the gunfire of modern day weapons; but it takes that language to give the thought God wants us to receive, because it lets us know God will put such bravery, and such a strong gallant fortitude in the people of Judah, that her enemies, when they would try to oppose them, would be like foolish people on untrained horses in battle. In such cases everything goes berserk. With this little view of what has already taken place, we can see that verse 6 brings us to the time we are living in right now. Notice, “And I will strengthen the house of Judah.” He has already done that. She is there in her homeland; and she is not to be taken lightly. Let us just look back twenty some years. When we look back to 1967, the Jews had only been back in that land nineteen years. They were constantly harassed by the Arabs, because the Palestinian motto was, no concessions, no giving in. Israel must be destroyed. King Nasser of Egypt, in June 1967, along with the other Arab states, was bent doing that one thing. They threatened to drive Israel out of that partitioned land into the sea. An Israeli general we were privileged to meet in 1968, on a flight to Israel, was in the armored corps that went through the Sinai, that helped push the Israeli line to the sea. He said to us, Before the war started, we were contemplating ten thousand citizen casualties. We were in the process of building wooden boxes to bury our dead in. Yet when the war started, in six days it was over. There was not one civilian casualty in the whole six day war. All casualties were military casualties; and that was very few. I have said all of this to show how God has strengthened Judah. From that time, look what she did. She pushed the borders from the U.N. partition, all the way to the Jordan River. She even pushed all the way to the Golan Heights in Syria, where she has built settlements. Syria does not like that; but she is there anyhow. She pushed on down into the Sinai Desert on the other side; and she is building villages there. Bro. Jackson, they have no right to do that. If you disagree with what they are doing, maybe you had better talk it over with your heavenly Father; for verse 5 says, “And they (Judah) shall be as mighty men, which tread down their enemies in the mire of the streets in the battle: and they shall fight, because the Lord is with them.” God is enabling them to reestablish their old borders; and it is very unique, the way it is being done. Their enemies attack them; and when they repel them, they just end up with a little more of the land they are supposed to have; and God is with them. God is reestablishing the outer territorial, rural settlements of Judah first, before He does very much of anything about bringing the other ten tribes back home. Therefore when we read here, “He will strengthen the house of Judah,” and we see what happened in the six day war the tribe of Judah was forced to fight, we can very well see what these prophecies were pointing to. As we have already said, the tribe of Judah, is the tribe we see back in the land, doing the fighting that is fulfilling these prophecies. When she pushed the borders to the Jordan River, she took the old city Jerusalem, which is called eastern Jerusalem; and three fourths of its population is Arabs. There is only one Jewish quarter, which Jews actually live in. Everything else around the old city is called new Jerusalem. Keep in mind though, that is not the New Jerusalem that is to be the capital for the Messiah. We have to look at old Jerusalem for that; because that is where God put His name. That is where God’s eye is looking to; and that is where we have got to look to in the next few months, as prophecy is in the process of being fulfilled. As we watch developments in the Middle East, we need to realize that Judah stands ready to do her God ordained part. Yet through all of her trials, she has done her best to work favorably with the world. She realizes the world gave her that partitioned land; but she also realizes she does not have all of the land God Gave her forefathers; so when the world is saying, Israel, if you want peace, you have got to give up so and so, I say, Israel will never give it up. Let me say it like this, Judah will never give it up. She was the beginning. She knows why she is there. Why should she give it up? You must realize though, she does not want any more outside hostility toward her, than what is absolutely necessary; so she is trying her best to weigh the issues, play it cool diplomatically, and try to go along as far as possible, with what western negotiators are saying. Let us try to follow this prophecy, and see what else the Lord says. In verse 6, God says, “And I will strengthen the house of Judah, and I will save the house of Joseph, and I will bring them again to place them; for I have mercy upon them: and they shall be as though I had not cast them off: for I am the Lord their God, and will hear them.” Joseph is one of the names the ten northern tribes were known by. One of the offspring of Joseph was the father of the tribe of Ephraim. That tribe became a major tribe, in the north. It was a major tribe in the north, just like Judah was in the south. Rather than the ten northern tribes being referred to as Simeon and Ephraim, they were basically called by the name Ephraim because of its outstanding characteristics, just like Judah in the south. One time it says Joseph, and another time it will call it Ephraim; but whichever it is called, it is talking about one and the self same thing, the ten northern tribes. First it is Judah, then Joseph. “And I will bring them again to place them: for I have mercy upon them: and they shall be as though I had not cast them off: for I am the Lord their God, and will hear them. And they of Ephraim (notice now, He brings in the word Ephraim) shall be like a mighty man.” God has opened the door in these Communist countries, so those Jews that have been there for centuries may have the opportunity to go home. He is not going to make them mighty men in Russia. No. That is not where he is going to make them mighty. It is when they come into the land of their father’s, that He will make them mighty. That is where the mighty part comes into the picture. Just as soon as Russia began to allow those Russian born Jews to go home, the Palestinian Arabs began doing exactly what they did in 1948, when Jews were given that partitioned area of Palestine for a home land. They immediately set up a protest. They sent word to Russia, Don’t let any more of them come here, until we get this statehood question settled. Well I have news for them; This is a work of God. Gorbachev cannot stop it until God gets His quota out of there. That door of opportunity is like every other door God opens up, He is the only one that can close it. I will say this though, That door will not stay open for one hundred years. God has it marked. However as God creates the conditions and sets the agenda, and determines the pace and magnitude of this thing, do not think the Arabs at home are going to set back and wait until they all get there, before they start their campaign of hostility toward them. They are going to do exactly like they did in 1948. We are already seeing it in the News; but it will get worse. Let me read the rest of verse 7, and verse 8, then I want to show you something in chapter 12. Notice this, “And they of Ephraim shall be like a mighty man, and their heart shall rejoice as through wine: yea, their children shall see it, and be glad; their heart shall rejoice in the Lord. I will hiss for them, and gather them; for I have redeemed them: and they shall increase as they have increased.” God said He would hiss for them, and gather them; and this is the very hour that prophecy pointed to; so no matter what the Arabs do, and regardless of what the United Nations may try to do, God is gathering His quota from all twelve tribes of Israel, getting them ready to hear the message of the two prophets that will soon come upon the scene in Israel. Saints, this is a work of God; so do not be surprised at what you may see take place in that area of the world very shortly.

JERUSALEM A BURDENSOME STONE

I want to read a few verses from Zechariah 12, to let you see how vain it is for other nations to try to negotiate a settlement between Israel and the Palestinian Arabs. In verse 2, just think for a moment what that actually means. “Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about, when they shall be in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem. (3) And in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all people: all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it.” In any negotiating process between the Middle East nations, Israel, Egypt, Jordan and the Palestinians, let us just watch this prophecy, how it speaks out. Judah is there. They took the old city in 1967. It is true that even though the Israelis control the police force, and they do the governmental administrative chores, three fourths of the population of the old city is Arabs. Therefore since three fourths of the old city of Jerusalem is Arabs, those Arabs are not going to stand idle, and allow Jerusalem (the old city) to become the prophetic spotlight the word of God speaks of, and them not do something about it. There has been much said, and Israel is being pressured to give those Palestinian Arabs living in the occupied areas voting rights. That puts Israel in a very tight spot with all the others who think they have a say in the matter. Will they allow the eastern Jerusalem Arabs to vote? If they do, Israel is faced with the possibility of defeating their own purpose. As long as three fourths of the population are Arabs, you can rest assured that this three fourths element is not going to let Jerusalem be the Messiah’s capital in the Millennium. Now some may say, What does that have to do with prophecy? It has a lot to do with prophecy. There are other prophecies that tell us the rest of the story. Isaiah spoke of how God will remove the inhabitants of it, afar off. I wonder why God talked that way such a long time ago? It was because He looked right down through the twentieth century and saw this very hour. He saw how hostile the world would be, and it is even mentioned right here in Zechariah, how it will be. The point is, sooner or later old Jerusalem will become a focal point, as we get closer to the time when old Jerusalem must be peopled by Jews. Why is that necessary Bro. Jackson? Because in Isaiah you have a prophecy, how the city of Jerusalem is talking, as she sees the immigrants in the last days coming back to possess her place, the city of Jerusalem will cry out, Whence came these? That is not the Arabs crying out, whence came these? The children of the later shall be greater than the former. The old city remembers when her children were taken away from there in 69 A.D. That is a prophecy of how Jerusalem will feel when the Arabs have been far removed and the Jews are coming from the ends of the earth to resettle her dwelling places. The hour is coming when God will cause old Jerusalem to become a trouble spot, right in the spotlight of international world affairs. That is why He said, “Behold I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about.” Right now that is the Arabs; they are the ones who want to keep the land for themselves. They are the ones who want to live there. They are the ones who do not want prophecy fulfilled. No, they want Mohammed. That is why we preached the message asking, Is it Isaac or Ishmael, Jesus or Muhammed? They want Muhammed. It is not going to be Ishmael and Muhammed. It is going to be the descendants of Isaac that God will place in that promised land; and Jesus will one day soon be recognized as their Messiah they have longed for down through centuries of time. What does God mean, “I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about?” What is a cup of trembling? Did you ever see a cup in the hands of a drunk person? Such a person reminds you of someone who is scared half to death. When this issue of what is to be done with Jerusalem gets so hot, so important, anyone who sticks his hand out to get involved in it, God will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling for them. Would that not be embarrassing, to reach out and take hold of something that has already become a hot potato, too hot to hold? It comes your turn to make your assessment and you hear these words, What do you say about it? You stick your nervous hand out and take it, but oh how humiliating. It becomes obvious to everyone, that you are scared too. Sure you are. You are scared. That is why God likened it to a cup of trembling to them round about. That is the Arabs. They are the ones that are round about. They are the ones that are kicking up the fuss. Just listen, “When they shall be in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem.” This combines the two together, Judah and Jerusalem. Keep this in mind, and watch my illustration. Jerusalem is right here. (Bro. Jackson is pointing to the chart) See that dot? Jerusalem is right there. That is the ancient capital of the entire nation of Israel. Jerusalem was also the major city of the tribe of Judah; so you have two things that stand out as important. As we look at this city, it lets us know that when the time comes that the city becomes an important issue, so also will the ancient territory of Judah become an important issue. And in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all people: (this is pointing to the international picture) all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it. Politically the cry is Give it up; but God says keep it. In the past forty years it has not been the major issue. Israel has played it along. Every time it has come up for discussion, they have always been able to shove it on a little further on out into future time; but time is running out. Prophecy must be fulfilled. Immigrants are coming home; and they are going to need to go somewhere. The Arabs say, Do not put them in there. The Arabs could not care less if they stacked them end on end; just as long as they do not put them in what they call occupied territory. I see a different picture in God’s word though. In the prophecy of Isaiah, concerning this great influx of Joseph or Ephraim that comes back, the immigrants coming in will get so crowded, the prophecy brings out the cry that the people will begin to have, It is too straight here for me. In other words, it is too crowded. In the past, through the years of normal immigration procedures, that has never occurred. Everything has been absorbed in a slow gradual process, as God built Judah up, saved her, and established her as a tribal territory first. Now comes the time to bring the other tribes home; so we see the issues that are at hand. I want to read a few verses from Isaiah 49, before we continue with these in Zechariah 12. Here is the picture as it was shown to Isaiah. (Isa. 49:17-22) “Thy children shall make haste; thy destroyers and they that made thee waste shall go forth of thee. Lift up thine eyes round about, and behold: all these gather themselves together, and come to thee. As I live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely clothe thee with them all, as with an ornament, and bind them on thee, as a bride doeth. For thy waste and thy desolate places, and the land of thy destruction, shall even now be too narrow by reason of the inhabitants, and they that swallowed thee up shall be far away. The children which thou shalt have, after thou hast lost the other, shall say again in thine ears, The place is too strait for me: give place to me that I may dwell. Then shalt thou say in thine heart, Who hath begotten me these, seeing I have lost my children, and am desolate, a captive, and removing to and fro? and who hath brought up these? behold, I was left alone; these, where had they been? Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I will lift up mine hand to the Gentiles, and set up my standard to the people: and they shall bring thy sons in their arms, and thy daughters shall be carried upon their shoulders.” I just wanted to refresh your memory on this prophecy; because it is already being fulfilled; and it will necessitate the fulfillment of these others very soon.

BIBLE LANGUAGE MADE UNDERSTANDABLE

In Zechariah 12:4, God says this, “In that day, saith the Lord, I will smite every horse with astonishment, (That means Israel’s enemies, and it pertains to their military capability.) and his rider with madness: and I will open mine eyes upon the house of Judah, and will smite every horse of the people with blindness.” Brothers and sisters, I believe I told one time, about my uncle and I riding a blind mule right into a sink hole. We thought the earth had opened up and swallowed us. It scared us so badly, it seemed that our heart’s were right up in our mouth’s. Anyhow that experience helps me see a picture, as God describes how He will smite the horses of Israel’s enemies. Naturally an army on horses in ancient times, was superior to the army on foot. However for instance, if God for some reason, should smite a horse with madness and blindness, that the horse could not see where it was going, then the rider on that horse had better get off as quick as he can. God uses language that seems strange to us; but it is not so strange it cannot be understood. Verse 5 gives us a little insight of what God, in the near future, will no doubt do to the political leaders. Just think about it, for the last 20 some years since the six day war, they have done nothing but bicker and fuss, bicker and fuss about this situation between the Jews and Arabs in the Middle East; and none of them ever stop to ask, What does the Bible say about this? How can prophecy be fulfilled when you have leadership pulling in every direction. There are Israelis there in the land today that are so void of spirituality they say, Peace at any cost, we do not need to fight. Well if it is peace at any cost, that means they are ready to give up the capital. Well if that happens, you have prophecy going in reverse. That is why it is up to God to do something to settle that stalemate, calm those leaders down, and make them all see alike. “And the governors of Judah shall say in their heart, The inhabitants of Jerusalem shall be my strength in the Lord of hosts their God.” Saints, we have to realize, that up until this very hour, the leaders of Judah and Israel cannot say that. They cannot say that now, because three fourths of its population are Arabs. However somewhere in front of us, as this great ingathering of the immigrant Jews continues, we have to realize it is God’s time to really settle Jerusalem with Jewish people, to get the city in its prophetic relationship to time and to the word of God. He will then move upon those leaders, to get them to begin to see things His way. At that time, those leaders will look at those Arabs that have carried on so; and that have made life impossible for them, and they will say, Look, we have tried to negotiate with you, we have tried to compromise, we have tried to present you with the opportunity to live in this land with us; but you are determined to destroy us. Therefore we have no choice but to deport you. We cannot continue on like this. This is just my way of making a point. I do not know exactly how it will come about; I just know that it will. I have already touched on this next verse, but I have a point or two more to bring in, to show its meaning; so let us read verse 7. “The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah first, that the glory of the house of David and the glory of the inhabitants of Jerusalem do not magnify themselves against Judah.” In this one verse you see Judah; then you have Jerusalem mentioned. I will have to take you back to ancient times for the illustration I want to use, because that is how God’s word speaks of it. When God said He would save the tents of Judah first, what was He talking about? Ever since the six day war, it has been out in these remote regions of the ancient rural areas of the tribe of Judah, that they have been building the little country villages. No, they are not living in tents today; but in ancient times the rural people did live mostly in tents; because they were like nomadic people. That is not necessarily so any more. However for the past twenty some years since the six day war, when they took this area for Judah, all the way into the Gaza Straight, the Arabs do not want them to keep it. They are going to keep it though, because it said it will be dwellings for the tribe of Judah. During the years since Israel regained control over that area, they have been slowly building villages, small settlements in the remote, rural areas of the ancient territory of Judah. That is why it reads like that. He would save the tents of Judah first, or establish her rural dwelling. Do you know why? Because if He would have established the Jew to live in Jerusalem first, and if any of them had a Messianic hope about them, they would have had no interest, nor would they have cared what happened to the rural area; just as long as they could be in Jerusalem. It is like that everywhere today. Some people could not care less about what the country side looks like; just as long as they have a nice place on Main Street. That is what we are looking at right here. Nevertheless I am happy to report that God is putting this thing together the way it fits His plan and purpose. That is why it is worded like this. As He establishes the tents of Judah first, this lets me know He is not going to give up any of it. Well when He starts working His way toward Jerusalem, then, is when He will begin to show His power in such a way that people will know for sure that it is God Himself, that is doing the regathering, the reestablishing of that nation, and that they are truly approaching the time of their Messiah. Brother, I am one that will not protest what is taking place; for it is all leading right toward what I am looking and waiting for, the coming of the Lord. Hallelujah!

GOD USES NATURAL MINDED MANKIND TO ACCOMPLISH HIS WILL AND PURPOSE

When God gave the gospel of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles, this fulfilled the prophecy of Amos, of how God would come among us Gentiles, (in that interval of time between verses 5 & 6 of the 12th. chapter of Revelation). It was also prophesied in Hosea, “that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not my people, there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God.” While Israel was in dispersion, God has been working among the Gentile people of the whole earth, redeeming an element of people to be called by His name. Then, after that, He is to return again and rebuild the tabernacle of David and close up the breeches thereof. That is what is just ahead for the Jews; and we Gentiles are living right now in the closing months and days of this interval of time. Saints: All the signs are right, for these various prophecies to be fulfilled in our day and hour. Therefore remember what I said earlier, If the woman of Revelation 12:6, is definitely destined to flee into the wilderness, she cannot flee from Russia or the United States, or from Europe, that is not the setting. She must flee from the very ground that is her heritage; because it was from that land that she was scattered into the nations of the world, to fulfill the scriptures of the Old Testament prophets, as to how God would chasten them. God has used dictators over and over again and again, in His dealings with the nation of Israel. Let us now read Revelation 12:6, and realize that in the light of what we have been looking at in these other scriptures, the hour for the fulfillment of this verse is close at hand. And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, (In other words, it has already been determined in the mind of God where that place will be.) that they (the people of that place) should feed her there (Her is the Jewish people that will flee. This wording is not by chance.) a thousand two hundred and threescore days.” That is exactly 3 1/2 years of prophetic time, the exact amount of time allotted to the Antichrist. That is the same as a time, times, and half a time that you read in Daniel. Before this can take place though, something has to pressure Israel enough to get her to reach out and occupy all of the rest of her geographical heritage. Do not look for those two prophets to show up in Israel before she has accomplished that. Everything has to be in its proper order. God takes no short cuts. When the woman (Israel) flees, she will be fleeing from her own heritage, all of it, fleeing from the wrath of the old Antichrist, that by that hour, will have brought his international police force into the nation of Israel, broken the peace covenant, and set about to slaughter every spiritual minded Jew. As I have already stated, This will be the time of Jacob’s trouble. Daniel 12:1, speaks of it as a “time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time.” The bride Church will be gone by then; but there will be a great multitude of Jews and of Gentile foolish virgins martyred in that hour of time.

A NEW WITNESS FOR THE LORD OF HEAVEN

Let me take you to Jeremiah 16:14, for a prophecy that first began to be fulfilled even before WW2; and we are witnessing the final phases of it even as I speak of it. This is a prophecy pointing ahead somewhere in time, when God would do something to start the gradual regathering and restoration of this nation of Israel. Here is how this prophecy reads, “Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that it shall no more be said, The Lord liveth, that brought up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; But, The Lord liveth, that brought up the children of Israel from the land of the north, and from all the lands whither He had driven them: (That prophecy has a collective, universal application.) and I will bring them again into their land that I gave unto their fathers. (This next verse tells how He will start the process.) Behold, I will send for many fishers, saith the Lord, (He did not mean He would send literal fishermen, as we think of fishermen.) and they shall fish them; and after will I send for many hunters, and they shall hunt them from every mountain, and from every hill, and out of the holes of the rocks. For mine eyes are upon all their ways: they are not hid from my face, neither is their iniquity hid from mine eyes.” Do you wonder how God fulfilled that? It is in the past tense, His starting the process of regathering the nation. Well, I hold in my hand a book that I have had for many years. I have never even taken the time to read very much of it until now. It is called “The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion.” It is the minutes of the Zionist movement. It starts around 1905. The book was written about 1906. This particular copy is just another printing of some of the earlier editions. This book was destroyed completely, in Russia, by the Communist government, when they took over. Just in case a Jew would see this video or eventually hear this message, I want you to know that what I am including in this message, is meant only to furnish a bit of vindication for the prophecy we have just read. I mean to convey no personal feelings whatsoever. There are some people who could read this, and immediately hate every Jew upon the face of the earth. I read it knowing that after being dispersed for 1900 years, and suffering the things they have suffered, out of impatience, and the knowledge of what they have the ability to do, some began to take a carnal approach to solving their dilemma. As I read certain portions of it, I saw two lines of thought. One is a carnal thought and objective which an element of the Zionist will try their best to perpetuate. However as time goes on and they try to manipulate certain things for their objective, God only lets certain spiritual things that will serve His purpose, be allowed to function; So that when it is all said and done, His purpose has been behind it from the very beginning. First, the Zionist movement had a message to get out. In 1968 I was privileged to talk to a Rabbi in Jerusalem. He told us a little about the early Zionist rabbis and elders, (as they were called) how they began to go throughout the world, gathering the Jews into their various synagogues and community centers, to present their message. The message they present to the people was this, Brethren, it is time for us to prepare to go home. This rabbi told us how many times those rabbis were booed in the very audiences of Jews they were speaking to. However they were the fishermen of this prophecy. Some would bite, and wanted nothing at all to do with such a thought. Nevertheless He sent fishermen. That effort covered the years through WW1 and WW2; and the average person that even heard of it, had no idea at all of what would eventually come of that effort. Through that number of years, those fishermen caught the attention of enough Jews to initiate their first objective. As they set about universally, to apply many of the conditions and bring about changes in national structures, it was with the idea that they would eventually have enough money to buy up, control, and gain possession of the land of Israel. They said, We realize this is not going to be done in a short time. They even stated in this article I read, how this could go on as long as a century; but they said, it will eventually succeed. The Zionist message, urging the average Jew to go home, was as far as I know, responsible for some of the early kibbutz settlements which were first established there in that land. The land was bought. They did not just land in Israel and fight those Arabs for it; they bought it from Arabs that were glad to sell it. They went in there, one by one, two by two, families and such like, and made deals with Arabs that owned this land, and what they bought up, looked to the Arabs just like wasteland, unwanted, good for nothing. They (the Jews) knew what they could do with that land though, once they had a sufficient foothold. They built their kibbutz’s and set up their communal system of living. They are one people that can do it and survive, while others will get angry and destroy each other. By the time the WW2, years came, many of the carnal and political approaches of the Zionist’s message they were in the process of bringing in among the Gentile societies where they lived, had backfired. I will not mention to you why it backfired. You just have to believe me. If I let you read it, you would see point blank why it backfired. What they intended to create in Europe, if it had succeeded, you can rest assured, the world no doubt today would have been ruled by a people of such financial influence, we would not be a bit better off than if Hitler had conquered the whole world. What they were attempting to accomplish in Europe, as the fishermen of this prophecy, when they became ineffective, God raised up Hitler. The very thing they did not expect, is the very thing that happened. Hitler sent his Gestapo, the hunters, and hunted them out of every hiding place they had in Europe. From Poland to Austria, and to France, they rounded them up by the thousands. Remember though, we are looking at Judah, that remnant of Judah that had to be back there to start the fulfillment of all those other prophecies. Therefore by the time WW2 was over, the hunters had done their job. After all that had taken place there was then an element of Jews in Europe, that could no longer stay in Europe, and perpetuate the carnal Zionist message. All of that was completely destroyed. Therefore we just have to say, God uses those carnal approaches to get certain things started; then He reaches out and cuts it off, right in a place where it fits into the fulfillment of scriptures. The God we serve, is a wonderful God. We never want to forget how the unseen hand of God can intervene in the affairs of men; to fulfill His own purpose. That is why, out of a chaotic condition in Europe, those Jews were compelled by necessity, to go home and begin to do what the fishermen had failed to get them to do. They did not know why God sent such a bunch of hunters to hunt them; but one thing is sure, when it was all over, Europe was no longer a place where they wanted to stay. There are other things I could say along that line; but being a Gentile I am fully aware there are Gentile Christian churches today, that are just as carnal in their ways of doing things as anyone can be, and in the end, they will wind up being tools in the hands of the antichrist. They will be as anti-semitic as anyone you have ever seen. If they were to read certain things in this book, they would just simply spend their time propagating hatred for Jews, not even seeing the spiritual side of anything that has taken place. The year 1988, was Israel’s 40th. birthday. During that 42 years they have been back there as a nation of people, you need to realize that they are basically the tribe of Judah, and that God has used them to bring the nation to a point in time for the rest of the regathering prophecies to be fulfilled. We have already read how God said He would save Judah first, and that He would first establish the tents of Judah, (That would be the rural areas of the dwelling places of the tribe of Judah.) before He would establish the inhabitants of Jerusalem. If you look at the prophecy right, in the tribe of Judah, there is a certain line of Jews they are the literal descendants of the royal line of King David. It was the King David lineage that basically made up the population of ancient Jerusalem. Even right here in the Protocols, as they would set about to establish a Millennium (a kingdom rule) whereby they would bring a Messiah on the scene, (Remember, this was all from a political standpoint) once the time had come that they would have this land in their possession, including Jerusalem, they would seek out those people who were the descendants of King David, and from that element, they felt that the God of heaven would choose one who would literally be their Messiah, rather than one coming directly from heaven. Their vision was that it would be someone chosen from heaven of the earthly realm. Saints, please understand that my reason for bringing this in, was just to let you see how people can get a carnal picture in their mind’s, with the idea of fulfilling prophecy of the scriptures. When we talked to that Rabbi in 1968, we asked him how he viewed the coming of the Messiah. He said, We, (and when I say we, I am speaking of myself and certain types of Jews) believe our Messiah will literally come from heaven. That was our chance; but we did not say to him, Well Jesus was that Messiah from heaven you speak of. That is just not the way you talk to a Jew. You must talk to him on his level. He then said, However there are many Jews that are looking at the Messiah as maybe just an era of time wherein man has somehow or other brought about a better system and way of life on earth. This would be the Messianic kingdom. He injected this remark then, “If that would be true, I might be justified in saying that the Messiah is a computer.” That is the way he said it, The Messiah could be a computer. At least that let us know he did not believe in that type of foolishness. He is definitely looking for a true Messiah, one that will come from heaven, ordained of God, not chosen by man. Nevertheless in their movement, Jerusalem would eventually be peopled by this particular line of Jews, those who are the descendants of the royal, kingly tribe of David. when you link that with the prophecies we read in Zechariah, you can better understand why, after the six day war, they were not allowed to take full control over Jerusalem. They took the administrative control of Jerusalem; but they did not touch the holy temple ground. Had they done so, they would have set about to establish some kind of temple worship. They would also have endeavored to make Jerusalem a dwelling place for Jews; and as we stated already, three fourths of the population of old Jerusalem is Arabs. Furthermore if God had allowed that, the Jews would all be huddled together in the city; and only a very few of them would have ever been willing to live outside the perimeter of Jerusalem. They would just say, Let the outer territory go to the dogs, this is where I want to live; and Zec.12:7, would not have been fulfilled. Remember, it says, “The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah first, that the glory of the house of David and the glory of the inhabitants of Jerusalem do not magnify themselves against Judah.” The tents of Judah speaks of that outer territory. It is easy to see now, why after the six day war it was important to establish the Judaean territory, geographical, the inhabitants, the tents, the outer dwellings of the rural places. Judah is the main tribe God will use to get the land ready for the rest; yet Jerusalem is to be the capital city of the entire nation. Well they truly could have had a beautifully restored city, after twenty three years; but God did not intend for them to have a beautiful rose sitting in a field of thorns, so to speak. If the Jews had just went to work on Jerusalem, that is exactly what they would have today. That is why the prophecy required it to go that way first.

HOW GOD SEES MOUNTAINS-HIGHWAYS

We have already read part of Isaiah 49; but I want to go back there, and start with verse 11, which deals with a present phase of what is to be accomplished in respect to dispersed Jews coming home to Israel. As we have already stated, Those Jews which returned to their home land following WW2, were basically the tribe of Judah and those related to Judah, which was Benjamin.

A BEGINNING-TWO TRIBES-IN THEIR LAND

They were the European and eastern Europe dispersed Jews; but what we are looking at now is basically the remnant of the ten tribes. They are scattered to the ends of the earth; and the overall goal through these restoration prophecies, is that the entire nation be regathered and restored; not just one particular tribe. The beauty of it all though, is that it has a beginning and a consummation; and everything has to be done in God’s order. He is the One that works circumstances to bring it all into being. In verse 11 of Isaiah 49, the Spirit is speaking of our day, as this prophecy begins to have its introduction in time. Look at the world scene today. Communism is falling apart. Russia is no longer a world power to be reckoned with. That could not have been said two years ago. What has caused such a drastic change? Did man do it? No. God did it. Why did He do it? Because the time has come, for Him to fulfill something else written in His word. Up until this time, Russia was locking her heels when it came to letting very many Jews go from there. Every time they let a plane load go, the Arabs in the land set up a cry, Don’t let any more of them come in here. However the United States just kept pressuring Russia, You have to give those people a chance to travel, a free choice to go and come wherever, and whenever they choose. Gorbachev eventually took the idea, not even realizing what it would eventually lead to. Since that change on the part of Russia, we now have a completely different situation. In every one of those Communist nations the door is now flung wide open. Those Jews can leave just as quick as they can get things processed and the means of transportation to take them out. What prophecy spoke of such a condition, one might say? Well let us look at Isaiah 49:11, and notice the wording of it. And I will make all my mountains a way, (Now saints, do not literalize this, He is not talking about literal Pike’s Peak, or any other literal mountains. He is talking about kingdoms, governments, and world powers.) and my highways shall be exalted. Again let me stress the fact that this is not to be taken literally. He is not talking about Interstate Highway systems of the world. What is He talking about? He is talking about the ways He is going to open up, to bring these Jews from the ends of the earth. That is the way you have to see it. Mankind with their carnal ways of looking at everything, will read scriptures like these and imagine vain things; but when God begins to bring it to pass, spiritual minds see the picture clearly. Let me take you back to the time when God brought Israel out of Egypt. He never touched one mountain. Such a mountain, is an obstacle to human progress, or to the way we want to do things. Even Isaiah 40:3-4, when we see how it was fulfilled, we realize that geographically, nothing was changed, when John the Baptist fulfilled that prophecy. The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God. Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low: and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain. Every word of that prophecy pertained to something spiritual. None of the landscape in Israel was changed, as John fulfilled that prophecy. All of that, pertained to something spiritual that was being done in the hearts of the people in Israel. That language speaks of how God sees society, or mankind, or kingdoms. God made a highway in the desert for the children of Israel, coming from Egypt to Canaan land, but if you had been there, you would not have seen a paved road. He made a way for them to come out. He made a way for them to survive. We are living right at the threshold of a great change. As we see these political systems fall, it is the hand of God preparing a way. For what? God is going to fulfill the end part of the prophecies dealing with getting that woman of Revelation 12:1, back in her land, and in a position where she can hear the message of those prophets that are eventually to come on the scene. I think often, of how God looks upon these Gentile missionaries who are always trying to convert the Jews to their trinity of Gods. If they only knew how God looks upon their systems of religion, I wonder what they would say then? In the eyes of God, they are nothing but a bunch of spiritual whores, prostitutes. God despises the whole bunch. Oh Brother Jackson, you ought not talk like that. Why not? If I am going to present the scriptures to you in truth, I have to talk like this; for that is exactly what the word of God calls these systems of religion. That is why it plainly tells us that the 144,000 servants of God in the book of Revelation, chapter 14, are virgins; simply because they have not been defiled by these Gentile harlot systems of religion. That is what it means, when it says they have not been defiled by women. In other words, Protestant, denominational missionary endeavors. God keeps the hearts of those Jews free from all of that; so they will not have to sort out what they hear from their prophets, from some Trinitarian doctrine. Isa.49:12, “Behold, these shall come from far: and, lo, (Now He is not just pin pointing Europe now. This is a universal picture.) these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim. (The closest any one knows what that word Sinim, means, is in the Scofield Bible footnotes. It is believed to be the land of China). Sing, O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforted His people,” I am telling you brothers and sisters, while the Arabs are presently the antagonistic aggravators and agitators in the midst of the Jewish population, God is getting ready to do something in that Middle East realm, that is going to be just as dynamic and outstanding, as the fall of Communism has been in the past year. Just think of it, what the Bolshovike revolution attained, where men fought and died to establish an empire, in just a few months of time it has just crumbled and fallen all to pieces. That just goes to show, that when the time comes for God’s word to be fulfilled, He moves every obstacle out of the way. Is it not written in the book of Revelation concerning the ten horns, that they will give their power unto the beast, until the word of God is fulfilled. Rev.17:16- 17, “And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire. For God hath put in their hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.That is greater Europe. That is what is taking place today; God putting in the heart of men to fulfill His word. They are doing it blindly, not realizing that prophecy is being fulfilled by what they are doing. The world is ignorant to the true purpose of what is taking place in the world today. However the true children of God are not ignorant, nor blind; we see it coming about, even before it gets here. Is it not written, that the wise shall understand but the wicked shall not? They are led into a trap. As greater Europe comes to the forefront, rising up out of the sea, she is rising with all the particular identities she went down with in the Middle Ages. She is coming alive again, for her end time role in fulfilling the scriptures. The pope is an outstanding figure in world diplomacy today. He outshines all other temporal heads. Each year he will grow more important, until his hour finally arrives.

NOTE

IN OUR SERIES OF MESSAGES TITLED FROM THE BEGINNING TO THE END, WE WOULD BE DEALING WITH THE BEAST AND THE FALSE PROPHET LATER ON; BUT IN THE LIGHT OF WHAT IS GOING ON IN THE MIDDLE EAST RIGHT NOW, AND BECAUSE THE BEAST OF REVELATION CHAPTER 13, IS SO DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE DRAGON OF REVELATION 12:3-4, WHICH WE HAVE BEEN LOOKING AT AS WE IDENTIFY THE WOMAN OF VERSE 1, WHICH BROUGHT FORTH THE MAN CHILD AND LATER IS SEEN FLEEING INTO THE WILDERNESS, WE FEEL THAT IT WOULD BE APPROPRIATE AT THIS TIME, TO INSERT SOMETHING THAT WILL BRING ALL OF THIS UP TO DATE, IN THE LIGHT OF PRESENT HAPPENINGS.

WHERE ARE WE TODAY IN THE SCRIPTURES?

Before we go into Revelation chapter 13, for our text scriptures, let me just say this, This world is going to go berserk. Out in the streets today, especially in our major metropolitan cities like Washington D.C., and many others, there is a category of people thinking they are doing something great, by standing out there acting like foolish people. You hear the cry, Stop the War. Come Home. We do not need this, and we do not need that. Why were they not carrying on like that when dope gangs, perverts, and demon possessed people were first found creating conditions that have led this nation to the place where we have such a sick society? Why did they not demonstrate just as enthusiastically about all of that? Saints: if this war in the Middle East should last four weeks longer, and especially if we were to have a thousand casualties, there will be people demonstrating, climbing walls, and ready themselves to tear up something. Yet an awful lot of those same people have nothing to say about unborn babies being killed by the thousands, and little children being kidnapped, abused, and left to perish in a dumpster somewhere. I remember a time when it was not like that. It is a shame, that so many people will allow their mind’s to be used like that. They will say, I am an American; I have this right to protest. Well I say, If the people that founded this country and fought for freedom from the British Empire, could come up out of their graves and witness what this freedom is being used for, they would chase a lot of you out of the streets with their old musket rifles, and let you know for sure, that such as this was not what they fought for. They knew what they were doing. You ought to thank God every day, that we are not still a part of what was once the old British Empire. I do not hate the British; but you need to realize, the system of government back then had a certain objective; and that was to drain the excess. That is how the British Empire existed for so long as such a great thing. It was her colonial territories that fed her, kept her going, and made her great. Like you have heard said, The sun never sets on the British flag. She had a navy that covered the seven seas, until World War 2. When it struck, it was just like the hand of God reached out and put an end to some things. The Dutch people came home. The French came home. The British came home, giving up, and giving back. The world has had nothing but problems, economic, social, political, and militarily, ever since. God always knows how to set things in motion, when the time comes. That is why I want to go into Revelation chapter 13, and sort of bring things up to date scripturally. We are going to take a look at this prophecy today; and try to understand it in the time factor we are now living in. I pray that this will help some of you to have a better picture of what is going on in the world; and then I hope you will say, God help me in whatever time we have left, to get my life made ready for your return.

JOHN’S VISION

When the apostle John, in 96 A.D., had been caught up in the Spirit and shown things that were at that time, centuries into the future, he told how he heard a voice say, (in the fourth chapter ) “Come up hither and I will show you things which must be hereafter” (meaning far beyond 96 A.D.). When we come to this, (actually it is a vision) it relates to the world, and world conditions, and governments of the world, somewhere in time as we get close to the end time. John was caught up in the Spirit, into the future tense of time. That is what this type of prophecy is, something looking to the future. As he was taken off into time, into the future, it says this, (John speaking) I stood upon the sand of the sea, (In other words, he was standing right in the same situation in his vision, in the spirit, that Daniel was in, over in chapter 4 of his writing.) and saw a beast, (which means a world power, or empire) rise up out of the sea, having (it already had this when John saw it) seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. And the beast (going back to the territorial, geographical makeup of this monstrosity of a world system) which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon (which is the devil, not God) gave him (the beast) his power, (that means authority) and his seat, (his seat would be the position from which this authority is derived) and great authority. And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; (Please understand this, It did not just come up, and immediately receive a wound. What he saw, was that the head had already been wounded somewhere in the past tense of time; and it was a wound that looked like it should have been unto death.) and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast. And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: (It is the devil giving that system life, power to be active, to function, and the position from which the authority is motivated.) and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? Who is able to make war with him? Brothers and Sisters: If I know anything at all, when the day comes, that this old beast is doing the talking, giving authorization for what is to be and not to be, this gang that stays in the streets so much of the time, protesting, will be the first ones to climb aboard his vehicle, and ride with him to damnation. In other words, take the mark of the beast, which we will speak more of later. It is people with their kind of attitude, that will be quick to say, “Who is like unto the beast? Who is able to make war with him?” Listen to verse 5, “And there was given unto him (this beast) a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.” This mouth that does the speaking has to be symbolically related to how a certain man within this beast system will speak, when his hour comes. Daniel saw the same thing in chapter 7 of his prophecy. Daniel and Revelation, written hundreds of years apart, go hand in hand. Daniel was the prophet of God in the Old Testament, five hundred years before the advent of Christ, pointing forward in time. John, the apostle to the Christian, Gentile Church, in 96 A.D., was caught up in the Spirit and projected into future time, and allowed to see the things that would be for that hour of time that he was projected into. Which of course we understand now, that he was looking at events taking place in this very hour of time. Everything is so uniquely portrayed in our Bible. “And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.” That sets a specific duration for this beast man to be allowed to do that. It specifies that it will only be for a period of forty and two months; no more, and no less. The point is, What John saw was not something new; it was something that had been in existence previously, was wounded unto death, but was healed; and now it is back in position to continue on. That is why I am going to title this subject “Continue Thou On.” We have read it time and time again; but do we really know what this word continue, is really implying? Before I read the dictionary definition of what this word continue, means, I just want to refresh your mind a little. In so-called Christendom today, we have tens of thousands of voices saying, Well the Bible says there is going to be a ten horned beast. Others will say, The Bible says the Roman Empire is going to be restored. Well technically all those references are truth; but just to say that much is not much benefit, if you do not know how to apply those references. It leaves one void of knowing how to understand what is going on in the world today. If you hear things like that all the time, you can get a very distorted picture; and become terribly confused and troubled. Well saints, my little message is not meant to confuse anyone; but rather to help you get above the natural thinking of carnal mankind, and see the reality of some of these prophecies of the Bible. The beast that we see with our natural eyes, by world events and every day news, is up out of the water today, ready for its end time role in world affairs. Somewhere just in front of us, it is going to go into motion. Therefore we have need to understand how to identify it. The beast that John saw had already been a beast, very active, very alive, very influential in the world. It is not something new. It is something old, being restored and brought back to prominence to continue on a little space of time. Let me read to you the words, it says right here, and power was given unto him to continue. That lets us know it is not something new, just starting out. It is the continuing on of something that has already been. It is important that you catch the word CONTINUE, or you will not understand how it fits into this prophecy. I will read Webster’s dictionary definition; just to give my point emphasis. Naturally Webster’s gives you different definitions of the word; so for our purpose let us just think of it like this. Suppose you have been writing a story, and you lay it aside for a while: when you get back into it again, you are continuing. Well in this case, there will be a continuing on, of something that was interrupted. Therefore by the help of God, I want to show you how that old beast that was there in the past, came to a non existent, dead, or unrecognizable state; so that generations were born not knowing how it had previously functioned, and affected mankind; but is now very much alive and ready to CONTINUE on for an allotted time. The interruption in its history was definitely an act of God; and during this interruption God has restored the original revelation of His word, back to the true Church; and now the world stands at the threshold of the completion of God’s restoration plan for His creation.

REVELATED PEOPLE WATCHING GOD WORK

Now that time has progressed to the point when Revelation 13, is a present day reality, there is a generation of people on the scene that just simply do not know how to understand it; but as God allows the devil to restore this thing back to a living, functioning beast again, restored back to its original status, He has some people upon earth that do understand it; and they will be watching it very closely. Once it has fully reached that restored status, and the head that had been wounded unto death, (This wounding is what brought about the interval of interruption) is restored back, meaning, completely healed, then God will again permit the devil to activate the thing; and it is going to continue on with the same motives and ungodly actions that it had previously. That is what it means, “And power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.” I have said this, When WW2 came, there were preachers who began to preach, Oh beware of Communism, it is the beast, (the Antichrist). That was during the time when Mussolini, set about to try to bring territories back under the scope of his power. Mostly because he was a Roman, people began to say, Mussolini is the Antichrist; because he comes out of Rome. Well, he is dead, hung by his heels, and the world moves on, still looking for the Antichrist. Back then, time had not progressed to the point where God wanted the identity of the Antichrist to be made known. However by the time his hour arrives, there is going to be an element of people on this earth that will understand; and they will be able to see the whole picture; just as there were people in the days of the first advent of Christ, that the Spirit of God dealt with, to enable them to recognize what was taking place. He dealt with the shepherds and the wise men in a supernatural way, enabling them to be participants in what was being fulfilled in their day. They were among those that began to see and understand how the prophetic scriptures pointing to the Messiah were being fulfilled. John the Baptist came on the scene later, right at the precise time to prepare the people for, and to introduce Israel’s Messiah to them; using nothing more than the written scriptures that foretold it. The prophecies are all already written; but in each age the Holy Spirit reveals to spiritual people that which they need to know, to be witnesses in their hour of time. When John the Baptist came out of the wilderness preaching with such authority, some thought he might be the expected Messiah; but he quickly answered, I am not He; but I am one sent to prepare the way for the One who is to come. Those that went out to hear John preach, and were baptized by him, were given an understanding of how to look forward to the soon appearance and manifestation of their long awaited Messiah. That is what John was doing. He was preparing a way. He was preparing their hearts to understand and accept events that were applicable to their generation. Then when they stood there and saw Jesus baptized, and saw that great display of the Spirit of God, how it came down upon Him, and how the voice spoke saying, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased,” they knew they were living in a very great hour of time. That did not change the religious hierarchy at the temple; but the things that were taking place were destined to shake up their comfortable little religious routines for a long time to come. The high priests, and all those scribes and Pharisees were just as head set in their own stubborn, apostate, religious ideas as they always had been. That is why when Jesus come out of the wilderness in the power of the Spirit and began to preach, He had so many confrontations with them. They knew He had authority they did not have; but they could not humble themselves to accept anything from anyone that had such a humble background. They looked upon Him as an illegitimate child, that could not possibly have anything they should humble themselves to submit to. Therefore the only thing they knew to do, was try to get rid of Him, before He ruined their religious setup. It is always like that. What God uses to enlighten one element, blinds another element of mankind; and the blind ones are always the ones that are so set in their own ways, they are not open to further enlightenment. Do you think it will be any different in our day and hour? I am here to tell you, It will not be. The world has lived through the period of this interruption in the old beast system of rulership; and to a lot of people that beast was not just wounded; they believe it is dead forever; but if that were true, then it would be impossible for the Roman Empire to ever be restored. Remember though, we are not talking about the rulership of the old Caesars; we are talking about the last form of Roman rulership, when the Roman Catholic Popes cracked the whip. Therefore we need to take a look at time, history, and prophecy.

IDENTIFYING WHAT WE ARE TALKING ABOUT

First we need to ask ourselves, Why is all this trouble centered in the Middle East, all of a sudden? The main scope of attention has turned from the Baltic states, and the Russian Empire, to the Middle East. Think of it. In just two years time, God has smashed that great iron curtain and broken its wall all to pieces. That did not destroy old Russia, which was known in many centuries of the past. It is just simply a fact that the great perimeter of her empire, God has caused to come to an end; and it is for one specific reason. Better than two million Jews were detained there by political means of Communism; and God wanted them out of there. What did God want them out of their for? To bring them back to the land of Israel, for the restoration back to Israel all the things she had lost. First He brings Judah, then He brings the ten tribes, which is referred to either as Ephraim or Joseph. Now they are coming in mass numbers. The Jerusalem Post told how they even found a small congregation of Jews in the country of Albania, which was a strong communistic part of that Russian perimeter. Actually there was between 350 to 500 of them. They finally got their opportunity to come back to the land of promise. That has been their hope. Why is it necessary for Gentile people to know about these things that are just for the Jews, you may say? It is through the understanding this picture, that we learn to prepare ourselves to be ready to go to be with the Lord, for that interval of time when He will have His bride Church away from what is going on in the world. When we read in Genesis, how this area of the world was the area that was first populated, and that this is the portion of the world where the Bible was written by the Jewish people, we have to realize that what takes place here, is important to the Creator. God separated Abraham from the inhabitants of ancient Mesopotamia, and took him to the land of Canaan, giving him all the land between those rivers and so forth, for an everlasting inheritance. You can read it in Genesis. Abraham’s seed are the rightful owners of all of that land, no matter who may be living in part of it at this present time. The Bible was written by those seed of Abraham, that were his seed through Isaac. That is where the great squabble over land in the Middle East gets hard for outsiders to reconcile their thinking to. Those Arabs throughout that land readily admit that the land belongs to Abraham’s seed; but they are also Abraham’s seed; and they feel that it belongs to them. They will never accept the fact that Abraham’s inheritance went to Isaac and his seed after him; because they do not accept the Bible we get our understanding from. Therefore before I go further, I will read a few verses that make the main points we are dealing with; and you can read the verses in between, at some other time. God said to Abraham, (Gen.15:7) “And He said unto him, I am the Lord that brought thee out of Ur of the Chaldees, to give thee this land to inherit it.” Now I want you to notice the covenant. (Gen. 15:18) “In the same day the Lord made a covenant with Abram, saying, Unto thy seed have I given this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates.” (Gen.17:8) “And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art a stranger, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God.” In this next verse we get the God appointed heir of that land given to Abraham. (Gen.17:19) “And God said, Sarah thy wife shall bear thee a son indeed; and thou shalt call his name Isaac: and I will establish my covenant with him for an everlasting covenant, and with his seed after him.” Ishmael was not forgotten, nor ignored; God made Abraham a promise concerning him also; but he was given no inheritance within the boundaries set forth in the promised land. (Gen.17:20) “And as for Ishmael, I have heard thee: behold, I have blessed him, and will make him fruitful, and will multiply him exceedingly; twelve princes shall he beget, and I will make him a great nation.” God kept that promise also; and all of Ishmael’s seed are Arabs; and you know how they feel about Isaac’s seed, the Jews; but none of their feelings can change the word of God, nor the purpose of God. I have one more verse for now. (Gen.17:21) “But my covenant will I establish with Isaac, which Sarah shall bear unto thee at this set time in the next year.” Regardless of how you or anyone else may feel about Jews and Arabs, and about who should be where, the word of God answers it all; and God is not going to change His mind. It is forever established.

A WORD ABOUT LAND DIVISIONS IN THE MIDDLE EAST

The red dot you see here marks approximately the spot of the ancient city of Ur. (Bro. Jackson is pointing to one of the charts.-Editor) Abraham came from that region. This was called Mesopotamia. That is why Saddam Hussein looks back in time, and wants to model his future from that ancient Mesopotamian society and power. The next red dot is on up the river Euphrates, approximately where the ruins of the ancient city of Babylon lies. We have a large map of this area, that we have used to design our charts. It shows the geological ruins of these two cities. We do know this, right in here between Iraq and Saudi Arabia is the little country of Kuwait. Right in here on this map, (you could look in your Bible map and find it) is the plains of Shinar. Now look what we have in here; we have the valley of two rivers. Where do they come from? Way up in the north, from Turkey and Armenia. We know this, to show you how Biblically centered this spot of the earth is, up to the time of the flood of Noah’s day, this was where the majority of civilization existed. Geographically this is the land of Eden, as you may discover by studying in the book of Genesis. Right in here, you can see the two rivers on the east, the Euphrates and the Tigris; and over here is the Nile, on the west. Down in here, is the dried up river bed of Havilah. Why is it that way now? Because we are living beyond the flood. A lot of things have changed since the time of the events in the early chapters of Genesis. It is very possible that what we now call The Mediterranean Sea, was only a small lake back then. The regions of the land of Eden continued right on up into these gradual slopes. However since we now have so much water here, the whole topography of the continents look very different now, than before the flood. Nevertheless the point is this, That region still remains to be the apple of God’s eye. When the waters of the flood receded and the ark rested on Mt. Ararat, (which is up here in Turkey) Noah and his family came out of the ark and followed the water routes back down south; and ended up right back down in the plains of Shinar. Right in this delta region, is where civilization (after the flood) began to rise up and spread out. It was right in here, in the regions of old Babylon, that their language was confused. When they all still spoke the same language, they huddled together and decided to build a tower to heaven. Of course they were not intending to name the tower Babel; it is called Babel because of what God did to them as a result of building that tower. After God confused their language, a name was given to the tower to illustrate the condition of mankind after such a catastrophe. What God did to their language, brought an end to the Babylon tower. They could no longer communicate with each other. Why did God see fit to do that? Because they were failing to carry out His commandment to them. To Noah and his three sons God said, (after the flood) “And God blessed Noah and his sons, and said unto them, (Gen.9:1) Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth.” They never would have fulfilled that command, if they had all remained together in the Plains of Shinar. That is why God did something to defeat them in their efforts.

BEASTS OF THE BIBLE EXPLAINED

The point I am endeavoring to bring out as we get acquainted with this area of the world, is that in this very vicinity, these beasts of Daniel and Revelation had their origin. Over the centuries, from the time Abraham was called, there was a city that began to develop. I suppose there had to be a reason why that city was named Babylon. In other words, they named it that, because somewhere they could still see the ancient ruins of the tower of Babel. People of that area were called Chaldeans, and Mesopotamians for a period of time. However as we come into around the eighty century B.C. it began losing its Chaldean identity, and Mesopotamian identity. Assyrians, the people of what is now called Syria, somehow had managed to gain control of a vast area up in the northern section of what we are looking at. They rose up first, to become an empire. You do not read very much about a major city as being the center of their civilization. However we do know that Damascus is one of the oldest cities in the old world. It was there when Abraham came moving out of this part of the country on down here. I am giving you this background because I know a lot of you, even though you may have studied it in school, did not find it interesting then; but now it is very interesting, because of what is taking place in that part of the world. When all of a sudden the social structure of the world begins to rock to and fro, a lot of people really get shook up. What is going on? The thing is, As long as it was going on and did not disrupt our economy, nor our future stability in any way, we did not care whether Nebuchadnezzar lived before Christ or after Christ. When we begin to see our future plans affected by what is going on in the world, at least some of us begin to be very interested. We want to know what is going on, and what to expect, if there is any way to find out. Well I am happy to inform you, We do have a source of completely accurate information; if we are willing to accept it as the infallible word of God. I am giving you this background; because we are going into a study of these beasts, which one’s were where and when, and how recognize the hour of prophecy we are living in. This will help you understand the things going on in the world at large. The whole world is going to be affected in one way or another.

ISRAEL’S CAPTIVITY

It was the Assyrians that took the ten Northern tribes of Israel into captivity. That left only the two Southern tribes called by the name of Judah. Finally the Assyrian territorial empire began to break up because of the rise of Babylon. I have the history of the rise of Babylon. It first began to come into being approximately 800 B.C. However not until about 600 B.C. did Babylon attain unto the magnificent city it came to be. By the time the Babylonians came in, things in this region (the Middle East) really began to change. The two Southern tribes of Israel were carried away captive into Babylon around 600 B.C., and the prophet Daniel was among those captives. It is through his writings, that we are first made aware of the beast terminology associated with ruling empires. Therefore let us go to the book of Daniel, and take a look at what is recorded there concerning the things we are now interested in. In the seventh chapter, we learn where Daniel was when he had this experience he recorded. He was a Jewish prophet that had been carried away from Jerusalem to the ancient of Babylon. As the Babylonian Empire rose up, its territorial domain eventually encompassed many territories and peoples of that area of the world. It was an empire named after the city from whence it was ruled. That is one difference between it and the Assyrian Empire. However it did not gain its preeminence for several years. When the time did come, the Babylonian Empire came right straight through here, taking everything in its sweep. That is when it conquered the whole land of Israel, the tribe of Judah that was still there, and carried Daniel, along with Ezekiel and many others of the children of the royal families of David, back to Babylon, to exist in captivity. The city of Ur, by this time, was beginning to become a city forsaken. The area was no longer being referred to as the Assyrians. It took on identity as Syria. The city of Damascus began to stand out in preeminence. Everything was changing; and God had a purpose in every bit of it. Let me read about 4 verses from Daniel, chapter 1, to acquaint you with the setting, before we read in chapter 7, to see these beasts of his visions. (Dan.1:1) “In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah came Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon unto Jerusalem, and besieged it. (1:3) And the king spake unto Ashpenaz the master of his eunuchs, that he should bring certain of the children of Israel, and of the king’s seed, and of the princes; (1:4) Children in whom was no blemish, but well favoured, and skillful in all wisdom, and cunning in knowledge, and understanding science, and such as had ability in them to stand in the king’s palace, and whom they might teach the learning and the tongue of the Chaldeans. (1:6) Now among these were of the children of Judah, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.” That lets us see what had transpired, to put Daniel in the position he was in. While he was there, somewhere in the beginning of their captivity, the God of heaven gave Daniel this dream. Let us read it now, in chapter 7. “In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon (Nebuchadnezzar had gone off the scene. This Belshazzar that had taken command was going to be the man that would be in power when this Babylonian Empire, a city oriented empire, would meet its doom.) Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.” If you will pay attention to this, it will help you better understand what we will be looking at over in the book of Revelation later. (7:2) “Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea.” He was standing, in his dream, looking at a great panoramic scene. Let me say this. He was actually standing on the sea coast looking at what would be the Mediterranean; because in ancient times this was called the Great Sea. That Great Sea is symbolic of where time was, at that particular time, pointing to the masses of people. We can say that, because all around the Mediterranean, is where the wheels of prophecy turn. It started in the eastern realm. It will eventually wind up in the western realm of the Mediterranean; at Rome Italy. (7:3) “And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another. (They were all four different.) (7:4) The first was like a lion, and had eagle’s wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man’s heart was given to it.” I do not have time to go into all the details of the history related to that verse. I will say though, Belshazzar, mentioned here, which is the king that ruled Babylon after Nebuchadnezzar’s period, was the man that turned the nature of that lion beast empire, from that of being like a lion in nature to its latter state when a man’s heart was given unto it, and stood upon its feet like a man. That did not happen over night. It was a gradual transformation. Belshazzar’s reign eventually caused the Babylonian Empire to loose its conquering power. How does a thing like that happen? It became a pleasure seeking society, living in luxury to the point where it lost its lion-like conquering and subduing attitude. We will see more of what followed as we continue with the beast; but let me clarify something first. There are times, when we get to dealing with prophecy, that one could get the idea that I love war. That is not true. I wish there was some way to avoid ever having another war anywhere in the world; but as I read my Bible I am made aware of the fact that there are certain wars that have to be fought before we will ever get out of here to our eternal reward. The God that created us is a God of war. That may sound strange to you, if you think of Him only as a God of love and peace; but I want you to know, there are wars that take place in the world, that absolutely serve a purpose of God. You may as well make up your mind to the fact that this war going on over in the Middle East today, is something God has allowed to come about because He is going to re-shuffle some things through it. He is going to put some things in positions where they have to be for the end of the age. He is going to put some men down; and raise some others up. There will be some get real angry, climb walls, pull their hair out, and do everything they can to repel or reverse what is coming; simply because they could not care less about God nor what He is working out. As far as I am concerned, they can go jump in the same green pond they believe their ancestors came from. If you are that evolutionary minded, go take a look at that pond; and see if you can get something out of it that is wiser than the omniscient God I present to you. Listen to me saints, Spiritual blindness is absolutely the worst thing any person could ever be bound by.

TRANSITION OF DANIEL’S BEASTS

The lion-like beast, in its territorial outreach, has been all the way into Egypt. Under the rulership of Nebuchadnezzar it truly was like a lion, conquering and bringing down other rulers. The Babylonian Empire ran its course; than another beast took its place. We will take a look at that beast now. (7:5) “And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on one side, and it had three ribs in its mouth between the teeth of it: (these three ribs are speaking specifically of the three great kings that lifted it to its greatest power in that which is related to Jews and prophecy.) and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.” This of course was the Medes and Persians. In history, this is referred to as the Persian Empire. What united these two lines of people, was a royal marriage between King Cyrus of the Persians, and the daughter of Darius of Media. That empire did not have the name of a city; like two of the others did. It is referred to in the Bible as the Persian Empire. That terminology takes on a people identity. Why was that? Why would it stand out like that? Well when you consider the Babylonian Empire, it was named after its city because of its origin. The people of Babylon enlarged the city, and eventually moved out and conquered smaller tribes, Bedouin type people. This kept on until they had accomplished their goal, to become a great empire. That whole territory was ruled from Babylon; as long as it was known as The Babylonian Empire; but when the Meades and Persions came to power, there was no city powerful enough to give the area a name. Yet we do know this, In Nehemiah’s writing, the major city was Shushan. That is where the king’s palace was, in the days of Nehemiah. The ruins of that city is not too far from what is known as Tehran Iran today.

THE PERSIAN EMPIRE

The Persians were great warriors. When this empire ascended to a place of great power, they came sweeping down through this territory, destroying the Babylonian Empire. They went right on through this whole territory. They gave the freedom to a number of Jews, to go back from captivity to rebuild the temple at Jerusalem. Cyrus made the decree. We find that in the book of Ezra. (1:1) “Now in the first year of Cyrus king of Persia, that the word of the Lord by the mouth of Jeremiah might be fulfilled, the Lord stirred up the spirit of Cyrus king of Persia, that he made a proclamation throughout all his kingdom, and put it also in writing, saying, Thus saith Cyrus king of Persia, The Lord God of heaven hath given me all the kingdoms of the earth; and He hath charged me to build Him an house at Jerusalem, which is in Judah. Who is there among you of all His people? His God be with him, and let him go up to Jerusalem, which is in Judah, and build the house of the Lord God of Israel, He is the God, which is in Jerusalem.” (I just put this in to give you a little insight of the kind of man Cyrus was.) Cyrus went on into Egypt and conquered it; while Darius set up a seat, temporarily, in Babylon. I cannot take time to put in a lot of history concerning what these empires did. We are just going through Daniel,s vision, getting to the last beast of the four; before we go into very many details. However the Persian Empire lasted many centuries until finally they were defeated by another empire that had come to be a power to be reckoned with. It was called the Grecian Empire. That is the way it is written in history.

THE GRECIAN EMPIRE

Athens is the Capitol of Greece; but nowhere in history do we ever read anything about an Athens Empire. The Grecian Empire was named after the people; because Alexander the Great, was a descendant of a line of Macedonian kings; and they were gallant warrior type people. Those Greeks that came from that line, were the ones that finally defeated the Persians; as they began to enlarge their empire. The Grecian people were mighty warriors; but they did not become such until time for the Persian Empire to subside. When Alexander the Great came upon the scene, he was a king that did not just sit down and established his throne in any one particular city. He was always where his army was. This is why you have to view the Grecian Empire as a people empire. Naturally I am not telling you Alexander The Great did not go back to Athens once in awhile. He probably did; but history attached no importance to it. The important thing is, the Grecian Empire was described as the leopard. Let us read it here in Daniel 7:6 “After this I beheld, and lo another, (BEAST) like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.” This is how God showed the Grecian Empire to Daniel. Remember, it was the 3rd world empire; and it had its period of time in history. Alexander the Great rose up, crossed into Turkey, and after many conflicts finally subdued the Medes and Persians, which were mainly called Persians by then. He came around from the back, through Babylon. When he came through Babylon the Jews heard about it; and they were afraid of what he might do to them, coming through that route. (I want to call your attention to something very interesting, at this point.) As Alexander the Great, was moving toward Jerusalem with his army, the Jewish high priest, thinking Alexander the Great was a pagan king, and having heard stories about what he had been doing in other territories, thought, We will not open our temple. The temple, and the city had been rebuilt; because it was the Medes and Persians that let the Jews go back home to work on that project, in 500 and something. We are now dealing with events of 300 and something B.C., when Alexander the Great was leading his troops toward Jerusalem. I just have to rejoice in what I am about to relate to you. (I would to God we had some political leaders today, that God could talk to. Our leaders the world over, do not want the supernatural God to talk to them. They do not believe He can talk to a human being. They call that fanaticism. To them, it is a disgrace, and very humiliating for a leader to stand up and say, God told me thus and so this morning; or God showed me in a dream last night, to do such and such. What would our news media do with something like that today. We are living in a day when most people do not want God in anything they are doing; unless they end up in some serious situation they cannot handle. Then they will cry, God help me!) It is true, Alexander the Great was a pagan. He was moving toward Jerusalem at the head of an army that no power or people has been able to stand before. The day came that the Jews closed the gates and waited for their worst expectations to be realized. They did their best to prepare themselves for what was coming. They did not intend to open the gates of their city. However, the night before Alexander and his army reached the outskirts of Jerusalem, the high priest had a dream. (It is recorded in secular history, written years ago. Our fathers, 70 and 80 years ago, read it; even though you would probably not find it in our schools today.) In the dream, he saw himself, the other priests, and the people, all decorated, and carrying flowers out to meet this approaching army. Dressed in his high priest robe, he opened the gates and was leading his people out to meet Alexander the Great on the outskirts of the temple area. As they approached Alexander the Great, sitting on that military horse, and as the high priest was about to speak, Alexander the Great dismounted and bowed before him. Naturally that took him by surprise. He thought Alexander might draw his sword and cut his head off. As he looked up, Alexander looked at him; and the high priest asked him, Why did you do that? Alexander said, So many days back, as he contemplated his advance toward this city of the Jews, he did some sacrifice, (as was according to pagan practise) to ask the gods for their guidance. He said, In a dream I saw you and your people. I saw myself bowing to acknowledge the God of the Jews. With that introduction, Alexander the Great, and the high priest turned and led the vast host into the city of Jerusalem. The people of the Jews prepared all kinds of delicacies for the Greek soldiers to eat; an it turned out to be a pleasant experience for them. Instead of the Jews having to fear the Greeks, the Jews were blessed by Alexander the Great. Alexander, in his endeavors to gain complete territorial conquests, gave the Jews much liberty. As he gave them the liberty, the Jews respected him; all because it was brought about by a divine act of God. Alexander the Great went on toward Egypt and finally conquered that whole area, bringing all of that vast scope of the Mediterranean under his power. He built a city at the mouth of the Nile River; and called it Alexandria. Young people, listen to this. Around 300 and something B.C., Alexander the Great built that city and is was the beginning of secular learning; because from then on, way on up into the second and third century A.D., young people, or anyone that wanted to learn, made their way to Alexandria to study. There, is where the various, professors, or teachers of secular learning had made their profession accessible. The city of Alexandria, at the mouth of the Nile, for centuries, was the center of human learning and growth, in the secular realm. It surpassed Athens by a long shot; even though Athens was referred to as the capital city of the Grecian Empire. As Alexander the Great left this area, he slowly made his way as far as the country of India. He had extended his empire. It is said, that when he came to the sea coast, he bowed down and wept. His soldiers asked him, Why do you weep? He answered, There is no more world to conquer. He had just turned south too quick. He died with a terrible disease. I will not even mention that part. The point is this, After his death, to make the four heads of the leopard and the four wings of a fowl stand out, that is when this area all began to break up. The Egyptians, the Syrians, and the areas of Turkey and Greece, finally ended up like this. The city of Damascus, which is the capital of the country we call Syria, began to stand out in the remaining period of that duration. From about 180 B.C., on down to the advent of Christ, the Jews existed in very troubled times; because the great territorial empire of the Grecians began to break up, and the Jews fell in the crossroads, of what they began to call the hammer and the sickle. Egypt and Syria. Damascus was the city that Antiochus Epiphanes came out of, and did what he did in the time of the Maccabean Jews in Jerusalem.

 

1991-02-The-Woman-of-Mystery-Part-2

The Woman of Mystery, Part 1 – 1991, January


THE WOMAN OF REVELATION 12:1, HAS BEEN ONE OF THE GREAT MYSTERIES OF THE BIBLE; AS FAR AS THE GENTILE CHURCH WORLD IS CONCERNED. THEY HAVE CALLED HER EVERYTHING EXCEPT WHAT, OR WHO SHE REALLY IS. NATURALLY HER TRUE IDENTITY IS SEEN THROUGH EYES THAT HAVE BEEN ENLIGHTENED BY THE HOLY SPIRIT; BUT ONCE YOU SEE IT, EVERYTHING FITS PERFECTLY IN PLACE, AS YOU READ THE FOLLOWING VERSES. THAT OF COURSE, IS ANOTHER THING THAT IS ONLY FOR THE END TIME SAINTS TO UNDERSTAND; BUT WE ARE LIVING IN THAT TIME; SO LET US TAKE SOME TIME AND DEAL WITH THE VARIOUS ASPECTS OF THE CONTENTS OF THIS CHAPTER.

We have been seeing a great political upheaval taking place in the world; and the majority of those who speak of it, look at it as a freedom that will cure all the problems of those who have lived under dictatorial rulerships for so long; but I am looking for a freedom where sin will no longer rule nor reign, and where races will no longer know how to hate. I am looking for that freedom where corruption and graft no longer exist, and where rich and poor are all treated alike. That is the freedom I am looking for. This world has such an era in its future; but before it comes to that, it must go through a period of time that no person living on it then, will be glad to see. In the last few months, as Communism has been falling apart, I could not help but think, as our Secretary of State, James Baker, traveled from place to place taking care of what was expected of him as a representative of this nation, This is that LAMB BEAST of Revelation 13, fulfilling its part in getting things ready for that week of Daniel, when a great peace covenant will be in effect between many nations. At least the week will start out like that. First he was in Moscow, then on to Bulgaria, and from there, on to the Middle East. This generation has not seen it like this before; but it all fits right into Bible prophecy that must be fulfilled before the bride of Christ gets out of here. West Germany sent their man to Moscow to talk over the re-uniting of East and West Germany with Mr. Gorbachev. All of which is definitely bringing Europe into position for its great prophetic role foretold in the scriptures. The United States has been the world’s influential tool, to help bring all of this about; and natural minded people of the world today, look upon this as the greatest phenomena the world has ever seen. It is truly a phenomena; but it is all right here in the Bible; and has been all the time. The world at large, wonders how such a thing could transpire in such a short interval of time; but does not the scripture say that God will put it in the heart’s of men to fulfill His will? We need not think that truth pertains only to what Revelation 17:17 is dealing with; for God has been in control of things all along. He has always put it in the heart’s of mankind to fulfill His will and purpose. The events foretold in the scriptures are a beautiful combination of predestination, foreknowledge, and man’s free choice all fitted together to produce an element of people from every age for the kingdom of God. It is like the little song says: God does not make us go against our will; He just makes us willing to go. He already knows every person that will ever believe the gospel and be saved; so He just works circumstances around us, to help us make up our mind to follow the leading of His spirit. As Communism in Russia and eastern Europe crumbles, and apartheid crumbles in Africa, do you think this is opening the door for another two or three hundred years of economic prosperity? Do you think it has opened the way for more reveling, so more people can just have a good time? That is what people do when they suddenly obtain this kind of freedom. Just wait though until this shaking takes place in the Middle East. Then people are really going to have something to talk about. Most people really have no idea whatsoever, what is really taking place over there in Israel. The Arabs are all up in the air over this mass immigration of Jews; especially from the Soviet Union. The government of Jordan has asked the Soviet Union to halt Jewish immigration to Israel until the Palestinian issue is resolved. They say this immigration to the Israeli occupied territories is crushing all future peace chances. Israeli officials expect three hundred thousand Soviet Jews to immigrate to Israel in the next few years; and they are busy preparing to take care of them. They have no plans for giving up any of what the world refers to as occupied territory; just to pacify those who demand that they do so. Israeli Prime Minister Shamir has aroused anger in the Arab countries by just plainly saying that Israel should hold on to the West Bank and Gaza Strip, to handle the influx of immigrants they are expecting. That is prophecy in fulfillment. That is why I said, Wait until this shaking starts in the Middle East. We are going to see how the western world is going to react. You can take my word for it; they will not jump for joy; and rush to support Israel. (This may all be history by the time you read this paper.-editor)

A WOMAN CLOTHED WITH THE SUN

Let us open our Bible’s to Revelation 12:1, where we find these words, “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars.” We preached and printed a message dealing with this woman John saw clothed with the sun; but there are other things we want to place within it this time; as we deal with it in this series of messages. When this prophecy was written by John in 96 A.D., the Jewish nation no longer existed. John was given this vision twenty some years beyond the destruction of Jerusalem. The Jews, the two southern tribes, had been carried off into captivity, to an uncertain destiny in dispersion. They did not know how long it would last. John, the last of the old patriarchs of the covenant faith, no doubt wondered what would be the future of his people; and of the very land itself; for he knew the land had been promised to Abraham and his seed for an everlasting inheritance. (Gen.17:8) “And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art a stranger, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God.” No doubt he knew the prophecies of the scriptures, where God had spoken through His prophets that He would restore; but even still, that would not keep one from wondering just how it would be brought about. We do not know how John approached God in prayer concerning this matter; but we do know God saw fit to give him an experience more unique than all others before him. He saw a door opened in heaven: and heard a voice say to him, “Come up hither, and I will show thee things which must be hereafter.” God carried John away in the Spirit, to various periods of future time; and allowed him to see those things which would be, in these various future ages of time. Then He was returned to 96 A.D., to fulfill his part, write it and send it to the seven Churches of Asia. The Gentile Church has carried this letter ever since; but over a period of almost 2000 years, very little of what he wrote had ever been understood. Christendom has see-sawed back and forth with an interpretation of much of it, especially this 12th chapter. Some have looked upon it because they could no longer see Israel existing as a nation, as pertaining to the Gentile Church. Since they could not see it as actually pertaining to Israel, many have said, This woman clothed with the sun, has got to be the Gentile Bride. Therefore that has been one of the beliefs that has been fostered concerning this woman. Well God just let it lay here in the Bible without being understood, until the end of time was in sight. Then He revealed it to the Gentile Bride of Christ, allowing her to be able to relate to the understanding of these things, that she might know how to begin to prepare herself for her exodus out of here. We will read the entire picture of what John wrote concerning this woman; before we go back to touch on the various details of it. (1) “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; (like a phenomena) a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: (2) And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. (3) And there appeared another wonder in heaven; (or phenomena) and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. (4) And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. (5) And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to His throne.” What we have read in these 5 verses, is what we have symbolized in the drawings of these two charts we are pointing to. In 96 A.D., John could no longer envision an Israelite nation in the land. Rome was ruling the world. Rome was prophesied in Daniel 7, to be the 4th beast of the four Daniel saw come to power one after the other. Daniel saw this Roman beast ruling from its beginning, straight on through to the end of time. He also saw that Roman beast evolve through certain distinct changes; but there would always remain a Roman connection. The reason I state it like that, is because we have a lot of church people today, that when they begin to try to understand prophecy in the light of the antichrist, they waver all over creation with their projections of who or what the antichrist is. For a long time it was believed, that it could be the Catholic Church, or the pope; but after the Church came out of the Dark Ages and things changed so drastically, they then ditched that whole thing. They began to grope and run around in circles; and probe at every other possibility. Today, you will not find very many nominal churchgoers that are willing to believe the antichrist could come out of Rome. Various one’s have written their books, setting forth all kinds of suppositional ideas. Most of them are written with a vocabulary that most others do not even understand; so when they get through reading the book, they find themselves right back where they started; still not knowing any more about the antichrist than they did before reading the book. Why? Because they are not willing to say in plain words that it is either this or that. The Bride of Christ cannot live on that kind of teaching, this late in the age. We have to see Rome for what she is, where the antichrist will come from, and how this woman fits into that picture.

ANALYZING THE MYSTERY WOMAN

This wonder in heaven, let us consider it. If this is Israel, in what way do we describe this woman as being Israel? First we make note of the fact that she is a pregnant woman. Then we note that she is clothed with the sun. Naturally the sun has to symbolize something; and we will get to that in a minute. The moon is under her feet; and we know what the moon is, as a planetary body. It gives no light of itself; It is only a planet that reflects light from another source. That is what sets a beautiful type there. Then the crown with twelve stars is easily misinterpreted to represent the gospel of the twelve apostles, if that is all you are looking at; but you have to relate that to the rest of the description of this woman; and it just simply does not come out right like that. As we consider the description of the whole woman from top to bottom, we can see what God meant for His Church to see. The woman is the nation of Israel, shown in a heavenly profile, past, present, and future, all wrapped up in one picture. The red dragon symbolizes the embodiment of Satan. Not up there in the heavens, though that is where it is portrayed. The picture is reflected up there; but that is not where he has always persecuted Israel. It is a profile of the embodiment of Satan in the Roman Empire; representing past, present, and future. Whatever each of these symbols represent in Israel’s past, they remain to be the same in the present time, an also in her future. For instance, if this dragon symbolizes Satan in the Roman Empire in the days of the old Caesars, you cannot change that embodiment of Satan from Rome to something else for the present, and for her future. Naturally we understand that the Roman Empire, under the rulership of the old Caesars, did not have seven heads and ten horns. Neither were there ten crowns. You would see a dragon with just one head back then; but we are looking at it in its completeness, here in this setting. This woman, clothed with the sun and so forth, and the moon under her feet, gives a panoramic view of the nation of Israel from her beginning right on through to her Millennial glory. How do we know this is Israel? All you have to do is go back and study the prophet Hosea. When Hosea, in the eighth century, was told to go marry a wife of whoredoms, in the natural, according to the Law, that would be absolutely ridiculous for a prophet to let his attention be attracted to such a woman. However at the time, Israel, the nation to whom Hosea had been sent by the eternal God to be a prophet, was in just that kind of spiritual and moral state. Jehovah, the Elohim of the Old Testament, had espoused her to Himself. She was His national wife. It was through this nation, (His wife) that God had purposed, through time, to perfect His plan of redemption. He impregnated her with His seed, which was the word of prophecy he gave her through various prophets. That is why all of those prophets prophesied, when Israel still lived in the dispensation of the Law; which covered approximately 1450 years. During that time, she not only received the Law by Moses, she received the writings of all the other prophets God sent to her. These prophecies became the seed, planted in the spiritual womb of Israel. That is why the woman is shown over here, as with child, in pain, waiting to be delivered. The Law age was not the age of her glory; it only reflected it in various types and shadows; like the moon gives a reflection of the sun. In this setting where she is shown in her Millennial glory, the Law age has already accomplished its purpose. That is why the moon is shown under her feet. She was delivered of that child almost two thousand years ago; and that old dragon did truly try to devour Him. Notice the wording in these two verses. (4) “And his tail (the dragon’s) drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: (That is the works of Satan.) and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, (Ready to be delivered of Him who was foreordained to be called The Christ, who became our Lord and Savior; and who first offered Himself to the nation Israel, because in reality He was the Messiah they had waited for through centuries of time.) for to devour her child as soon as it was born. (5) And she brought forth a man child, (and named Him JESUS) who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: (in the Millennium) and her child was caught up unto God, and to His throne.” As 1400 years came and went, this woman (Israel) went through a lot of turmoil. We have to realize, this woman that is symbolized here, does not represent every Jew, or every Israelite. There were many Israelis born of a reprobate attitude. They were the people that many times caused the influence of idolatry and evil to be brought into the nation of Israel. Therefore we need to understand, that this woman we are looking at represents that true spiritual seed of Israel that has lived in every generation of her past. We could say, Those of every generation, that loved and respected God, and that wanted to do His will. Much of the time, that spiritual element among them were the ones that were pushed back into the background and excluded from the decision making. Yet this is the element of that nation that sighs and cries for the fulfillment of all these blessings she finds prophesied for them. It is because of the reprobates that has always been among them, that God has had to bring on these empires of chastisement against them; for He has always dealt with them as a nation. Therefore the innocent, the spiritual ones have had to suffer the consequences that go along with the sin of the others. This woman we see portrayed here, pregnant, heavy with child, and in pain, waiting to be delivered; pictures her two thousand years ago; just before Jesus was born to Mary. She is crying for her Messiah to come and deliver her from her oppressors. You just have to make the spiritual application to this picture according to the various phases that are represented in the whole scope.

WHAT ONE REJECTS ANOTHER RECEIVES

Let me take time to explain a little point here. When Israel came out of Egyptian bondage and received the Law, she lived 1400 years through that. That is what the moon under her feet symbolizes in this vision shown to John. Though some interpreters say this woman has to be the Bride of Christ, clothed with the revelation of the gospel, I say, That just goes to show how some people use their Bible. I will show you why being clothed with the sun has nothing at all to do with the revelation of the gospel. Whatever this is, (Bro. Jackson is pointing to the moon under the feet of the woman.-Editor) that is what is reflected here. She (the woman) lived 1450 years coming through that. It is completely clear to me; that this is a picture of Israel restored in the land, the tribulation is past, Jesus Christ is ruling and reigning, and she is in the land with all twelve tribes. That is to symbolize how Israel will shine, reflecting the glory of God, in the days her Messiah rules and reigns from the throne of David in Mt. Zion. Why do you say that Bro. Jackson? Simply because of this, As Israel passed from the Law age, the age which was a shadow of, or a reflection of what was coming, God gave to Israel, by the ministry of John the Baptist, the ministry of Jesus, as well as the ministry of the early apostolic church, the opportunity to understand and accept the revelation of the gospel of Jesus Christ in His plan of salvation. He did it all within one generation of time. He gave that remnant of Israel which was in the land at that time, the opportunity to clothe herself with the revelation which was preached in that first age; but did she accept it as a nation? No. She rejected it. Therefore as she rejected it, God gave the gospel to the Gentiles; and in so doing, the heavenly Father has worked through that, getting a Bride ready for His Son, which is the man child of verse 5. He drove this nation out of the land so that she would not live in that land through the dispensation of the gospel. If this was to represent the Church, clothed with the revelation of the gospel, she would have had to live in the land, and live there long enough that there is centuries related to that, just as she was, while centuries related to the Law, passed. I hope you understand my statement. You cannot live 1400 years in a type; and only 60 years in the real thing. That should be clear. When that woman goes into this, (Her Millennial glory) it will be a dispensation of a thousand years. Israel will truly shine during that time. She will be the nation that all other nations look up to. What does it say in Haggai 2:6-7? Notice, “For thus saith the Lord of hosts; Yet once, it is a little while, and I will shake the heavens, and the earth, and the sea, and the dry land; And I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations shall come: and I will fill this house with glory, saith the Lord of hosts.God said He will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations will be to do what? To come here. Come where? Chicago? No. To Jerusalem, to Mt. Zion. Why go there? Because the Messiah will be there. The earth’s king will be there. He is the one who is going to give you and I our freedom from all this nonsense that is going on in the world today. Therefore keep in mind, It is true, that God did offer the gospel to the Jewish nation first; before Gentiles received it; but she, as a nation, did not receive it, to be clothed in it; so she could live a dispensation of time in it, reflecting it to the world. What she rejected, God gave to the Gentiles; and cast the woman out of there; to stay out until these last days. That lines right up with what we are going to look at next. As we can see all the areas, this is the Law. (Bro. Jackson is pointing to the charts.) This represents her Millennium age. She always called it her kingdom age, the age of time when she knew her Messiah would rule and reign, and all nations would come to Jerusalem to worship the Lord of hosts. That is the way Israel, through the Old Testament, sees the Millennium. She did not know it would be just a thousand year span of time. It is you and I that know it as a thousand years; because it is written in the book of Revelation, a book in our Bible, that the Jews do not acknowledge as the word of God, that it will last for a thousand years. She (Israel) will definitely have all twelve tribes back in the land for the Millennium. That is why it is necessary at this time, for God to be in the process of bringing a sufficient representation of these Jews back from Russia; and from all the other areas of the world where they have been scattered to. When I said, Wait until this shaking starts in the Middle East, I was just thinking, What a turmoil! The Arabs are saying to them, You cannot settle in east Jerusalem. That is exactly what the prophet Micah said. The prophet Micah said that Jerusalem would be desolate because of its inhabitants. It stated how they would be removed. The word desolate, does not mean there will be no buildings. It speaks of the people that have a right to be there. Naturally we realize that the world is moving rapidly towards the events of the coming of Jesus Christ. God in His own words said, A quick work will He do and cut it short in righteousness. God is not playing around now. He will do in six months, what has been going on now for years. It also says this in one of those prophecies, that Jerusalem will say, (This is a prophecy concerning the old city, that the old city itself will say this.) Whence came these, where have they been? That is not the Arabs talking. That is that old city, when she wakes up one morning, and the Arabs have all been hauled off. Right now, three fourths of old Jerusalem is populated by Arabs. They are pointing the finger at the western world, saying, You had better not let any more of those Russian immigrants come in here. We will not tolerate them settling in Jerusalem. We will not tolerate them settling in the Gaza Straight, and all such like. Nevertheless the prophecies of the Old Testament say that Gaza shall be inhabited by Judah. Not Arabs. That is why I say, Either the Bible is right, or it is wrong. In Zechariah it says something to the effect that, in that day Jerusalem, (and it is not talking about western Jerusalem, the new part, it is talking about old Jerusalem, which is east Jerusalem.) is going to be renovated and inhabited by Jews coming in there from all over the world. The prophecy closes by saying, The children of the later shall be more than of the former. What does that mean? It simply means this, In 69 and 70 A.D., when the Roman army came in and tore Jerusalem down, and took those Jews away from there, leaving Jerusalem a ruined, desolate city, it was eventually rebuilt in certain ways by oncoming scavengers of all sorts, through many years of time; but they are not the children of this prophecy. Palestinian Arabs are living there now. I am not talking about the individual Palestinian Arab. Some of them are just as good a person as I am. However we have to realize, our racial identity does not change the Bible. Therefore as we look to the future, there cannot be this, (Jerusalem filled with the people of these prophecies) until there has been something take place to put them there. That is why we are now living in a transition period; when the Jewish nation must be enlarged. Somewhere from the four corners of the earth, a remnant from all the tribes must come home; and God will bring them home, enough to fulfill what He sees is His quota, to make up that nation He wants to visit by the ministry of the two prophets of chapter 11. They will prophesy to the nation as a whole; but as always, there will be a vast number of Jews that will not receive one word they have to say. These will rejoice and be very glad, when the Antichrist has those two prophets slain, after they have ministered 3 1/2 years, which will be exactly in the middle of the seventieth week of Daniel.

THE WOMAN THE MAN CHILD AND THE DRAGON

Let us again read verse 2, and I will fill in a few more details on how to identify the woman. (12:2) “And she being with child cried, travailing (really agonizing) in birth, and pained to be delivered.” To understand what we have read in this verse, I will direct your attention back to the prophet Hosea once again. The prophet Hosea was told (by the Lord) to go take a wife of whoredoms, as a type of the nation God Himself was married to. The ten northern tribes which we are seeing on the News coming home to Israel from Russia, the Baltic countries, central Asia, and really from all over the world, are the remnant of those tribes carried away captive in approximately 728 B.C. by the Syrian Empire. God spoke concerning them by the prophet Hosea; that they never would be allowed to return to their homeland as tribes of people until the last days. Hallelujah! We are in the last days. Now how do we look at this? With the ten tribes gone, it left only the two southern tribes in the land; basically the tribe of Judah, and the little tribe of Benjamin that always aligned itself to it, because it joined itself right next to it. This was the remnant of what Israel was identified as, when she was brought back into the land in the days of Haggai and Zechariah, to rebuild the temple, and get the things of prophecy set for what we now know was the first advent of the coming of Christ. Yes it was the remnant of the two southern tribes that was in the land of Israel, in the days when the Roman Empire came into being. As the Roman Empire rose to power and took over the faltering Grecian Empire in its weakened condition, the Roman Empire wound up controlling the vast areas of what once had been the Grecian Empire, as well as Europe. Yet it did not have seven heads on it at that time. It was an empire with one head. That is the way you have to look at Rome in its initial power structure. With Rome ruling, and the two southern tribes in the land, that brought time into what we call the advent of Christ. These two tribes were back in the land; and no doubt in their minds, they would look back to the time their ancestors came back with Nehemiah, Ezra, Haggai, Zechariah and those different prophets and patriarchs of that period, and know in their heart’s that is was definitely ordained to lead to the fulfillment of something in the prophets. Yet when it came, it was in such a simple manner they, as a nation, missed it. In the days when Caesar Augustus was Emperor in Rome and Herod was governor in Judaea, we find this woman, (Israel) in terrible agony. She wanted to be delivered. She was wanting to be delivered from the Roman Empire. That is how we have to picture this dragon that stood before the woman, ready to devour her child as soon as it was born. The Roman Empire knew nothing of what was about to take place; that is just how it turned out, as they did what oppressors do. We all know the events that led up to the birth of Him who became the Christ; but you can read it in the gospels of Matthew and Luke, in the New Testament; if you wish. As we read of the birth of Christ, (the man child) we know this, Jesus potentially, was born to rule all nations. Yet in a dispensational manner, we know He was not even intending to take over the governments of the world at that junction of time. He first had to come as a Savior, in order to come later as their King. However Israel did not know what would have to precede their Kingdom Age; they just looked for their deliverer to come. That is because certain prophecies were hidden from their understanding. If they had not rejected Jesus Christ as their Messiah; and dealt with Him as they did, we Gentiles would still be pagans; and without hope in God. Just think of it, only a few individuals knew what was really transpiring when that little baby was born into the world. Simeon, Anna, Mary and Joseph, and the sheep herders, were the main one’s the scriptures mention; but the society as a whole just berated Mary, and looked upon Jesus as a bastard child. Those certain individuals like that, knew how the Spirit of God had dealt with them, and they understood something of what had taken place; but outside of those few, the advent of the birth of Christ came and went without shaking the foundations of the nation of Israel as she existed at that time. However when He comes again, it will shake the foundations of the nation of Israel. That is the way we have to look at it. “And she (Israel) being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered.” She was crying for her deliverer; to deliver her from Roman oppression. Now notice verse 3, “And there appeared another wonder in heaven; (That is how John saw it; because he was lifted up in the Spirit; but it was an earthly scene of the past, as well as the future, that he was seeing.) and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. (4) And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born.” Caesar Augustus was Emperor of Rome, and Herod was the Roman appointed king of the Jews; and you can read the Gospel of St. Matthew, to see how Joseph had to take Mary and her little baby, and flee into Egypt, to save His life. Satan knew who that little child was destined to grow up to be; and he was fully represented in the ruling powers when Jesus was born. He (Jesus) would have been devoured by that old dragon at birth; if God had not warned Joseph in a dream to take Mary and the young child and flee. Herod was not a God appointed king over Israel; he was a puppet controlled by Rome.

SIGNIFICANCE OF THE TEN CROWNS

Saints, I want to direct your attention to something I had never noticed the significance of, until I was studying for this message the other day. Many times we just read scriptures, and skim right over certain words, without ever seeing what is right there in plain view. We see the words, but we do not see the picture portrayed in the words. Remember, we are reading about the Roman Empire. I will read this little portion again. (part of Rev. 12:3) “Having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads.” Can you see the little crowns on those heads? Those have to signify something. I had the crowns left off of the horns; because it would be so small you could not see them anyway. Just imagine though, on each horn sticking up there, John saw a little crown. I want you to realize, If that is the Roman Empire portrayed in this heavenly profile, we need to look a little deeper into the description. Therefore I want to take you to Revelation 13:1, and notice where the emphasis is placed. “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.” Saints, we are going to take this out of the heavenly realm; and put it down here in a political, geographical fulfillment, according to what the Holy Ghost has revealed to us in this age. Let me just say this to you. As you watch the evening News broadcasts, and as you read the daily Newspapers, you are living witnesses of this very beast rising to power in Europe. It is already out of the waters. We are just waiting now, for that last head to start breathing and showing itself for what it is destined to fulfill. Remember, on one of its heads it had the wound by a sword, that seemed like a deadly wound; but the Bible foretells that the deadly wound was healed. Therefore we are now watching for that wound to be completely healed. We have seen it being healed, in certain gradual phases. That is why Christian people, if they know the Bible in its true meaning, do not have to set back and wonder, What could this be?. It is a religious world that is kept in the dark, because they reject truth; not the true children of God, that love truth. As we see Rome coming up for the last days, here in chapter 13, we see a beast “having seven heads (the same number as the heavenly scene) and ten horns, (the same number as above) and upon his horns ten crowns.” This verse puts the crowns on the horns in the forefront. It says nothing at all about crowns upon the heads. There has to be a reason why emphasis is placed upon the crowns on the horns. Had you ever noticed that? Why would that be written like that? Here is what we are looking at. Keep in mind, John lived in 96 A.D. In his natural human way of looking at it, he knew good and well how Rome, in its imperial type of government, stomped and ruled the vast domains of the world from Europe, to Asia, to the Middle East, to north Africa; and all the areas the other empires at one time had ruled. Rome ruled all of that, as well as western Europe. Well John saw 7 heads on that beast; and he saw 10 horns; and we know the horns symbolize powers; so what can you say, other than that this beast represented everything that had ever been incorporated within the power structure of that old Roman Imperial form of government. We have studied these heads; and we know what they represent; and we know for sure that this beast did not just suddenly grow 7 heads. Neither did the ten horns just suddenly appear. They are the result of a process of evolution; as that old imperial system went through a breakup. The crowns on those 7 heads definitely speak of the type of government that must always be related to the imperial rulership of the Cearars. The Roman beast only had one head in the days of Julius Caesar, Augustus, Tiberius, Claudius, Nero and all of them of which Nero was the last. After the death of Nero, the seven heads began to form; as various one’s ascended to the throne to rule as emperor. There were dozens of emperors that ruled Rome down through the years; but only 7 of them ever managed to establish a form of rulership that would put a head on that beastly dictatorship. I do not know if you are looking at what I am looking at or not; but if that crown that was on Augustus, Julius, and all those other Caesar’s, down through the hour of Nero, made Rome that beast that stood before the woman, ready to devour her man child, Rome will remain to be the city from whence this last phase of the Roman Empire will rule, even to the coming of Christ. You just have to keep those seven horns tied to Rome. Do not try to place them over in Cairo, Egypt, Moscow, Damascus, Syria, nor anywhere else other than Rome. Those seven crowns have got to be imperial types of rulership. That lets us know, when that old imperial crown of the Caesars was finally passed on, it is not that the Pope of the Roman Catholic Church is wearing the same crown; but the fact that his crown has become exalted above the Caesars’ crown. If you can see that, you can see what this beast vision really covers. All you have to do is go back to some of the old secular history books, and read how the old popes used to talk, claiming that they alone were the sovereign, supreme rulers of the universe. In the eyes of God, that is blasphemy. Notice that it plainly states, that down here on these heads is the name blasphemy. Blasphemy is not tied to the ten horns. They are not exercising any type of authority that God would look upon like that. However if that word blasphemy was written on every head, then you have to also keep those crowns associated within the selfsame kind of authority that comes out of Rome. That is why we printed the article years ago, titled, From Rome to the Vatican. That is a riddle I know; but it does catch your attention. When you go from Rome to the Vatican, where have you actually gone to? You have gone nowhere. Actually, all you have done, is gone from one throne to another. Just from one part of the city to another part of the same city. You have gone from the place in that city from where its government was once controlled, to another throne in the same city where it is now controlled from. Remember though, blasphemy is on the heads, not on the horns. Therefore these horns have to symbolize some kind of sovereign authority by how this entire dragon manipulates itself to carry out its diabolical purpose. These heads have to be forms of government that have been exemplified in time, all coming from Rome. Whatever form of government that was, when that beast was wounded in one of its heads, you can rest assured, that when that beast comes up out of the water again, to show itself in the last days, (the days in which we are now living) and that head is healed, it is going to be just exactly what it was when it was wounded. That is why, however Europe looked in history, and however the pope acted in history, in the days when the Reformation struck that wounding blow, that is exactly how Europe and the Pope will be, when he (the Pope) puts on his last performance.

THE DRAGON SPIRIT IN A VERY HIGHLY ESTEEMED MAN

Let us read verse 4, again. “And his (the dragon’s) tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman (Israel) which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born.” There is quite a bit covered in that one verse. Satan, which we commonly refer to as the devil, in reality, is that fallen Archangel Lucifer, that tried to exalt himself above his Creator and had to be cast down from his former estate. Not only was he cast down to earth to become the devil, but a large host of the other angels that sided with him against their Creator were also cast down with him; and they are his evil helpers in trying to thwart the plan of God. One goal that Satan has had, ever since Israel became a nation of people, is to try to completely wipe all traces of her from the face of the earth. He knows what the scriptures promise concerning that little nation. He knows the promise God made to Abraham; before there ever was a nation of people called Israelis. Well God has used him to chasten that nation, by allowing him to work through various other kingdoms of people to oppress her; but there is no possible way for him to completely destroy her, no matter how hard he tries. He tried to kill Jesus at birth; but God directed Joseph in ways to avoid the possibility of it. He (Jesus) had a mission to accomplish, before God could allow that devil motivated mob to take His life. When he was allowed to take His (Jesus’) life, he thought he had finally got the upper hand over his Creator; but what he did not know anything about, was that resurrection power of God that would bring Him (Jesus) up out of that old tomb of stone and clothe Him with an immortal body. He is alive forever More! Hallelujah! What the power of God did for Him, it will do the same for every one of us, if we will submit ourselves to the Spirit of the Father like He did. No, we will not avoid being harassed by the devil; and neither will Israel; but we have this assurance, (Rom.8:28) “And we know that all things work together for good to (Who?) them that love God, to them who are the called according to His purpose. Does that apply to Israel also? God has His separate plan for Israel; and He is in the process of fulfilling it even this very hour. Sure there will be another blood bath during that great tribulation hour; but God will preserve an element of that little nation to fulfill this picture we see here in chapter 12. You can count on that. Rome, filled with all the fury Satan can fill that old beast with, under the leadership of the Antichrist, will try once again to destroy every trace of that little nation from the face of the earth; but we all know already, how that last effort is going to turn out. Hallelujah! We can place all of our confidence in what God has inspired His holy apostles and prophets to write. The revelation of the 5th seal allows us to know, that dragon spirit in Hitler slaughtered a lot of Jews whose souls have been crying out to the Lord for their blood to be avenged; and they have been told to rest yet for a little season, until their fellow servants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled. That will take place in the last half of Daniel’s week, in the great tribulation. That dragon will not be in Hitler this time; it will be in the Roman Catholic Pope, and that European super power that is being formed. Just think of it saints, the Assemblies of God, and a lot of other so called Christian churches today, have completely removed the Pope from their considerations of who the Antichrist will be. They do not think anyone knows who he is, or where he will come from. I may not know the name of the man who will be in that office in that hour; but I sure do know what office that beast man will come from. The truth is, it is coming right down the road, breathing right down their neck’s, and they are too blind to see it. “And the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born.” Jesus who became the Christ was born over 1900 years ago. The woman was delivered of her man child who was born potentially, to rule all nations with a rod of iron. Even those who crucified Him acknowledged that; for they set up over His head this inscription, “THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS.” They may have been making fun of Him; but what they wrote was destined to be exactly that. That is what you see in Revelation 19, especially in verses 15 and 16, where Jesus is coming to earth with all the armies of heaven, already crowned, ready to execute judgment upon all of wicked mankind that is still alive then.

THE WOMAN’S MAN CHILD WAS CAUGHT UP UNTO GOD

 

We need to examine verse 5, and be sure we get it placed right. “And she (Israel) brought forth a man child, (Jesus) who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: (In the Millennium) and her child (The resurrected Jesus the Christ) was caught up unto God, and to His (The Father’s) throne;” and that is where He still is this very hour. Why was He caught up? It was because the political element, that religious element that thought they knew everything that was to be known in that hour, CRUCIFIED HIM; not even knowing He was the ONE all their scrolls had been pointing them to. Just think of it, those Pharisees and Saducees had been going to their various synagogues, reading the scrolls of the prophets, and going through their little rituals every Sabbath day. What were they reading? The promises of their Messiah that was to come. There He came, and they did not know one thing about Him. I just have to say this, Denominational Gentile churches are doing the same thing, looking for, and talking about a Bridegroom they know nothing at all about. I received a letter from a brother in Wisconsin, with a little tract enclosed. The tract was put out by an outfit in Scottsdale Arizona. The writer of this tract titled it, Pretribulation Rapture. He leaves it as though what we believe is a false revelation. I just thought as I read that thing, Mr.: You are another one of those who cannot see yourself anywhere in the Bible except Revelation 7:9-17, which is a picture of tribulation saints. If John had never written Revelation 7, I wonder if you would be able to relate to 1st Thessalonians 4:13-18. Let us just refresh our memory, concerning the apostle Paul’s revelation of what the true Church should be looking for. (13) “But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope. (14) For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him. (15) For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep. (16) For the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: (17) Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. (18) Wherefore comfort one another with these words.” We are supposed to comfort one another with these words; not the words of Revelation 7. Those words are for the foolish virgins, that great multitude that would rather speak in tongues than to sit and listen to truth. I have nothing against speaking in tongues; but if you have no revelation of the word of God, and all you can think of is having a good time with the gifts of the Spirit, Revelation 7 has a place reserved for you, lest you be a make believer. The truth is, If Revelation 7, is all the vision you have, you may not even make it in that group; for the apostle Paul spoke of another group that a lot of people are going to fall right in with. You will find in 2nd Thessalonians 2, where Paul said God Himself would send strong delusion upon those who have no love for the truth. Remember, the devil does not try to keep anyone from going to church; his only interest is in perverting the word of God, so those who do go, will be satisfied with something less than a revelation of the truth of that word. I never get too excited about people just merely being faithful to go to some church building regularly. I get excited when I find someone who is truly hungry for the truth; instead of just being satisfied with traditional hand-me-down religion. An awful lot of people seem to think that just because the book of Revelation was written some 30 years after most of the Epistles, it annuls all those things the other apostles had already established in the Church; but I will be quick to tell you, The book of Revelation annuls nothing that was already written in the word of God. To me, it clarifies an awful lot of what was already written. As for the man child being caught up unto God, that is exactly what happened; but not before He was crucified, buried, resurrected and allowed to walk upon earth for 40 days after His Resurrection. Of course we can see, that this embodiment of dragon power was in the old Caesars that ruled the Roman Empire at that time. Capital punishment was not allowed to be administered by the Jewish court of law. They could try Him. They could condemn Him; but they could not administer capital punishment. The capital punishment had to come by ones that were in ruling power. When they finally brought Him to Pilot, he wanted to let Him go. He was the secular ruler, the one appointed by the Romans. He would have let Him go; but that zealous bunch of Judaistic Pharisees, the religious leaders of that day said, Crucify Him! Let His blood be upon us. I hope I can say this in a right way. The Jews that have suffered so much throughout the various nations they have been driven to for the past two thousand years, do not realize why they have had to go through some of those ordeals of punishment, suffering, and bloodshed. Their forefathers prophesied it upon them. At least, they asked for some of it; when they stood there in the streets that day and said to Pilot, Crucify Him! Crucify Him! We’ll take the blame. Let His blood be upon us, and on our children. (Matthew 27:25) Pilot wanted to let Him go. Pilot took that pan of water and washed his hands and said, I deliver myself of responsibility for Him. That bunch of religious Pharisee leaders said Crucify Him. Let His blood be upon us, and on our children! I am only pointing to what is written; so if any Jewish person should ever hear this, I want them to know, I am not saying these things to belittle them for being a Jewish. I know you are living in a generation when God is going to open your eyes, if you are one that cares about pleasing God; because the prophets have written in your scrolls very plainly, that He would do this in the last days. You who could not understand Hitler’s ordeal, and who will not be able to understand what the antichrist will do during that last 3 1/2 years of Daniel’s week, will no doubt be among those, when Jesus does come to reveal Himself to you, that will ask Him, (Zechariah 13:6) “What are these wounds in thine hands? Then He shall answer, Those with which I was wounded in the house of my friends.” They read that in their synagogues every day; but they do not know what it is talking about. None of us have anything to be puffed up about; we Gentiles have been blinded to. Why else would so many Gentile Professing Christians believe that God is THREE PERSON’S, if it were not that they are spiritually blind? These Trinitarians read verses like Acts 7:56, where Stephen while being stoned to death, looked up to heaven And said, “Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God;” and it just reinforces their belief that God is three persons. Saints: Listen to me, That is blindness. Are you going to tell me, that Jesus Christ (the only person in the Godhead) is coming after a bride that knows no more than that about the God they profess to believe in? Not on your life. He is coming back for a bride that embraces the same revelation that first age element of Christianity held. He truly was caught up unto God, and to His throne; when He led His disciples out to the Mt. of Olives that day, and a cloud received Him out of their sight; but that does not make the Father a person. When He ascended up to the throne of God, where He has been ever since that day, that fulfilled the portion of that phenomena we see portrayed here in Revelation 12:1-5; but the phenomena still hangs there; because as there was past, which was the Law, present, giving birth, there is yet the future. I hope you can see that; for that is what we are coming into. When the child was caught up unto God and to His throne, there in verse 5, God slipped the whole dispensation of grace in between verse 5 and verse 6. The gospel of the revelation of Jesus Christ was given to us Gentiles; and we have had it for over 1900 years; and verse 6, has not been fulfilled yet. In 69 and 70 A.D., the remnant that was left of that Israelite nation was scattered throughout the world; and the nation no longer existed. That was the state of it, at the time John had this revelation given to him. Therefore the Grace Age Church has been living time wise, between verses 5 and 6. Where does verse 6 pick up again? Verse 6 picks up somewhere just up ahead of where we are right now; when the woman element of the nation of Israel has to flee for her life, getting away from the evil forces of the old Antichrist. If she is running for her life, where did she start running from? She did not start running for her life from Russia; nor from Africa, nor Austria. No. Somewhere before verse 6 is a reality, God must bring that nation of people back from dispersion in sufficient numbers to fulfill all of His word. Then, after she has heard the preaching and prophesying of the two prophets for 3 1/2 years, and the old Antichrist initiates the bloodbath that will last for another 3 1/2 years, she knows it is time to get out of there, to the place the two prophets has told her about. Let us read verses 6 and 14; and then I will show you something. (6) “And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. (14) And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.” Verse 14, is what lets us know it will be the message she receives from the two prophets that will direct her to her place of safety God has prepared for her. Why do I say that? Let us go to the book of Exodus 19:4, where we find these words, “Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto myself.” That is what God said to the children of Israel after He had brought them safely out of Egypt by the direction of Moses and Aaron; but tell me, Where did the eagles’ wings come in? That is how God referred to His two prophets that had been His instructors to the people; and it refers to the same thing in Revelation 12:14. I might note also, that it is only when the Jews are in their land, that God deals with them according to the prophetic utterances in the scriptures. That is why at the close of WW2, certain things were set in motion for the rebirth of this nation. No, it was not natural minded mankind trying to fulfill the prophecies of the Bible; that set those wheels to turning. God put it in the mind’s of those who were instrumental in the allotment of a certain portion of the land of Palestine for Jews to go home to. That was the start of getting a sufficient number of them back in the land of their forefather’s; to finish what had been prophesied to her as a nation. God said He would save Judah first; so at the end of WW2 He brought Judah back. That was basically those Jews dispersed throughout the European areas. He spoke in the prophets, how Judah was to be looked upon as the corner, the nail, the battle bow, and everything that He (God) would use, and need, to start the beginning of the rebirth process of the reconstruction and restoration of the nation of Israel. He foretold that He would use Judah to establish that. Once Judah is established, then He speaks of how He would save Joseph or Ephraim, which is two titles the ten tribes are called by. That is where we are standing today; right at the crossroads of time. The remnant of those Jews in Russia are the remnants of the ten tribes; that have been right there for centuries of time, waiting for the hour that God would call upon them to come home.

ISRAEL IN HER LAND-THEN WHAT?

God would not be opening up the way for multiplied thousands of Jews to return home; if it were not time for prophecy to be fulfilled concerning that nation in the last days. God gave her the opportunity to receive the gospel of Jesus Christ before it was ever made accessible to Gentiles; but as a nation, she rejected it; and the Gentiles have carried it ever since. That does not mean there were no Jews saved in that first age of the gospel of Christ. There were a lot of individual Jews that believed; in Israel as well as in other nations; but the past 1900 and some years are referred to as the Gentile Bride Dispensation. Like I said, We are living between verses 5 and 6, of the 12th chapter of Revelation. Prophecy, many times, is written in strange ways. It reaches a certain point of the event, then jumps a huge gap. That is what throws a lot of interpreters off course; they just simply do not know how to relate certain things to other developments that are injected into the stream of prophecy. When you pick up verse 6, you automatically see the woman fleeing; and a lot of people just simply cannot relate that to the first five verses as it should be. We just have to realize that God deals with prophecy you might say, just by stopping a stop watch so to speak. He brought Israel up to a certain point in the seventy weeks of years Daniel’s prophecy covers; then He just stopped the prophetic clock for about 2000 years, while He used that time to call out a Gentile bride for His only begotten Son. That did not stop all prophecy; it just put a hold on that part of prophecy that pertains to God’s dealing with Israel as a nation of people. Israel, Jehovah’s wife nation, has been dispersed, scattered throughout the nations of the world for centuries; but if there is to be a woman fleeing, as verse 6 shows, then somewhere in this broken interval of time between verses 5 and 6, it is absolutely necessary that there be a regathering of an element of that nation sufficient in number, to fulfill all these other prophecies for the last days. We need to realize also, that not every Jew that goes home to Israel will be saved. It takes both the spiritual element as well as the political element, to fulfill all of what is written. The woman will be fleeing from the same area of the earth she was driven from in 69 A.D. by the Roman army. Some may say, Where will she flee to? Well we could speculate; but for now let us just take note of the fact that it will be a place God already has prepared for her, where she will be fed and protected for a period of 1260 days. That is exactly 3 1/2 years of prophetic time; which has only 360 days to a year. (Rev.12:6) “And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.” Saints: The things we see taking place in the Middle East today, involve a lot more than just what the News Media reports. God is positioning those nations for this end time wrap up. There are sufficient prophecies lying right here in the scriptures, to let us know for sure that God, in the end time, will restore the nation of Israel to its geographical identity of old. I know a lot of people today, will say that is not fair; but you have to remember, God gave them that land for an inheritance, and they were driven from it; so He is just simply going to see that they get it back. We have this little map drawn up, to illustrate what we are talking about. You will notice this little body of water at the top, with Dan right above it, that represents the Sea of Galilee. The line running from there, down to the next body of water, represents the Jordan River; coming right down through there to the Salt Sea; (Dead Sea) and presently, Israel does not hold any territory beyond the Jordan River; so what does that tell us? Simply this, There has to be some kind of situation develop in that area of the world, that when it is all over, Israel will once again hold all of her ancient territory. You will notice here, that part of the tribe of Dan, part of the tribe of Manasseh, the tribe of Gad, and the tribe of Reuben, are on the east side of the Jordan river. That is land they must have before the last week of Daniel can go into effect. Presently her land goes only to the Jordan River, and for years now the Palestinian Arabs have been trying to throw her out of what you always hear referred to as the West Bank. Geographically, from the Jordan River and the Dead Sea, as you would climb the slopes of the Judaean mountains, some 1800 feet above sea level, this is where they are talking about. It is the west slopes of the mountains, and it would be just as accurate to say that, as saying, the west bank; because we are definitely not talking about the bank that runs along the river. on the west side. Well I have news for the Palestinian Arabs, and for anyone else who thinks like they do. It is too close to the end of this age, for Israel to be giving up any land. It is time for her to take some more. I understand, how the world looks upon that touchy situation; because those Arabs were born there. It is home to them. I want to say also, that I am not personally against the Palestinian Arabs; but I have confidence in the word of God; So I know what is coming. Israel will have all of her land back; and she will not be taking it back during the Millennium. She will get it back somehow, before the great peace covenant is signed with the Antichrist. Most of you have maps in the back of your Bible’s; and no doubt one of those maps will show the land of Canaan, as it was divided among the twelve tribes of Israel in the days when they possessed all of the land which God had given to them.

A LOOK AT BIBLE PROPHECY IN FULFILLMENT

We are going to deal with some of the prophecies we have been referring to; and I hope each and every one of you will pay attention to how various things have come about during the past forty years. From the close of WW2 in Europe, which was the month of April, that the fighting stopped, and they began to work out the armistice arrangements, things started happening that led right into what we are looking at. In the month of May, 1948, an element of Jews from Europe were given a certain amount of land in Palestine, that they might have a place to go when they left Europe. Many of those Jews had come from the areas of Poland and Austria, which were mainly of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, that had been carried into Europe after the Roman siege in 69 A.D. We are not going to pin it down so technical, that we would say there were none from any of the ten tribes among them. That would be foolish, and very unnecessary to the point we will endeavor to make. However prophetically, we must keep each tribe identified in its separate identity; because the prophecies themselves prove that God was to deal with Judah first, before He would start dealing with the ten tribes in any major manner. First we will go to Zecharich 10:3-4, which says, “Mine anger was kindled against the shepherds, and I punished the goats: for the Lord of hosts hath visited His flock the house of Judah, and hath made them as His goodly horse in the battle. Out of him (Judah) came forth the corner, out of him the nail, out of him the battle bow, out of him every oppressor together.” As we read this prophecy, it portrays to you and me the gradual progression, of how God would start the restoration of this woman we are talking about, which is the nation Israel itself, back in the land given to their forefathers. Watch my point. The United Nations was faced with a problem. Thousands of Jews were left in detention camps; and Europe did not know what to do with them. It was like God was saying to the United Nations, You have a hot potato on your hands, what will you do with my people, Israel. In haste, in just one night’s time, as the U.N. General Assembly convened, May 8, 1948, and even Russia giving her agreement and voting with it, unanimously voted to give Israel a petition, something like this, (pointing to the chart) just short of the Jordan River. Right in here it has a big pocket; because this is in the area where Jerusalem is. There is a pocket that goes around, and then comes out and goes toward the sea. This is just a rough description; of what was called the United Nations partition, meaning they divided the land of Palestine. On what basis? On this basis, that since 1800 and something, there had been a slow migration of Jews under the Zionist movement, back into the land. They had begun to come back home. As they came back home, little by little they began to locate in the most desolate, remote areas, buying up whatever acreage they could, from the Arabs, who were almost like the barons of England and France in the Middle Ages. They owned vast holdings of land. However the land was just a grown up waste land. The Arabs owned this land along with a few goats and sheep. They did not care how it looked. They were content with it as it was. Remember though, the prophets of old had said, that while Israel would be out of the land, the land would lay desolate, virtually untilled in any major way. The ancient villages that Israelites once lived in, also would remain in ruins, uninhabited. That is the way it had remained for centuries. However coming into the twentieth century, these Zionist Jews had bought up a considerable amount of this type of land; and immigrant Jews were slowly going back, buying up more land, clearing it of the rubbish, and forming little Kibbutz settlements. That is where they combined their abilities, their western technological learning of how to make the land produce agriculture, and so forth. In a short interval of time they had succeeded in clearing away rubbish; and in these kibbutz settlements, they were building, farming, and making the land do things it had not done in a long, long while. The Arabs were startled, because they had not even suspected that the land would do such a thing. Take the valley of Jezreel for instance. It is also called, in secular history, the plains of Megiddo. It is where the battle of Armageddon is to be fought. That valley runs toward the sea, coming out at Haifa. At the turn of this century, that valley was nothing but a swamp; but in ancient times, when the ten tribes did live in their own land, that valley was Israel’s bread basket. That was where her grain was produced, just like in Kansas, Iowa, and Nebraska in the United States. That is what that area was to Israel in the early B.C. times. When those tribes were taken out of there, that valley became a waste land, a desolate, grown up wilderness. Then they became swamps. They even had crocodiles. However as these Jews began to come back, what did the prophets of old say about it? They said God would bring them back in the last days, and they would build the ruined places, the desolate places would be inhabited and so forth. Do you know what they first began to do? They set eucalyptus trees in those swamps. In a short interval of time, the swamps were dried up. Then they brought in bulldozers to finish clearing the land and get it ready to grow crops on. That whole Megiddo valley today, has an agriculture potential, equivalent to anything in existence in the Middle East. They are raising cotton, oats, barley, and wheat. In fact they are competitors with Egypt today, in the production of cotton. A hundred years ago, that valley was nothing but a swamp, infested with crocodiles; and today they are shipping their produce everywhere. That is how prophecies are being fulfilled right before the eyes of our modern twentieth century people; and they are too blind and ignorant to realize what God is doing. As we speak about the regathering of Israel, and of the reestablishing of her as a nation, we have read two verses in Zechariah. God specifies in this prophecy that has been lying here all these centuries of time, just what He intends to do. He has a unique, and very precise manner, in which He sets about the reconstruction and the restoration of this nation. Of course as you might read the first two verses, some of it is irrelevant to what we are reading the prophecy for. Many times that is the way prophecy goes; because the prophet who spoke it was looking at a present tense condition; and his words are specifically for that. Then the spirit takes it, and goes beyond that setting to speak of something else. This is God’s way of concealing the understanding of it until the time for it to begin to be fulfilled. Verse 3, is where we really began to see the significance of what God has done in the last forty years. In 1948 the U.N. was forced to partition that piece of land that we mentioned. Israel drew up a charter, and that is why we speak of the birth of a nation, in a night’s time. At that time, the Israelite nation was not in any position to fulfill what we will later speak of, as we continue on in the message. I want to show you just how these prophecies we are going to use are being fulfilled right before our eyes, as we sit and watch our television sets.

1991-01-The-Woman-of-Mystery-Part-1

The Everlasting Gospel, Part 3 – 1991, January


WE STILL HAVE A LITTLE MORE TO ADD TO THE EVERLASTING GOSPEL PART OF OUR SERIES BEFORE WE MOVE ON, TO DEAL WITH THE WOMAN OF MYSTERY OF MYSTERY OF REVELATION 12:1-6, WHICH HAS BEEN A CONTROVERSIAL ISSUE AMONG CHURCH PEOPLE FOR YEARS. AS FOR THE 144,000, AND THE EVERLASTING GOSPEL, WE WANT TO MAKE IT AS CLEAR AS POSSIBLE TO YOU, THAT AT THE PROPER TIME, THIS WILL BE LITERALLY FULFILLED, RIGHT HERE ON THIS PLANET. OF COURSE THERE ARE SYMBOLIC TERMS ASSOCIATED WITHIN THE STRUCTURE OF THE PICTURE PRESENTED IN THESE SCRIPTURES; BUT THE 144,000 JEWISH MEN, AND THE EVERLASTING GOSPEL ARE LITERAL; SO IF YOU HAVE MISSED THE FIRST PARTS THAT HAVE ALREADY BEEN PRINTED, YOU WILL NEED TO REQUEST THEM. THE FATHER’S NAME

 

This 14 chapter of Revelation has been right here for hundreds of years, carried down through the th Gentile periods of time; but never understood. Christian people have looked at it with a lot of misgivings; probably thinking it was just another one of those scriptural things they could stick on the wall, to help decorate their theological ideas, not really taking the understanding of it very seriously. Man gets so set in his ideas of what he does understand, he get to thinking there is nothing that goes beyond that. It is just like the Jews were, when God gave them the law; they are still trying to live by it; even two thousand years beyond the beginning of a new covenant God set in effect. Why is that so, you ask? Because they look back to how perfect and precise Moses was, when he stood between God and mankind presenting the conditions of that covenant. They do not realize; that many of the things contained in the law they want to be so strict about, were types and shadows of what you and I and all who have accepted Jesus Christ are benefitting by, while we carry the message of this new covenant to the world. Gentiles have been receiving the benefits of something that was offered to the Jews almost two thousand years ago and they rejected it; therefore I have about three points I want to focus on as we endeavor to bring this subject to a close. The first, is concerning the Father’s name, that John saw written in the foreheads of every one of the 144,000 Jewish men that were following the Lamb. They had the Lamb’s Father’s name. I will read the scripture. (Rev. 14:1) “And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb.” We realize of course, that this Lamb John saw standing in the forefront of this 144,000 men on Mt. Zion, even though it is portrayed as a literal Lamb, is only symbolic of the leadership of Him who was the Lamb of God offered upon the sacrificial altar for the sins of all mankind. Therefore the Lamb is only symbolic of something in the mind’s of these men; and so is the Lamb’s Father’s name. They have a revelation; and they are walking strictly by the leadership of the Spirit of the Lamb. In other words, the name was not literally branded upon the foreheads of those men; it was in their minds; but John was allowed to see it like that, so he could write it; and we have to see the reality of it through the revelation of the Spirit, if we see it at all. Let us read the whole verse. (Rev. 14:1) “And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Zion, and with Him an hundred forty and four thousand, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads.” I have stated in various other messages, that the name Jesus, which was given to the baby born of a virgin in Bethlehem of Judaea, is a compound name. Sometimes people do not know what you mean when you say compound; but if I said dual, they would understand that it had a dual application; so let us think of it like that. Some people, especially Apostolic Oneness people, still get hung up on it; because they make no room for the Son. When we go back to Isaiah 7:14, where the prophet prophesied seven centuries before the advent of Christ, that a virgin would conceive and bring forth a son, and thou shalt call His name Emmanuel, “Therefore the Lord Himself shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, and shall call his name Immanuel.” Emmanuel is not a name; it is giving reference to something that name will signify. The meaning of Emmanuel, is, God with us. The name Jesus does not appear in the prophets. No prophet said what His name would be. It meant, God with us; but that was not a reality until John baptized Jesus; and the Spirit of the great Creator (the Father) came to incarnate His perfect Son, when He was 30 years old. In other words, the title implied what the name would (some future day) signify. In the New Testament, we realize the baby born to the virgin Mary was given the name Jesus. Therefore as I have said many times before, Jesus was a name given to many Jewish, male children; but all the rest of them that had that name back then grew up and died; and the word Emmanuel had no meaning whatsoever in relation to them. The name is translated Jesus; but in Hebrew, it is Joshua; and none of the others that carried that name in those days were to be looked upon as the anointed One, of God. A proper revelation of these things demands that we understand that Jesus was still not the Anointed One, until He was baptized in the river. Then when He was baptized and the heavens were opened unto Him, and the Father, the Eternal Spirit, the Creator, the same Spirit that created everything, including the cell in the virgin womb of Mary, entered into Him, He then, and only then, could properly be looked upon as God with us. It was not His flesh, that was God; it was the Spirit of the Creator in Him, that was God; He (the Father) walked on earth with mankind, in the physical body of His only begotten Son. He (the Father) is the one that descended in all the fullness of His deityship; and took up residence in the man Called Jesus of Nazareth. A proper revelation of the Godhead, is what enables us to see this picture as clearly as it can be seen. Paul wrote of the Godhead in the epistles. When we speak of the Godhead, we are actually referring to all of the incorporated attributes of deity. That is what you are dealing with. You are not dealing with something that you cannot fathom. You are dealing with the attributes that are expressed from that of deity. When God invested Himself in His Son, He invested the fullness of these attributes to be expressed in the person of His Son. When the Father lived and dwelt in the Son, it was then and then alone, that the name Jesus began to have the compound meaning of God with us. Then they could say, He is God with us; because He is God with us in the person of His Son. Some may say, If that is the fact, what did He come to earth in that manner for? To save His people. As we just stated, the Hebrew word is Joshua; and that is a word that means, He will save His people. The name Jesus, or Joshua, is pointing to the Son? It is not the Son doing the saving. Yet we are saved by, or through Jesus Christ. It is the Father that is doing the saving; but it is the Father doing the saving through His Son, and by His Son. When we say through, or by, God had to have an element, something to offer, something to present as a means of sacrifice. Therefore His Son furnished the physical flesh for suffering, to be bruised and mangled. His Son was willing to forfeit the life that came from God, manifested in the object and person of a human being. The Son was willing to forfeit that life. In being willing to forfeit that life, He became our sacrifice. He paid our sin debt. The blood that flowed through those veins, the Son was willing to have spilled, or shed upon the earth as an atonement for the sins of the human race. That is why we can say, It was not Jehovah that died. It was the Son of God that died. When we can see this, then we can go back to St. John 5, where Jesus, as He began to preach and minister, had the occasion to say these words, “I am come in my Father’s name.” From that moment on until you get to the 17 chapter th of St. John’s gospel, Jesus is constantly reminding those who followed Him, that what He said and did was what the Father wanted. He did not exercise His own will in the things He said and did. Then in the 17 chapter of St. John’s Gospel, we find Him praying. “I have manifested thy name unto them” th In verse 8, He said, “I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me; and they have received them.” Then in verse 14, we find Him saying, “I have given them thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world.” Then in verse 26, He says to the Father in prayer, “I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them.” How wonderful it would be, if every believer could just get the Father and the Son in their proper place. When you look back over in chapter 14, verses 15-17, you hear Jesus saying, “If ye love me, keep my commandments. And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He (the Holy Spirit) may abide with you for ever; Even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him; but ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you.” There is a lot of revelation contained in those three verses, if you have eyes to see spiritual truth. The Spirit we have in us is called, the Holy Ghost, or the Holy Spirit. Both speak of the same Spirit; and Jesus said the world cannot receive that Spirit, because they neither see, nor know Him. To those that were with Him He said, But ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. Well as we read the Epistles, we find the writers referring both th the Spirit of God in us, as well as the Spirit of Christ in us. Is that a contradiction? No. When the Father incarnated the Son, they became ONE SPIRIT, and it is that Spirit, that believers have in them. In 14:16, Jesus said, “I will pray the father, and He shall give you another Comforter.” That was the words of the Son. Everything is by the will of the Father. However from those same lips, you can hear the voice of the sovereign God; with such utterances as found in John 14:18, “I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you.” When you get it all digested properly, and see the true picture, you have to realize that the name given to Mary’s little baby boy was a compound name; because it was not only the name of the Son of God, it was also the redemption name of the Father, the Creator of all things; the God that had predetermined to save His people.

 

ONE TESTIFYING OF ANOTHER

 

When the Son was here on earth, He was visible. Man could see Him; but the Father, man could not see. The Son was always pointing mankind to the Father. It is the Father doing the works. It is the words of my Father, and so forth. They could not see the Father; but they could see the effects of the Father working in, and through the person they could see. Therefore He spoke everything in the name of the Father, glorifying the Father. Now just think, the Son has gone away. You cannot see Him. Neither can you see the Spirit that was sent back to dwell in true believers; but you can recognize the workings of Him, as He fulfills what Jesus said He would do. Jesus said He would guide us into all truth. In John 14:26, He said this also, “But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.” Just as the Son directed all attention to the Father, the Holy Ghost directs all attention to the Son of God. I hope you understand what we are talking about. It is a compound name, carrying a dual meaning. In the Old Testament, from Genesis right on through, the Eternal Spirit, through different periods of time, revealed Himself to the prophets and patriarchs by seven different redemptive, attributal names. None of those names were ever given to a mortal man. They are names implying attributal qualities that belonged to none other than the Creator Himself. However when God purposed that one day He would come and dwell in a man, in the fullness of all of His divine qualities, it would be in that man, that all seven of these divine qualities would be expressed. That is why it is typed in Zechariah, when those Jews were back out of Babylon, they were clearing away the rubbish, to rebuild the temple, and they found the stone. It had seven eyes engraved in it. What were those seven eyes? Think of it, the drawing of an eye, seven of them. What did that mean? That was a type. That rock was pointing to Jesus Christ; a man through which all seven of those attributes would be expressed. However when Jesus was here, the man through which all seven attributes of God were expressed, they did not call Him Jehovah-nissi, nor Jehovah-Sabaoth, nor Jehovah-Shalom; nor any other of the seven. No. He was called Jesus, the Christ. He is our Savior. It is because God was in Him, doing the saving. God is reconciling the world unto Himself by His Son, the Lord Jesus Christ. This is why Paul would speak of the name Jesus, how God has highly exalted that name, and also that it is the family name for the whole family of God. Notice, (Ephesians 3:14) “For this cause I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, Of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named.” Therefore to any person who would view this tape or read it in the paper, where I have said the name Jesus is just as much the Father’s name as it is the Son’s name, just remember this, It is a compound name. It takes on the whole family structure, of the whole family of God. People are always talking about the new name, wondering what it is; and an awful lot of them still do not have a revelation of the name JESUS. Once you get a revelation of all that this name encompasses, you will stop worrying about a new name and give proper respect to the name Jesus, the only name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved, as Peter said that day.

 

AN ANGEL FLYING IN THE HEAVENS

 

There is something here I want to further explain, to give people a better understanding of why this angel is seen flying in the heavens. We will again read verse 6. “And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people.” John saw these men poised and ready. The middle of the week of Daniel has passed. The first three and one half years are gone. The two prophets through which God has ministered to these men, to seal their revelation of who Jesus the Lamb of God really is, have been killed. The fact that the antichrist has killed those two prophets, means that they have received the signal to get away from there. They are ready to hit the scene for which they have been prepared. They know there is only three and one half years of time left for the then present world order. Therefore they know that in the plan of God, there is something the world of humanity must be informed of. Like I said at the beginning of this message, When you send your little children off to school, or your grandchildren, you can be assured that they are not going to come home and tell you that they learned anything about God, the Lord Jesus Christ, the resurrection, nor anything else of spiritual value. IT was not so when I was a little boy. It was quite often, that before they would start class in the mornings, they would let us stand and repeat the Lord’s prayer. We had a better nation then. This bunch of compromising liberals today, have yielded to every child destroying, satanic spirit that has bid for their attention. I have my own opinion about how such people as that ought to be dealt with. Some of you may think, Oh, Bro. Jackson: You ought to be careful about how you speak of people. After all, you are a preacher. Yes I am; and I know how the apostle Paul spoke of such characters. He said in Phil. 3:2, “Beware of dogs, beware of evil workers, beware of the concision.” Also in Romans chapter 1, and in 1 Cor. Chapter 6, he made some statements that does not set well in this day of st liberal church minded people. It is where he speaks of how no effeminate, no abusers of themselves with mankind, and so forth, have any place in the kingdom of God. Let us just read verses 9 and 10. “Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind, Nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners, shall inherit the kingdom of God.” I did not pronounce the death penalty upon anyone; and neither did Paul; but Paul knew that when a society bends so low, as to start living like that, they do not have the life of the Spirit of God in them. Well with only three and one half years left, this side of the coming of the Lord in wrath and judgment, that 144,000 men have a job to do. Let us just try to imagine the shape the world will be in by then. Will they be praying in schools? I have no reason to believe they will. What will they be teaching in schools? Atheism, evolution, science of every sort. No doubt the loudest cry will be, Get rid of religion, we do not need it. The devil will make every effort from here on to the end, to brainwash and blind the whole human race concerning anything pertaining to the God of creation. Modern man does not even want God to be in the picture in any way. Acknowledging the existence of a holy God, would be a hindrance to their way of getting things done. However the two prophets of Revelation, chapter 11, will have had 3 ½ years to get an element of Jewish people ready to fulfill each phase of what the Bible tells us about that hour of time. The 144,000 servants of God will be equipped with a revelation of what they are to do, the women element of chapter 12, verse 6, will be ready to flee into the place God has prepared for her, (Notice, “And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.” That is exactly 3 ½ prophetic years) and the political Jew in Israel will just have to suffer the consequences of what his unbelieving heart has gotten him into. The fourth element of Jewish people in that hour, will be the Jews still in dispersion among the nations; that these 144,000 men will flee into the nations to preach the everlasting gospel to. The gospel they preach, will warn their hearers of what is taking place, and of the consequences of taking the mark of the beast. You can go back to Rev. 14:6-11, and read what they will be preaching to the inhabitants of the earth in that hour. We have already read it, so I will not read it all again. Though it says in verse 6, “And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth,” it is not the flying angel that will be doing the preaching. Each of these angels, will be conveying the authority to the 144,000 Jewish men, to preach what they are proclaiming. The Church (the Bride of Christ) will be gone. The foolish virgins will still be here. Why? Because they will have spent all of their time running after miracles and other manifestation of the Spirit; and have taken no serious thought about getting themselves dressed up in a revelation of the word of God; so they will miss the rapture. That will leave Gentile foolish virgins, and spiritual Jews here on earth, scattered among the nations, for this 144,000 men to preach the everlasting gospel to. No. It will not be a gospel of soul’s salvation, like the gospel Gentiles have had preached to them for almost two thousand years; it will be a gospel to prepare them for martyrdom, we could say; for there will be a great multitude from those two elements of mankind that will purge themselves exactly like that. We will go to Revelation 7:9-14, for our first look at them; and then we will go to Revelation 20:4, for the verse that finishes explaining who they are. (7:9- 14) “After this (after John was shown the sealing of the 144,000, which was 12,000 from each of the 12 tribes of Israel) I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; (10) And cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb. (11) And all the angels stood round about the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshiped God, (12) Saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and power, and might, be unto our God for ever and ever. Amen (13) And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? And whence came they? (14) And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. (Sir, please tell me.) And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and having washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.” We can go right to chapter 20, and it will finish identifying them. This scene takes place after the great tribulation, and after the wrath of God has been poured out upon wicked mankind. Satan will be bound for a thousand years; and Jesus will be preparing for His Millennial reign on earth. You can read the preceding verses, if you care to; but verse 20, is what we are after. (20:4) “And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: (That much of verse 20, applies to the raptured bride; that will reign with Christ, judging the nations; but the rest of the verse applies to the tribulation saints that have been faced with worshiping the beast, his image, and with taking his mark.) and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded fo the witness of Jesus, (That is the foolish virgins) and for the word of God, (That of course, is martyred Jewish saints. They had not the testimony of Jesus; but they believed the word of God otherwise.) and which had not worshiped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; (That lets us know what hour of time they were martyred in) and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” The preaching of the everlasting gospel is what will prepare this great multitude to face martyrdom, rather than be damned for accepting the mark of the beast. That 144,000, will preach it like it is; they will not go along with Jim Bakker’s setup, nor with Jimmy Swaggart’s setup, nor Billy Graham’s. Those men will have a revelation. They may not all have an education from man’s standpoint; but they will all have a revelation of the word of God; and they will know what they are talking about; when they come upon the scene. They will know how to present their message; and they will have a fervent zeal to get it done. They are going to preach to every nation and kindred. That lets us know that they are going back to the nations from which they came, before going to the home land of their father’s , where they were privileged to hear the two prophets. Notice the 7 verse. It does not th contain a lot of words; but it is powerful. “Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come; and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.” The world will not see that angel flying in the midst of heaven. Neither will they hear the angel speak. The anointing on those servants of God, will tune them in with the revelation of what that cry is seeking to express. That cry is, “Fear God! Give Him glory!” Brother, Listen to me: By the time that week of Daniel has run the first half of its course, and the Antichrist has taken over, the world of modern thinking people is going to need something to awaken them, and turn a few of them around, and cause them to get away from the tide of things, lest every last one be destroyed at the coming of Jesus Christ in judgment. That is the way we have to look at it. This is a cry, and I want to express it like this, It is not just some preachers trying to make church members. (The Bride of Christ is gone; so there is no more Church left on earth.) They are going to have the anointing and ability to put things into words, to show a few of the remnant of the nations of the earth that there is still a God in control after all. Most of the world population at that time, is already going to know there is something going on; because of what they will have been watching on T.V. News broadcasts for 3 ½ years prior to that. Do not think the News Anchors will not make every effort to inform the world of what takes place in Jerusalem each day. When those prophets begin to call for those plagues of Revelation 8, the whole world will be sitting by their television sets, waiting to see what will happen next. That is why, when these servants of God leave that spot and begin to go into the nations where they came from, and begin preaching the everlasting gospel, they will not be facing a totally unprepared element of people. No. They will find an element of both Jews and Gentiles, that will gladly hear what they have to say; for they will be telling them how to escape the pending judgment and wrath of God. If they are going to escape it though, they must acknowledge that there is a God that rules the universe, and be willing to reverence and worship Him. “And give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come.” Brother their faith will really be put to the test in that hour; for the image of that first old beast will be just as diabolical as the first beast; and will be a willing instrument of persecution under the leadership of demon spirits; so it is no wonder that these saints will be beheaded because of their refusal to renounce their faith in God and take the mark of the beast.

 

EVERLASTING – WHAT DOES IT MEAN?

 

I suppose we need to talk a little about that word everlasting; for there are people in the world today, that believe that word has to apply only to time without end. To them, it sounds like this is something that is to go on forever, through the endless ages. When God chose that word for this to be expressed to John, that he might write it, do you not think God knew what He was talking about? He knew how mankind would be, here in the end time. God knew what effect the word would have, out here in this confused world of religion. The theological concept in this modern age of religion is, That is something that is endless. It just keeps going on and on and on. If that were true, the Millennium never would begin. Do you understand what I mean by that? As long as this everlasting gospel is being preached, Jesus is still not on earth. When this gospel is over, (and that will be at the end of that last week of Daniel) then Jesus is coming to earth with the armies of heaven, to judge what is left upon earth at that time. Therefore this gospel, which is called the everlasting gospel, has to have a duration. The word is properly used; because this will be the last good news this world will ever have preached to it, before the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore it will have an everlasting effect, because the everlasting effect is what will be transformed inside of those human beings that believe and receive it. That is why, when the other two angels follow, you hear this, “And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen.” As I said the other night, It seems like modern Christianity today, is so blinded to the truth of what this term Babylon, pertains to, they may as well be blindfolded. I can say for sure, The terminology pertain to apostate Christendom, which Roman Catholicism stand at the head of. Roman Catholicism is the Babylon these scriptures talk about. Yet there are multitudes of so-called Christians that will say, Oh but the Pope believes in Jesus. That is what fools people. The way he believes in Jesus is strictly anti scriptural. The Pope does not want Jesus to come back. Well I have news for him; He is coming back anyhow; just like He said He would.

 

THE THIRD ANGEL WARNS MORTAL MEN

 

The third thing we see here, warns of consequences of taking the mark of the beast. “And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand. The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb.” We have already talked about the mark of the beast in our last issue; but there are a couple more points I want to make. We took it back to the 13 chapter of Revelations; where we read the th scriptures that actually tell of the mark of the beast. A lot of people think, and I know I once did also; that when the antichrist really takes over the government of the world, and he sits in power and authority, he is going to have everyone lined up, build a hot fire, or else have some kind of electric instrument; and brand a huge mark upon them. It sounds like he is going to put a tattoo on you that you can never get rid of. That is how they did the Jews in the concentration camps. They put a tattoo on them; that they still carry. That was put there by Hitler; and if any of them ever broke out, all the Gestapo had to do was search for that tattoo. That was a brand they could never get rid of. However as we get closer to the period of time that this thing is to become a reality, we are beginning to see what it is really talking about. It is not talking about putting a brand on man, or putting some kind of tattoo on him. It is just that the world is fast moving toward an era of time when man is going to do away with this old system of monetary exchange. World corruption, graft, counterfeiting, and all sorts of gimmicks are necessitating a change. When they invented the credit card, they thought it was something they never would have to worry about; as far as underworld corruption is concerned; but time has proved that theory to be false. They can counterfeit those things easier than they can the one dollar bill. That is why most places, when you use the credit card, the salesperson will ask you, Do you want the carbon copy? If you say no, they will tear it up. Why? Because they know the Mafia and this type of people today, with all the electronic gadgets they have, would be able to take that carbon copy and photograph it, then make a mold and cast their own card, which they could use to charge items against your account. I read an article some time ago, that told how many millions of dollars worth of counterfeit transactions are carried on in this country every year; mostly because of carelessness on the part of the card owners. That is why this cashless system of exchange will be so desirable; it will put an end to all of that. I remember back about 1982 when this cashless thing began to be talked about so much: Evangelists began to jump on that for all they were worth. They wanted to make it so sure that this mark of the beast was ready to go into operation, that everyone ought to really be careful. They talked about different stores giving these credit cards and such like. I said at that time, Everything you see going on in that trend, is really only laying the stepping stones that will eventually lead to such an era of time. If we read the scriptures right, I believe we can see, that this thing will not become completely effective 10 or 15 years in advance of the scriptural application of it. There is yet too much of the individual economic structure that is still controlled by private enterprise. They are not going to change all of their systems of monetary exchange, just to hook in with someone else. They are going to hold on to their old cash registers, using currency and our present system as long as they can. However as modern technology increases, and world leaders seek more and more to bring about an era of flawlessness, this cashless society is what it will come to. It will no longer be even a card; it will have to be something that is readily recognizable by modern technology; and cannot be duplicated by unauthorized people. Like we said earlier, In certain areas of Canada as well as in the United States, on a small scale, like, in the realm of sports events, such a means of identification has already been used. In Montreal, when the World Fair was there, all the security personnel, the gate personnel and such like, were given an indelible mark in the palm of their hand. It could not be seen, but a laser light would pick it up. As they came through the security check, all they had to do was pass their hand under that laser light. That registered into the computer that they were authorized personnel. I remember, at the time that was told, they were afraid world terrorist organizations would take such an opportunity to do a lot of harassment and actual harm, if they were able to mingle with those who were employed there. Therefore every person that worked in the security realm, or as gate personnel, were required to wear that identifying mark. IT was a little forerunner; but it was not yet the mark of the beast. We just have to realize, that sooner or later world economists, banks, financial institutions and so forth, will bring this system into operation in such a gradual way, mankind will find themselves right in the midst of it all, with no other way to go. A certain brother was telling me about hearing this thing discussed on a television program. They now have a little computer chip so thin it can be inserted under your skin; Yet in that tiny computer chip is your social security number, and everything that is vital to identifying you as the person you are. When it is inserted under your skin, you will never see it; but a laser light will pick up every bit of the information on it. No, the Pope did not design that. Yet the day will come when he will use that sort of thing to carry out his diabolical plans; after he has been anointed by Satan for his role in the end time windup. This very thing can be used to force people to do what he wants them to do. It is almost like joining a union. You either join a union or you do not work. At least that is how it is in most places today. I am just using this as an illustration. In that hour, when this system is fully in effect, you will either accept it as a means of buying and selling, or you will not buy or sell. Once this kind of cashless exchange system has been initiated universally, think of the effect it will have upon all those who have hidden thousands of dollars in their mattresses, thinking it would give them security when times get hard. That money will not do anyone one bit of good. It will be worthless. A thousand dollars will not buy one loaf of bread; simply because there will be no place for that kind of exchange in a cashless society. The whole monetary value will be set up on an altogether different basis. It will all be designed to work for the good of mankind; but in the last half of the seventieth week of Daniel, the Antichrist will take over the whole thing as a means of controlling those who are still left here, after the bride is raptured. There is a glorious hour just ahead, for the bride of Christ; but a very dark hour for all the rest of humanity; and the time is getting very close.

 

END TIME SIGNS

 

Saints: We just have to read the signs of the time we are living in, to know that time for Gentiles is running out. The world is heading toward a cashless society, thousands of Jews are being given an opportunity to go home; back to the land of their heritage, the Euphrates River being dammed up to hold back masses of water, and so many other things foretold in the Bible, that can only apply to the last days, time has to be short. Yes, somewhere just in front of us, we are going to see for sure, that we are the living generation that is going to see this whole thing brought to a climax. That is not setting dates; like, days, weeks, months, nor anything like that; but when you see all these things coming about, it is certainly no time to be nonchalant about it all. You cannot just to play ball; and have the whole thing go away. Nor can you just take a vacation trip until it all passes over. I am not making fun of taking a trip; but too many Christian people take trips without even having God on their mind. One of these days they will take a trip and never come home again. It is time we begin to realize, God is allowing these things to come in such a way as they are, because He wants His true children to recognize them. He wants us to see what they are pointing to. Then if we do not take heed, He is not responsible for the outcome. We realize this, lately, every Jerusalem Post that comes out, has an article about the Jews coming home from their places of dispersion. Some time ago, I read this, “Prime Minister Yitzkak Shamir has expressed concern that Soviet Jewish immigration may be interrupted by turmoil in the Soviet Union. IT is this fear that is behind Israel’s request that Moscow remove all obstacles to direct flights, in order to speed up the pace of immigration. The situation of the Jews in Baku (That is the capitol of Azerbaijan,) cause in the violent conflict between Moslem Azerbaijanis and the Soviet army, on the one hand, and the Azeris and the Armenians on the other, is particularly worrying to official circles in Israel.” Here is what Israel is being faced with. Our Secretary of State made some remark like, our aid would not be given to them if they were going to place any of the immigrants in the occupied areas like the Gaza Strip or the West Bank. We know that is where the uprisings and trouble has been all along; so these next few words were in response to that. “Israeli officials hope Secretary Baker will raise this issue with the Soviet foreign minister when he meets him in Moscow early this month. One official said “The Soviets cannot speak of free emigration, and then tell those wishing to emigrate that they cannot get an airplane ticket for close to a year. This has become particularly relevant in the light of the increased requests by Jews from Baku to leave on an urgent basis. Premier Shamir said last week that the Palestinian condemnation of (Listen to this, The Palestinian Arabs in the land of Israel, are looking at this possibility, with so many Jews coming home they are getting scared, afraid they will be pushed all the way out.) Soviet Jewish immigration shows the true intentions of the Palestinian leaders: He who fights against aliya (meaning the exodus) cannot be for peace with Israel. We need a big and strong people in a big and strong land.” When Shamir said that, our state department did not like it. They want to tell Israel what they can, or cannot do; but I say, What Israel does from here on, will be mainly what it takes to fulfill the scriptures; for God Himself will direct things in that direction. Well, here is what the PLO’s say. “Farouk Kaddoumi, the PLO’s foreign affairs spokesman, has told the Boston Globe that he does not accept Israel’s right to its pre-1967 borders.” He says they must go back to the 1947 borders; and then they will see where things go from there. Therefore as the world views this mass exodus, we have to realize, the Jews are in position to come home. Israel is trying to make ready to receive hundreds of thousands of them. However God knows how many of those Jews He wants back there; and nothing will stop them. He wants a remnant large enough to fulfill the prophecies, from each of the twelve tribes. They have to be back in the land; before this thing can wind up. If God is bringing these Jews home, to get them ready to hear their prophets, Gentiles do not have much time left to mess around. We need to take whatever time is left, to get ourselves ready to meet the Lord, when He comes. With this in mind, let us go into chapter 12, and deal with the revelation of this WOMAN OF MYSTERY.

 

Continued next edition…

1991-01-The-Everlasting-Gospel-Part-3